diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 11:58:21 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 11:58:21 -0800 |
| commit | 243dc61dcbaec63970e36f4db405f70b073a0996 (patch) | |
| tree | 8755c175975fee9b1e620a7d7a262db88552264c /old/55132-0.txt | |
| parent | 555cfa113f5de61630ec14ae70ef9a1a80450c92 (diff) | |
Diffstat (limited to 'old/55132-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55132-0.txt | 10612 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 10612 deletions
diff --git a/old/55132-0.txt b/old/55132-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 113eb71..0000000 --- a/old/55132-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10612 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. 04, February 1884, -No. 5., by The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - - - -Title: The Chautauquan, Vol. 04, February 1884, No. 5. - -Author: The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -Editor: Theodore L. Flood - -Release Date: July 17, 2017 [EBook #55132] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. 04 *** - - - - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - - - - - THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - _A MONTHLY MAGAZINE DEVOTED TO THE PROMOTION OF TRUE CULTURE. - ORGAN OF THE CHAUTAUQUA LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCLE._ - - VOL. IV. FEBRUARY, 1884. No. 5. - - - - -Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle. - - -_President_—Lewis Miller, Akron, Ohio. - -_Superintendent of Instruction_—Rev. J. H. Vincent, D.D., New Haven, Conn. - -_Counselors_—Rev. Lyman Abbott, D.D.; Rev. J. M. Gibson, D.D.; Bishop H. -W. Warren, D.D.; Prof. W. C. Wilkinson, D.D. - -_Office Secretary_—Miss Kate F. Kimball, Plainfield, N. J. - -_General Secretary_—Albert M. Martin, Pittsburgh, Pa. - - - - -Contents - -Transcriber’s Note: This table of contents of this periodical was created -for the HTML version to aid the reader. - - - REQUIRED READING FOR FEBRUARY - German History - V.—Summary from the Reformation to the Present Time 251 - Selections from German Literature - Alexander von Humboldt 253 - Heinrich Heine 253 - Friedrich Schleiermacher 254 - Arthur Schopenhauer 255 - Readings in Physical Science - V.—The Sea (continued) 255 - Sunday Readings - [_February 3_] 257 - [_February 10_] 258 - [_February 17_] 258 - [_February 24_] 259 - Commercial Law - I.—Law in General 260 - Readings in Art 262 - Selections from American Literature - John G. Whittier 264 - Oliver Wendell Holmes 265 - James Russell Lowell 266 - United States History 267 - His Cold 269 - The Table-Talk of Napoleon 269 - Matthew Arnold 270 - Estivation, or Summer Sleep 273 - Recreation 274 - Luther 275 - Eccentric Americans - IV.—The Mathematical Failure 275 - Astronomy of the Heavens for February 278 - The Sea as an Aquarium 279 - Speculation in Business 281 - Wine and Water 283 - Eight Centuries with Walter Scott 284 - Botanical Notes 287 - C. L. S. C. Work 287 - Outline of C. L. S. C. Readings 288 - Local Circles 288 - The C. L. S. C. in the South 292 - C. L. S. C. Round-Table 292 - Questions and Answers 294 - Chautauqua Normal Course 297 - Editor’s Outlook 300 - Editor’s Note-Book 302 - C. L. S. C. Notes on Required Readings for February 304 - Notes on Required Readings in “The Chautauquan” 305 - Banquet to Chautauqua Trustees 307 - C. L. S. C. Graduates 310 - Talk About Books 314 - - - - -REQUIRED READING - -FOR THE - -_Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle for 1883-4_. - -FEBRUARY. - - - - -GERMAN HISTORY. - -By REV. W. G. WILLIAMS, A.M. - - -V. - -The present and last of this series of readings in German history -includes an outline of the historical changes and great events of the -period of nearly four hundred years since the Reformation. Though -condensed to a very great degree, it furnishes the reader a survey of -that important period, and will afford him a helpful basis for his future -study of the history of Germany. The reading closes with a selection from -the pen of the poet and historian, Schiller, descriptive of the battle of -Lutzen, where Gustavus Adolphus, that greatest character and hero of the -Thirty Years’ War, met his fate. - - -SUMMARY OF GERMAN HISTORY FROM THE REFORMATION TO THE PRESENT TIME. - -From the death of Luther, 1546, to the end of the century the struggle -continued. Now and then there came a brief pause to the general strife, -such as followed the Treaty of Passau, or the Religious Peace of -Augsburg, but it was soon renewed by the tyranny or treachery of the -Catholic powers, whose hatred of the followers of Luther and of the -spirit of protestantism did not abate till Europe had passed through -the most terrible and disastrous war of history. This was the thirty -years’ war, dating from 1618 to 1648, and involving not only the whole -German Empire, but also the principal states of Europe. Seldom, if ever, -has there been known such depletion of population and resources. It was -finally brought to an end by the peace of Westphalia, when the worn-out -and impoverished states subscribed to a treaty which gave comparative -toleration in Germany. Under its conditions, in all religious questions -Protestants were to have an equal weight with Catholics in the high -courts and diet of the empire. The Calvinists were also included with the -Lutheran and Reformed creeds in this religious peace. By its termination -of the religious wars in Europe the peace of Westphalia forms a great -landmark in history. - -The seventeenth century, from the thirty years’ war on to its close, -might not inappropriately be called the period of pusillanimity in -Germany. Public buildings, schools and churches were allowed to stand as -ruins while the courts of petty princes were aping the stiff, formal, -artificial manners of that of the French monarch, Louis XIV. The latter -seeing the weakened state of the empire seized the opportunity to enlarge -his own kingdom at the expense of Germany. He laid claim to Brabant and -many of the fortresses of the frontier fell into the hands of the French. -His ambition was only checked by the intervention of Holland, England and -Sweden, and the war terminated by the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle. Meanwhile -the Turks in alliance with the Hungarians marched with an army of 200,000 -up the Danube and encamped around the walls of Vienna. There is good -evidence that they were aided and abetted in this invasion by Louis XIV. -The Emperor Leopold fled, leaving his capital to its fate. But the little -guard of 13,000 men under Count Stahremberg held the fortifications -against the invader’s overwhelming force till Duke Charles of Lorraine -and the Elector of Saxony with their armies, and still another army of -20,000 Poles under their king John Sobieski came to their relief. The -Turkish army was routed and driven into Hungary. All this time Louis, -like an eager bird of prey, was watching Germany. Finally, in 1688, two -powerful French armies appeared upon the Rhine. The allied states at last -saw their imminent danger and rallied to resist and drive back the common -foe. Louis resolved to ruin if he could not possess the country; so he -adopted a course than which a more wanton and barbarous was never known, -even in the annals of savagism. Vines were pulled up, fruit-trees cut -down, and villages burned to the ground. Multitudes of defenseless people -were slain in cold blood, and 400,000 persons beggared. Germany, aroused -at last, now entered with vigor into the war with France, and carried -it on till both sides were weary and exhausted. It was concluded by the -Treaty of Ryswick. - -The eighteenth century dawned, still to witness Germany the arena of war. -Indeed from earliest history her soil, especially along the Rhine, had -been the battle-ground of Europe. This time it was the war of the Spanish -succession, whose tangled episodes and details we can not undertake to -follow. It will be remembered by the student of history for its great -battle of Blenheim, where the allied armies under the Duke of Marlborough -and Prince Eugene defeated and routed the French. Louis XIV. was now old, -infirm, and tired of war, and hence consented to a treaty of peace, which -was concluded March 7, 1714. - -The century now begun witnessed the rise of Prussia out of the German -chaos and the wonderful and brilliant career of Frederick the Great. It -also saw the stronger and more enlightened reigns of Maria Theresa and -Joseph II. in Austria. - -Though the wars never ceased, breaking out again in one quarter while -peace was being concluded in another, yet the century as a whole gave -prophesy of a coming better state of affairs. - -The grandfather of Frederick the Great had founded the university of -Halle in 1694, and in 1711 an academy of science was established in -Berlin upon a plan drawn up by the philosopher Leibnitz. Frederick -William I., father of Frederick the Great, though coarse and brutal in -his nature, had the wisdom to see the importance of German education and -of breaking off from the established custom of imitating French manners -and life. He accordingly established four hundred schools among the -people, and by the vigor and economy of his reign contributed to the -development of the character and individuality of his people. Frederick -the Great and his rival, Maria Theresa, possessed greater elements of -personal character and intelligence than their predecessors, and hence -gave to their subjects, if not a more liberal form, at least a higher -order of government. Contemporary with these was the beginning of that -literary bloom which, by the genius of Lessing, Herder, Klopstock, -Goethe and Schiller, gave to Germany a glory surpassing all she has ever -achieved, either by war or statesmanship. - -We have now reached, just before the beginning of the nineteenth century, -the time of the French Revolution. It was a time that required great -political prudence on the part of the rulers in Germany. Unhappily the -successors of Frederick the Great and Joseph II. were incompetent to -their responsibilities. That great military genius that rose out of the -turmoil and chaos of the revolution in France is soon marching through -Germany, and on the 6th of August, 1806, Francis II., the last of the -line, laid down his title of “Emperor of the Holy Roman Empire of the -German nation” at the feet of Napoleon. Thus, just a thousand years after -Charlemagne the empire of his founding passed away. It had culminated -under the Hohenstauffens, and for a long time before its formal burial -had existed in tradition rather than in fact. Truly may it be said that -Germany was as far as ever from being a nation at the beginning of our -century. - -From 1806 to 1814 Germany underwent the humiliation of subjection to -the power of Napoleon. By a succession of victories, such as Jena and -Auerstädt, he cowed the spirit of the German princes and proceeded -to construct the famous “Rhine-Bund” which made him protector over a -territory embracing fourteen millions of German inhabitants, and imposed -upon the states and principalities included conditions the most exacting -and disgraceful. Prussia and Austria, which held out at first, were -also compelled by force of his victorious armies to yield, and Napoleon -dictated terms to all Germany. He marched in triumph into Berlin and -Vienna; he changed boundaries, levied troops, prescribed the size of -their standing armies at will, and when he set out on his campaign -against Alexander of Prussia 200,000 previously conquered Germans marched -at his command. Such was the abject state of Germany during those years -when it seemed that all Europe must bend before the insatiate conqueror. -But in the year 1813 the spirit of liberty began to live again. The -revival began, however, not with the princes, but in the breasts of the -people. The works of the great German authors were becoming familiar to -them and were producing their effect. Klopstock was awakening a pride in -the German name and race; Schiller was thrilling the popular heart with -his doctrine of resistance to oppression, whilst the songs of Körner -and Arndt were inspiring courage and hope. All classes of the people -participated in the uprising, and within a few months Prussia had an army -of 270,000 soldiers in the field ready to resist the power of France. -This was the beginning of the turn in the tide of affairs which led in -1815 to the overthrow of Napoleon at Waterloo, and gave liberation to -Germany. - -The remaining history of the present century is that of the Confederation -formed in 1815 and lasting till 1866; of the North German Confederation -which succeeded the above, and continued to the establishing of the -present empire in 1871, as a result of the Franco-Prussian war; and of -the new empire to the present time. The confederation of 1815, known as -the “Deutscher Bund,” embraced a part of Austria, most of Prussia, the -kingdoms of Bavaria, Würtemberg, Saxony and Hanover, the electorate of -Hesse-Cassel, a number of duchies, principalities and free cities; in all -thirty-nine states. - -When in 1866 the “Bund” was dissolved and the North German Confederation -formed, Austria was excluded, and Prussia assumed the headship of -the new compact which embraced the states north of the Main. The term -Germany, from 1866 to 1871, designated the new Confederation, and the -four South German States, Bavaria, Würtemberg, Baden and Hesse Darmstadt. -The four latter had been made independent states, but were united with -the North German Confederation by the Zollverein, and by alliances -offensive and defensive. - -The late war between France and Germany belongs to the history of -the present generation. Its great events and changes to Germany are -within the memory of many of our readers. It will be longest remembered -because of its association with the formation of the present empire. -While the siege of Paris was yet in progress (January 1871) the spirit -of enthusiasm became so great, and the desire for national unity so -strong, that the various sovereign states, as well as the members of -the Confederation determined on a revival of the empire. At their joint -instance, in the great hall of Louis XIV., at Versailles, King William -of Prussia received the imperial crown with the title of German Emperor. -Under this new empire the whole German nation, Austria alone excepted, -is united more closely than it has been for more than six hundred years, -or since the Great Interregnum. It is not too much to say that the last -decade has been the brightest and most prosperous in German history. -The new empire has made possible and developed a feeling of patriotism -which could not exist while the race was divided into fifty or more -separate states. It was the complaint of her greatest poet, Goethe, -that there was no united Germany to awaken pride and patriotism in the -German heart. That condition of things is now done away by the present -national government, which, though retaining many of the imperial -features of the past, has, at the same time, embodied some of the more -liberal governmental ideas of the present age. Such, for instance, is the -election by direct universal suffrage and by ballot, of the Reichstag, -one of the two legislative councils of the empire. The German name was -never more respected and honored throughout the world than it is to-day; -not alone for her eminent position among the powers of Europe, but for -her high rank in the empires of art, philosophy and science. Her great -universities are admired wherever in the world there is appreciation -for scholarship, industry and genius. If the present has any right to -prophesy it must be that the coming years contain for Germany less of -wars and dissension, more of peace, coöperation and unity. - - -BATTLE OF LUTZEN—DEATH OF GUSTAVUS ADOLPHUS. - -“At last the fateful morning dawned, but an impenetrable fog, which -spread over the plain, delayed the attack till noon.… ‘God with us!’ was -the war cry of the Swedes; ‘Jesus Maria!’ that of the Imperialists. About -eleven the fog began to disperse, and the enemy became visible. At the -same moment Lutzen was seen in flames, having been set on fire by command -of the duke, to prevent his being outflanked on that side. The charge was -now sounded; the cavalry rushed upon the enemy, and the infantry advanced -against the trenches. - -“Received by a tremendous fire of musketry and heavy artillery, these -intrepid battalions maintained the attack with undaunted courage, till -the enemy’s musketeers abandoned their posts, the trenches were passed, -the battery carried and turned against the enemy. They pressed forward -with irresistible impetuosity; the first of the five imperial brigades -was immediately routed, the second soon after, and the third put to -flight. But here the genius of Wallenstein opposed itself to their -progress. With the rapidity of lightning he was on the spot to rally his -discomfited troops; and his powerful word was itself sufficient to stop -the flight of the fugitives. Supported by three regiments of cavalry, -the vanquished brigades, forming anew, faced the enemy, and pressed -vigorously into the broken ranks of the Swedes. A murderous conflict -ensued.… In the meantime the king’s right wing, led by himself, had -fallen upon the enemy’s left. The first impetuous shock of the heavy -Finland cuirassiers dispersed the lightly mounted Poles and Croats, -who were posted here, and their disorderly flight spread terror and -confusion among the rest of the cavalry. At this moment notice was -brought to the king, that his infantry was retreating over the trenches, -and also that his left wing, exposed to a severe fire from the enemy’s -cannon posted at the windmills, was beginning to give way. With rapid -decision he committed to General Horn the pursuit of the enemy’s left, -while he flew, at the head of the regiment of Steinback, to repair the -disorder of his right wing. His noble charger bore him with the velocity -of lightning across the trenches, but the squadrons that followed could -not come on with the same speed, and only a few horsemen, among whom -was Francis Albert, Duke of Saxe-Lauenberg, were able to keep up with -the king. He rode directly to the place where his infantry were most -closely pressed, and while he was reconnoitering the enemy’s line for -an exposed point to attack, the shortness of his sight unfortunately -led him too close to their ranks. An imperial Gefreyter, remarking that -every one respectfully made way for him as he rode along, immediately -ordered a musketeer to take aim at him. ‘Fire at him yonder,’ said he, -‘that must be a man of consequence.’ The soldier fired, and the king’s -left arm was shattered. At that moment his squadron came hurrying up, -and a confused cry of ‘the king bleeds! the king is shot!’ spread terror -and consternation through all the ranks. ‘It is nothing, follow me,’ -cried the king, collecting his whole strength; but overcome by pain, -and nearly fainting, he requested the Duke of Lauenberg, in French, to -lead him unobserved out of the tumult. While the duke proceeded toward -the right wing with the king, to keep this discouraging sight from the -disordered infantry, his majesty received a second shot through the -back, which deprived him of his remaining strength. ‘Brother,’ said he, -with a dying voice, ‘I have enough! look only to your own life.’ At -the same moment he fell from his horse, pierced by several more shots; -and abandoned by all his attendants, he breathed his last amidst the -plundering bands of the Croats. His charger flying without its rider, and -covered with blood, soon made known to the Swedish cavalry the fall of -their king. They rushed madly forward to rescue his sacred remains from -the hands of the enemy. A murderous conflict ensued over the body, till -his mangled remains were buried beneath a heap of slain. Bernard, Duke -of Saxe-Weimar, gave to the bereaved Swedes a noble leader in his own -person; and the spirit of Gustavus led his victorious squadrons anew. - -“The sun was setting when the two lines closed. The strife grew hotter as -it drew to an end; the last efforts of strength were mutually exerted, -and skill and courage did their utmost to repair in these precious -moments the fortune of the day. It was in vain; despair endows every one -with superhuman strength; no one can conquer, no one will give way. The -art of war seemed to exhaust its powers on one side, only to unfold some -new and untried masterpiece of skill on the other. Night and darkness -at last put an end to the fight, before the fury of the combatants was -exhausted; and the contest only ceased, when no one could any longer -find an antagonist. Both armies separated, as if by tacit agreement; the -trumpets sounded, and each party claiming the victory, quitted the field.” - - [End of German History.] - - - - -SELECTIONS FROM GERMAN LITERATURE. - - -ALEXANDER VON HUMBOLDT. - - After every deduction has been made he yet stands before us as a - colossal figure not unworthy to take his place beside Goethe as - the representative of the scientific side of the culture of his - country.—_Encyclopædia Britannica._ - - -The Cataracts of the Orinoco. - -The impression which a scene makes upon us is not so deeply fixed by the -peculiarities of the country as by the light, the clear azure or the deep -shade of low lying clouds, under which hill and river lie. In the same -way descriptions of scenes impress us with more or less force according -as they harmonize with our emotions. In our inner susceptible soul the -physical world is reflected true and life-like. What gives its peculiar -character to a landscape, to the outline of the mountain range which -borders the dimly distant horizon, to the darkness of the pine forest, to -the mountain stream which rushes madly between overhanging cliffs? They -all stand in strange mysterious relations with the inner life of man, -and on these relations rest the nobler share of enjoyment which nature -affords. Nowhere does she impress us more strongly with consciousness of -her greatness; nowhere does she speak more powerfully to us than under -the Indian heavens. If I venture here to describe that country may I hope -that its peculiar charm will not remain unfelt? The memory of a distant -richly-endowed land, the glimpse of a luxuriant, vigorous plant-life -refreshes and strengthens the mind as the restless worn spirit finds -pleasure in youth and its strength. - -Western currents and tropical winds favor the voyage over the peaceful -straits which fill up the wide valley between America and western Africa. -Before the coast appears one notices that the waves foam and dash -over each other. Sailors who were unacquainted with the region would -suspect shallows to be near, or fresh water springs, such as are in -mid ocean among the Antilles. As the garnet coast of Guiana draws near -there appears the wide mouth of a mighty stream. It bursts forth like a -shoreless sea and covers the surrounding ocean with fresh water. The name -Orinoco which the first discoverers gave to the river, and which owes -its origin to a confusion of language, is unknown in the interior of the -country, for the uncivilized inhabitants give names to only those objects -which might easily be mistaken for others. The Orinoco, the Amazon, the -Magdalena are called simply the river, in some cases perhaps, the great -river, the great water, when the inhabitants wish to distinguish them -from a small stream. - -The current which the Orinoco causes between the continent of South -America and the island of Trinidad is so powerful that ships which -attempt to struggle against it with outspread sails are scarcely able to -make any headway. This desolate and dangerous place is called the Gulf -of Sorrow; the entrance is the Dragon’s Head. Here lonely cliffs rise -tower-like in the raging flood. They mark the old, rocky isthmus which, -cut off by the current, once joined the island of Trinidad and the coast -of Venezuela. - -The appearance of this country first convinced the hardy discoverer, -Colon, of the existence of the American continent. Acquainted with -nature as he was he concluded that so monstrous a body of fresh water -could only be collected by a great number of streams, and that the land -which supplied this water must be a continent and not an island. As the -followers of Alexander believed the Indus, filled with crocodiles, was a -branch of the Nile, so Colon concluded that this new continent was the -easterly coast of the far away Asia. The coolness of the evening air, the -clearness of the starry firmament, the perfume of the flowers borne on -the breeze, all led him to believe that he had approached the garden of -Eden, the sacred home of the first human beings. The Orinoco seemed to -him one of the four streams which are said to flow from Paradise, and to -water the plants of the newly-planted earth. - -This poetical passage taken from Colon’s diary has a peculiar interest. -It shows anew how the fancies of the poet are in the discoverer as in -every great human character. - - -HEINRICH HEINE. - - Heine had all the culture of Germany; in his head fermented all - the ideas of modern Europe. And what have we got from Heine? A - half-result, for want of moral balance, and nobleness of soul, - and character.—_Matthew Arnold._ - - In spite of the bitterness of spirit that pervades all his - writings he possessed deep natural affections. His mother - survived him, and although almost entirely separated from him - for the last twenty-five years, he often introduces her name in - his works with expressions of reverence.—_Translated by E. A. - Bowring._ - - Heine left a singular will, in which he begged that all religious - solemnities be dispensed with at his funeral.… He added that this - was not the mere freak of a freethinker, for that he had for the - last four years dismissed all the pride with which philosophy had - filled him, and felt once more the power of religious truth. He - also begged forgiveness for any offence which, in his ignorance - he might have given to good manners and good morals.—_Translated - preface._ - - -To Matilda. - - I was, dear lamb, ordained to be - A shepherd here, to watch o’er thee; - I nourished thee with mine own bread, - With water from the fountain head. - - And when winter storm roared loudly, - Against my breast I warmed thee proudly; - Then held I thee, encircled well, - Whilst rain in torrents round us fell, - When, through its rocky dark bed pouring, - The torrent with the wolf, was roaring, - Thou fear’dst not, no muscle quivered, - E’en when the highest pine was shivered - By forked flash—within mine arm - Thou slept’st in peace without alarm. - - My arm grows weak, and fast draws near - Pale death! My shepherd’s task so dear, - And pastoral care approach their end. - Into thy hands, God, I commend - My staff once more. O do thou guard - My lamb, when I, beneath the sward - Am laid in peace, and suffer ne’er - A thorn to prick her anywhere. - - From thorny hedges guard her fleece, - May quagmires ne’er disturb her peace. - May there spring up beneath her feet - An ample crop of pasture sweet, - And let her sleep without alarm, - As erst she slept within mine arm! - - I have been wont to bear my head right high, - My temper too is somewhat stern and rough; - Even before a monarch’s cold rebuff - I would not timidly avert mine eye. - Yet mother dear, I’ll tell it openly: - Much as my haughty pride may swell and puff, - I feel submissive and subdued enough, - When thy much cherished, darling form is nigh. - Is it thy spirit that subdues me then, - Thy spirit grasping all things in its ken, - And soaring to the light of heaven again? - By the sad recollection I’m oppress’d - That I have done so much to grieve thy breast, - Which loved me more than all things else, the best. - - -Prose Extracts From Heine. - -The French are the chosen people of the new religion, its first gospels -and dogmas have been drawn up in their language; Paris is the New -Jerusalem, and the Rhine is the Jordan which divides the consecrated land -of freedom from the land of the Philistines. - -When Candide came to Eldorado, he saw in the streets a number of boys who -were playing with gold nuggets instead of marbles. This degree of luxury -made him imagine that they must be the king’s children, and he was not a -little astonished when he found that in Eldorado gold nuggets are of no -more value than marbles are with us, and that the school-boys play with -them. A similar thing happened to a friend of mine, a foreigner, when he -came to Germany and first read German books. He was perfectly astounded -at the wealth of ideas which he found in them; but he soon remarked that -ideas in Germany are as plentiful as gold nuggets in Eldorado, and that -those writers whom he had taken for intellectual princes, were in reality -only common school-boys. - - -The Lorelei. - - I know not what it may mean to-day - That I am to grief inclined; - There’s a tale of a Siren—an old-world lay— - That I can not get out of my mind. - - The air is cool in the twilight gray, - And quietly flows the Rhine; - On the ridge of the cliff, at the close of the day - The rays of the sunset shine. - - There sits a maiden, richly dight, - And wonderfully fair; - Her golden bracelet glistens bright - As she combs her golden hair. - - And while she combs her locks so bright, - She sings a charming lay; - ’Tis sweet, yet hath a marvelous might, - And ’tis echoing far away. - - The sailor floats down, in the dusk, on the Rhine - That carol awakens his grief; - He sees on the cliff the last sunbeam shine, - But he sees not the perilous reef. - - Ah! soon will the sailor, in bitter despair, - To his foundering skiff be clinging! - And that’s what the beautiful Siren there - Has done with her charming singing. - - -FRIEDRICH SCHLEIERMACHER. - - He was an admirable dialectician, and did more than any other - writer to promote in Germany a sympathetic study of Plato. Yet - there is a touch of Romanticism in the vague, shadowy and mystic - language in which he presents the elements of Christian thought - and life.—_Sime._ - - Wilhelm Von Humboldt says that Schleiermacher’s speaking far - exceeded his power in writing, and that his strength consisted - in the “deeply penetrative character of his words, which was - free from art, and the persuasive effusion of feeling moving in - perfect unison with one of the rarest intellects.”—_American - Cyclopædia._ - - -Extracts From Schleiermacher. - -TRUE PLEASURE.—Pleasure is a flower which grows indeed of itself, but -only in fruitful gardens and well cultivated fields. Not that we should -labor in our minds to gain it; but yet he who has not labored for it, -with him it will not grow; whoever has not brought out in his own -character something profitable and praiseworthy, it is in vain for him -to sow. Even he who understands it best can do nothing better for the -pleasure of another than that he should communicate to him what is the -foundation of his own. Whosoever does not know how to work up the rough -stuff for himself, and thereby make it his own, whosoever does not refine -his disposition, has not secured for himself a treasure of thoughts, -a many sidedness of relations, a view of the world and human things -peculiar to himself—such a man knows not how to seize the proper occasion -for pleasure, and the most important is assuredly lost for him. It is -not the indolent who finds so much difficulty in filling up the time -set aside for repose. Who find vexation and ennui in everything? From -whom are we hearing never ending complaints about the poverty and dull -uniformity of life? Who are most bitter in their lamentations over the -slender powers of men for social intercourse, and over the insufficiency -of all measures to obtain joy? But this is only what they deserve; for -man cannot reap where he has not sown. - -THE ESTEEM OF THE WORLD.—We all consider what is thought of us by those -around us as a substantial good. Trust in our uprightness of character, -belief in our abilities, and the desire that arises from this to be more -intimately connected with us, and to gain our good opinion, everything of -this kind is often a more valuable treasure than great riches. Of this -the indolent are quite aware. If men would only believe in their capacity -without the necessity of producing anything painstaking and really -praiseworthy! If they would only agree to take some other proof of their -probity and love of mankind than deeds! If they would only accept some -other security for their wisdom than prudent language, good counsel, and -a sound judgment on the proper mode of conducting the affairs of life! -Instead of rising to a true love of honor, such men creep amidst childish -vanities, which try to fix the attention of mankind by pitiful trifles -and to glitter by shadowy appearances; instead of attempting to reach -something really noble, they rest only on external customs; the mental -disposition that arises from this is their virtue, and their governing -passion is what they regard as understanding. - - -ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUER. - - A young man not understood.—_Goethe._ - - German philosophers have as a rule been utterly indifferent to - style, but Schopenhauer’s prose is clear, firm and graceful, and - to this fact he owes much of his popularity.—_Sime._ - -Our inductive science ends with the questions—“Whence?” “Wherefore?” We -observe facts, and classify them; but then follows a question respecting -the substance that lies behind the facts? What do they express? What is -the Will of which they are the Representation?—If we were isolated from -the world around us, we could not answer the question. But we are not so -isolated. We belong to nature, and nature is included in ourselves. We -have in ourselves the laws of the world around us. We find in our own -bodies the mechanical laws, and those of the organic life manifested in -plants and animals. We have the same understanding which we find working -around us in the system of nature. If we consisted only of the body and -the understanding, we could not distinguish ourselves from nature. If -we know what is in ourselves, we know what is in nature. Now what do we -find controlling the facts of our own natural life? An impulse which we -may call the Will to live. We often use the word Will in a complex sense, -as implying both thought and choice; but in its purest, simplest sense, -as the word is used here, it means the impulse, or force, which is the -cause of a phenomenon. In this sense, there is a Will from which the -movements within the earth and upon its surface derive their origin. It -works continuously upward from the forms of crystals, through the forms -of zoöphytes, mollusca, annelida, insectia, arachnida, crustacea, pisces, -reptilia, aves, and mammalia. There is one Will manifested in the growth -of all plants and animals. That which we call a purpose when viewed as -associated with intellect, is, when regarded most simply, or in itself, -a force or impulse—the natural Will of which we are now speaking. It is -the Will to live—the mighty impulse by which every creature is impelled -to maintain its own existence, and without any care for the existence of -others. It is an unconscious Egoism. Nature is apparently a collection of -many wills; but all are reducible to one—the Will to live. Its whole life -is a never-ending warfare. It is forever at strife _with itself_; for it -asserts itself in one form to deny itself as asserted in other forms. It -is everywhere furnished with the means of working out its purpose. Where -the Will of the lion is found, we find the powerful limbs, the claws, -the teeth necessary for supporting the life to which the animal is urged -by his Will. The Will is found associated in man with an understanding; -but is not subservient to that understanding. On the contrary, the -understanding or intellect is subservient. The Will is the moving power; -the understanding is the instrument. - -This one Will in nature and in ourselves serves to explain a great part -of all the movements of human society. Hence arise the collisions of -interest that excite envy, strife, and hatred between individuals or -classes. Society differs from an unsocial state of life in the forms -imposed by intelligence on egoistic Will, but not in any radical change -made in that Will. Thus etiquette is the convenience of egoism, and law -is a fixing of boundaries within which egoism may conveniently pursue -its objects. The world around us, including what is called the social -or civilized world, may seem fair, when it is viewed only as a stage, -and without any reference to the tragedy that is acted upon it. But, -viewed in its reality, it is an arena for gladiators, or an amphitheater -where all who would be at peace have to defend themselves. As Voltaire -says, it is with sword in hand that we must live and die. The man who -expects to find peace and safety here is like the traveler told of in -one of Gracian’s stories, who, entering a district where he hoped to -meet his fellow-men, found it peopled only by wolves and bears, while -men had escaped to caves in a neighboring forest. The same egoistic Will -that manifests itself dimly in the lowest stages of life, and becomes -more and more clearly pronounced as we ascend to creatures of higher -organization, attains its highest energy in man, and is here modified, -but not essentially changed, by a superior intelligence. The insect world -is full of slaughter; the sea hides from us frightful scenes of cruel -rapacity; the tyrannical and destructive instinct marks the so-called -king of birds, and rages in the feline tribes. In human society, some -mitigation of this strife takes place as the result of experience and -culture. By the use of the understanding, the Will makes laws for itself, -so that the natural _bellum omnium contra omnes_ is modified, and leaves -to the few victors some opportunities of enjoying the results of their -victory. Law is a means of reducing the evils of social strife to their -most convenient form, and politics must be regarded in the same way. The -strength of all law and government lies in our dread of the anarchic -Will, that lies couched behind the barriers of society and is ready to -spring forth when they are broken down. - - - - -READINGS IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE. - -Abridged from Professor Geikie’s Primer of Physical Geography. - - -V.—THE SEA. - -[Continued.] - -The sea is full of life, both of plants and animals. These organisms die, -and their remains necessarily get mixed up with the different materials -laid down upon the sea floor. So that, beside the mere sand and mud, -great numbers of shells, corals, and the harder parts of other sea -creatures must be buried there, as generation after generation comes and -goes. - -It often happens that on parts of the sea bed the remains of some of -these animals are so abundant that they themselves form thick and -wide-spread deposits. Oysters, for example, grow thickly together; and -their shells, mingled with those of other similar creatures, form what -are called shell banks. In the Pacific and the Indian Oceans a little -animal, called the coral-polyp, secretes a hard limy skeleton from the -sea water; and as millions of these polyps grow together, they form great -reefs of solid rock, which are sometimes, as in the Great Barrier Reef -of Australia, hundreds of feet thick and a thousand miles long. It is by -means of the growth of these animals that those wonderful rings of coral -rock or coral islands are formed in the middle of the ocean. Again, a -great part of the bed of the Atlantic Ocean is covered with fine mud, -which on examination is found to consist almost wholly of the remains of -very minute animals called foraminifera. - -Over the bottom of the sea, therefore, great beds of sand and mud, -mingled with the remains of plants and animals, are always accumulating. -If now this bottom could be raised up above the sea level, even though -the sand and mud should get as dry and hard as any rock among the hills, -you would be able to say with certainty that they had once been under -the sea, because you would find in them the shells and other remains of -marine animals. This raising of the sea bottom has often taken place in -ancient times. You will find most of the rocks of our hills and valleys -to have been originally laid down in the sea, where they were formed -out of sand and mud dropped on the sea floor, just as sand and mud are -carried out to sea and laid down there now. And in these rocks, not -merely near the shore, but far inland, in quarries or ravines, or the -sides and even the tops of the hills, you will be able to pick out the -skeletons and fragments of the various sea creatures which were living in -the old seas. - -Since the bottom of the sea forms the great receptacle into which the -mouldered remains of the surface of the land are continually carried, it -is plain that if this state of things were to go on without modification -or hindrance, in the end the whole of the solid land would be worn away, -and its remains would be spread out on the sea floor, leaving one vast -ocean to roll round the globe. - -But there is in nature another force which here comes into play to retard -the destruction of the land. - - -THE INSIDE OF THE EARTH. - -It may seem at first as if it were hopeless that man should ever know -anything about the earth’s interior. Just think what a huge ball this -globe of ours is, and you will see that after all, in living and moving -over its surface, we are merely like flies walking over a great hill. All -that can be seen from the top of the highest mountain to the bottom of -the deepest mine is not more in comparison than the mere varnish on the -outside of a school globe. And yet a good deal can be learnt as to what -takes place within the earth. Here and there, in different countries, -there are places where communication exists between the interior and -the surface; and it is from such places that much of our information on -this subject is derived. Volcanoes are among the most important of the -channels of communication with the interior. - -Let us suppose that you were to visit one of these volcanoes just before -what is called “an eruption.” As you approach it, you see a conical -mountain, seemingly with its top cut off. From this truncated summit a -white cloud rises. But it is not quite such a cloud as you would see on -a hill top in this country. For as you watch it you notice that it rises -out of the top of the mountain, even though there are no clouds to be -seen anywhere else. Ascending from the vegetation of the lower grounds, -you find the slopes to consist partly of loose stones and ashes, partly -of rough black sheets of rock, like the slags of an iron furnace. As you -get nearer the top the ground feels hot, and puffs of steam, together -with stifling vapors, come out of it here and there. At last you reach -the summit, and there what seemed a level top is seen to be in reality a -great basin, with steep walls descending into the depths of the mountain. -Screening your face as well as possible from the hot gases which almost -choke you, you creep to the top of this basin, and look down into it. -Far below, at the base of the rough red and yellow cliffs which form its -sides, lies a pool of some liquid, glowing with a white heat, though -covered for the most part with a black crust like that seen on the -outside of the mountain during the ascent. From this fiery pool jets of -the red hot liquid are jerked out every now and then, stones and dust are -cast up into the air, and fall back again, and clouds of steam ascend -from the same source and form the uprising cloud which is seen from a -great distance hanging over the mountain. - -This caldron-shaped hollow on the summit of the mountain is the crater. -The intensely heated liquid in the sputtering boiling pool at its bottom -is melted rock or lava. And the fragmentary materials—ashes, dust, -cinders, and stones—thrown out, are torn from the hardened sides and -bottom of the crater by the violence of the explosions with which the -gases and steam escape. - -The hot air and steam, and the melted mass at the bottom of the crater, -show that there must be some source of intense heat underneath. And as -the heat has been coming out for hundreds, or even thousands of years, it -must exist there in great abundance. - -But it is when the volcano appears in active eruption that the power -of this underground heat shows itself most markedly. For a day or two -beforehand, the ground around the mountain trembles. At length, in a -series of violent explosions, the heart of the volcano is torn open, -and perhaps its upper part is blown into the air. Huge clouds of steam -roll away up into the air, mingled with fine dust and red hot stones. -The heavier stones fall back again into the crater or on the outer -slopes of the mountain, but the finer ashes come out in such quantity, -as sometimes to darken the sky for many miles round, and to settle down -over the surrounding country as a thick covering. Streams of white hot -molten lava run down the outside of the mountain, and descend even to the -gardens and houses at the base, burning up or overflowing whatever lies -in their path. This state of matters continues for days or weeks, until -the volcano exhausts itself, and then a time of comparative quiet comes, -when only steam, hot vapors, and gases are given off. - -About 1800 years ago, there was a mountain near Naples shaped like a -volcano, and with a large crater covered with brushwood. No one had ever -seen any steam, or ashes, or lava come from it, and the people did not -imagine it to be a volcano, like some other mountains in that part of -Europe. They had built villages and towns around its base, and their -district, from its beauty and soft climate, used to attract wealthy -Romans to build villas there. But at last, after hardly any warning, -the whole of the higher part of the mountain was blown into the air -with terrific explosions. Such showers of fine ashes fell for miles -around, that the sky was as dark as midnight. Day and night the ashes -and stones descended on the surrounding country; many of the inhabitants -were killed, either by stones falling on them, or from suffocation by -the dust. When at last the eruption ceased, the district, which had -before drawn visitors from all parts of the old world, was found to be -a mere desert of grey dust and stone. Towns and villages, vineyards -and gardens, were all buried. Of the towns, the two most noted were -called Herculaneum and Pompeii. So completely did they disappear, that, -although important places at the time, their very sites were forgotten, -and only by accident, after the lapse of some fifteen hundred years, -were they discovered. Excavations have since that time been carried on, -the hardened volcanic accumulations have been removed from the old city, -and you can now walk through the streets of Pompeii again, with their -roofless dwelling houses and shops, theaters and temples, and mark on -the causeway the deep ruts worn by the carriage wheels of the Pompeians -eighteen centuries ago. Beyond the walls of the now silent city rises -Mount Vesuvius, with its smoking crater, covering one half of the old -mountain which was blown up when Pompeii disappeared. - -Volcanoes, then, mark the position of some of the holes or orifices, -whereby heated materials from the inside of the earth are thrown up to -the surface. They occur in all quarters of the globe. In Europe, beside -Mount Vesuvius, which has been more or less active since it was formed, -Etna, Stromboli, and other smaller volcanoes, occur in the basin of the -Mediterranean, while far to the northwest some volcanoes rise amid the -snows and glaciers of Iceland. In America a chain of huge volcanoes -stretches down the range of mountains which rises from the western margin -of the continent. In Asia they are thickly grouped together in Java and -some of the surrounding islands, and stretch thence through Japan and the -Aleutian Isles, to the extremity of North America. If you trace this -distribution upon the map, you will see that the Pacific Ocean is girded -all round with volcanoes. - -Since these openings into the interior of the earth are so numerous over -the surface, we may conclude that this interior is intensely hot. But we -have other proofs of this internal heat. In many countries hot springs -rise to the surface. Even in England, which is a long way from any active -volcano, the water of the wells of Bath is quite warm (120° Fahr.). It -is known, too, that in all countries the heat increases as we descend -into the earth. The deeper a mine the warmer are the rocks and air at its -bottom. If the heat continues to increase in the same proportion, the -rocks must be red hot at no great distance beneath us. - -It is not merely by volcanoes and hot springs, however, that the -internal heat of the earth affects the surface. The solid ground is made -to tremble, or is rent asunder, or is upheaved or let down. You have -probably heard or read of earthquakes; those shakings of the ground, -which, when they are at their worst, crack the ground open, throw down -trees and buildings, and bury hundreds or thousands of people in the -ruins. Earthquakes are most common in or near those countries where -active volcanoes exist. They frequently take place just before a volcanic -eruption. - -Some parts of the land are slowly rising out of the sea; rocks, which -used always to be covered by the tides, come to be wholly beyond their -limits; while others, which used never to be seen at all, begin one by -one to show their heads above water. On the other hand some tracts are -slowly sinking; piers, sea walls, and other old landmarks on the beach, -are one after another enveloped by the sea as it encroaches further and -higher on the land. These movements, whether in an upward or downward -direction, are likewise due in some way to the internal heat. - -Now when you reflect upon these various changes you will see that through -the agency of this same internal heat land is preserved upon the face -of the earth. If rain and frost, rivers, glaciers, and the sea were to -go on wearing down the surface of the land continually, without any -counterbalancing kind of action, the land would necessarily in the end -disappear, and indeed would have disappeared long ago. But owing to the -pushing out of some parts of the earth’s surface by the movements of the -heated materials inside, portions of the land are raised to a higher -level, while parts of the bed of the sea are actually upheaved so as to -form land. - -This kind of elevation has happened many times in all quarters of the -globe. As already mentioned most of our hills and valleys are formed of -rocks, which were originally laid down on the bottom of the sea, and have -been subsequently raised into land. - -This earth of ours is the scene of continual movement and change. The -atmosphere which encircles it is continually in motion, diffusing heat, -light, and vapor. From the sea and from the waters of the land, vapor is -constantly passing into the air, whence, condensed into clouds, rain and -snow, it descends again to the earth. All over the surface of the land -the water which falls from the sky courses seaward in brooks and rivers, -bearing into the great deep the materials which are worn away from the -land. Water is thus ceaselessly circulating between the air, the land, -and the sea. The sea, too, is never at rest. Its waves gnaw the edges of -the land, and its currents sweep round the globe. Into its depths the -spoils of the land are borne, there to gather into rocks, out of which -new islands and continents will eventually be formed. Lastly, inside the -earth is lodged a vast store of heat by which the surface is shaken, rent -open, upraised or depressed. Thus, while old land is submerged beneath -the sea, new tracts are upheaved, to be clothed with vegetation and -peopled with animals, and to form a fitting abode for man himself. - -This world is not a living being, like a plant or an animal, and yet you -must now see that there is a sense in which we may speak of it as such. -The circulation of air and water, the interchange of sea and land; in -short the system of endless and continual movement by which the face of -the globe is day by day altered and renewed, may well be called the Life -of the Earth. - - - - -SUNDAY READINGS. - -SELECTED BY THE REV. J. H. VINCENT, D.D. - - -AM I NOT IN SPORT? - -By JAMES WALKER, D.D., LL.D. - -[_February 3._] - - “As a madman who casteth firebrands, arrows, and death, so is the - man who deceiveth his neighbor, and saith, ‘Am I not in sport?’” - Proverbs xxvi, 18:19. - -It is incalculable how much pain is inflicted, and how much injury is -done, without anything which can properly be called malicious intent, or -deliberate wrong. Thus there are those who, like the madman mentioned -in Scripture, will cast firebrands, arrows, and death, and then think -it a sufficient excuse to say, “Are we not in sport?” Let it be that -they _are_; I think it will not be difficult to show that this will not -excuse, or do much to palliate, the conduct in question. I think it will -not be difficult to show that men are answerable for the mischiefs they -do from mere wantonness or in sport, and that it is wrong-doing of this -description which makes up no inconsiderable part of every one’s guilt. - -It is to little or no purpose to be able to say that such offences do -not originate in conscious malice, for, as has just been intimated, -the same is true of a large proportion of acknowledged crimes. It is -seldom, very seldom, that men injure one another from hatred, or for the -sake of revenge—because they find, or expect to find, any pleasure in -the mere consciousness of inflicting pain. Men injure one another from -wantonness, or want of consideration; or, more commonly still, because -the carrying out of their policy, or their prejudices, or their sport, -happens to interfere with the interests and comfort of others, and, -though really sorry for this, they are not prepared to give up either -their policy or their prejudices, or their sport to spare another’s -feelings. Wars are waged and conquests made, mourning and desolation -spread through a whole country, in the wantonness of honor, or to gratify -an insatiable ambition; but without anything which can properly be called -malice, either in the first movers or immediate agents. Men opposed to -each other in politics or religion will allow this opposition to go -to very unjustifiable lengths, even to the disturbing of the peace of -neighborhoods, and the breaking of friendships and family connections; -and all this, to be sure, must give rise to a great deal of ill-will and -hot blood; but it does not originate in malice, properly so called—in -positive malice toward anybody. Likewise a rash and improvident man may -bring incalculable mischief on all connected with him, involving them in -pecuniary difficulties, or committing and paining them in other ways, and -yet be able to allege with perfect truth that he did not mean to do them -any harm; that, so far from being actuated by malice, he feels nothing -and has felt nothing but the sincerest affection for the very persons -whom he has injured, and most affection, perhaps, for those whom he has -most injured. But why multiply illustrations? The whole catalogue of the -vices of self-indulgence and excess—black and comprehensive as it is—has -nothing to do with malicious intent; that is to say, these vices do not -find any part of their temptation or gratification in ill-will to others, -or in the consciousness of causing misery to others. And yet who, on this -account, denies that they are vices, or that they are among the worst of -vices? - -The moral perplexity existing in some minds on this subject may be traced -to two errors: making malice to be the _only_ bad motive by which we -can be actuated, and confounding the mere _absence of malice_ with -that active principle of benevolence, or love of our neighbor, which -Christianity makes to be the foundation and substance of all true social -virtue. - -How unfounded the first of these assumptions is, appears generally from -what has been said; but the same may also be shown on strictly ethical -grounds. We must distinguish between what is simply _odious_, and what -is immoral. The malignant passions when acted out by animals are odious, -but they are not immoral, because they are not comprehended in that light -by the agent. The reason why the malignant passions are immoral in man -is that he knows them to be immoral; and accordingly any other passion, -which he knows to be immoral, becomes for the same reason alike immoral -to him as a principle of conduct. Hence it follows that, though not -actuated by malice, we may be by some other motive equally reprehensible -in a moral point of view, though not perhaps as odious—by the love of -ease, by vanity or pride, by unjust partialities, by inordinate ambition, -by avarice or lust—dispositions which have nothing to do with malice, but -yet are felt and acknowledged by all to be bad and immoral. - - -[_February 10._] - -Moreover, the tendencies of modern civilization are to be considered in -this connection. Times of violence are gradually giving place to times of -self-indulgence and fraud; and the consequence is that now, where one man -is betrayed into vices of malevolence and outrage, twenty are betrayed -into those of frivolity, licentiousness, or overreaching. I go further -still. Suppose a man actuated by none of these positively bad motives; -nay, suppose the injury done to be accidental and wholly unintentional, -this will not in all cases justify the deed. The question still arises -whether the injury done, supposing it to be wholly unintentional, might -not have been foreseen, and ought not to have been foreseen; for, where -the well-being of others is concerned, we are bound not only to mean no -harm, but to take care to avoid everything which is likely to do harm; -and negligence in this respect is itself a crime. So obviously just -is this principle, so entirely does it approve itself to the reason -and common sense of mankind, that we find it everywhere recognized, in -some form or other, in the jurisprudence of civilized countries. “When -a workman flings down a stone or piece of timber into the street, and -kills a man, this may be either misadventure, manslaughter, or murder, -according to the circumstances under which the original act is done. If -it were in a country village, where a few passengers are, and he calls -out to all people to have a care, it is misadventure only; but if it were -in London, or other populous town, where people are continually passing, -it is manslaughter, though he gives loud warning; and murder, if he knows -of their passing and gives no warning at all, for then it is malice -against all mankind.”[A] - -Equally groundless is the second of the above mentioned assumptions, to -wit: that of confounding the mere _absence of malice_ with the active -principle of benevolence itself or that love of our neighbor which -Christianity makes to be the foundation and substance of all true social -virtue. There is nothing, perhaps, which more essentially distinguishes -worldly propriety and legal honesty from Christian virtue than this, -that they stop with negatives. They are content with avoiding what is -expressly forbidden, not reflecting that this, at the best, only makes -men to be _not bad_; it does not make them to be good. Besides, if we -take this ground, if we allege the absence of all anger and resentment, -we bar the plea that we were hurried into the act by the impetuosity -of our passions—a plea which the experience of a common infirmity has -always led men to regard as the strongest extenuating circumstance of -wrong-doing. If we have given pain to a fellow creature, it is stating an -aggravation of the fault and not an excuse, to say that we did not do it -in passion, but in cold blood; and worse still, if we say that we did it -in sport. What! find sport in giving pain to others? This may consist, I -suppose, with the absence of what is commonly understood by malice; but I -utterly deny its compatibility with active Christian benevolence, or with -what indeed amounts to the same thing, a kind, generous, and magnanimous -nature. Were I in quest of facts to prove the total depravity of man, I -should eagerly seize on such as the following: The shouts of heartless -merriment sometimes heard to arise from a crowd of idlers collected -around a miserable object in the streets; a propensity to turn into -ridicule, not merely the faults and affectations of others, but their -natural deformities or defects; jesting with sacred things, or practical -jests, the consequences of which to one of the parties are of the most -serious and painful character; and the pleasure with which men listen to -sarcastic remarks though causeless and unprovoked, or to wit the whole -point of which consists in its sting. Not that the doctrine of universal -and total depravity is actually proved even by such conduct, for happily -the conduct itself is not universal; to some it is repugnant from the -beginning; and besides, even where it is fallen into, I suppose it is to -be referred in a majority of cases to a love of excitement, rather than -to a love of evil for its own sake. Still I maintain that the conduct -in question, however explained, is incompatible, or at any rate utterly -inconsistent, with thoughtful and generous natures. - -[A] Blackstone. - - -[_February 17._] - -Still, many who would not think entirely to excuse the conduct in -question can find palliations for it and extenuating circumstances, some -of which it will be well to examine. - -In the first place it is said that the sport is not found in the -sufferings of the victim, but in the awkward and ludicrous situations -and embarrassments into which he is thrown. Now I admit, that, if these -awkwardnesses and absurdities could be entirely disconnected with the -idea of pain, they might amuse even a good mind; but as they can not be -thus disconnected—as all this is known and seen to be the expression -of anguish either of body or mind, or to be the consequence of some -natural defect or misfortune, or some cruel imposition on weakness or -good nature—I affirm as before, that he whose mirth is not checked by -this single consideration betrays a want of true benevolence, and even -of common humanity. Neither will it help the matter much to say that the -pain and mortification are not known, are not seen, or at least _are not -attended_ to; that this view of the subject is entirely overlooked, the -mind being wholly taken up with its ludicrous aspects. For how comes it -that we have so quick a sense to everything ludicrous in the situation -and conduct of others, but no sense at all to their sufferings? Our -hearts, it would seem, are not as yet steeled against all sympathy in -the sufferings and misfortunes of our neighbors, provided we can be made -to apprehend and realize them; and this is well; but why _so slow_ to -apprehend and realize them? If, though directly before our eyes, the -thought of them never occurs to our minds; if we can say, and say with -truth, that while we enjoy the sport it never once occurred to us that -it was at the expense of another’s feelings, though this fact was all -the time staring us in the face—does it not at least betray a degree of -indifference or carelessness about the feelings of others, which is only -compatible with a cold and selfish temper? Put whatever construction you -will, therefore, on this kind of sport, it argues a bad state of the -affections; for either its connection with the pain and mortification -of others is perceived, and then it is downright cruelty; or it is not -perceived, and then it is downright insensibility. - -Another ground is sometimes taken. There are those who will say, “We -cannot help it. Persons of a constitution less susceptible to the -ludicrous, or less quick to observe it, may do differently, but we -cannot.” Obviously, however, reasonings of this sort, if intended as a -valid excuse, betray a singular and almost hopeless confusion of moral -ideas. They cannot help it? Of course they do not mean that they would -be affected in the same way by the same thing, under all circumstances -and in all states of feeling. Let the coarse jest be at the expense of a -parent, or of a sister; or let its tendency be to bring derision on an -office, a cause, or a doctrine which we have much at heart; or let it -offend beyond a certain point against the conventional usages of what -is called good society—and, instead of provoking mirth, it provokes -indignation or contempt. All they can mean, therefore, is simply this: -Their sense of the ludicrous is so keen, that, when not restrained -by some present feeling of justice, humanity, or decorum, it becomes -irrepressible. Undoubtedly it does; but this is no more than what might -be said of the worst crimes of sensuality and excess. What would you -think if a sordid man should plead, that being sordid by nature, and not -having any high principle or feeling to restrain him, he cannot help -acting sordidly? Does he not know that it is this want of high principle -and feeling which constitutes the very essence of his sin? We have -shown that to find sport in what gives pain, argues a bad state of the -principles and affections. Manifestly, therefore, it is to no purpose -to urge as an excuse, that in the existing state of our principles and -affections we can not help it; for the existing state of our principles -and affections is the very thing which is complained of and condemned. - -It may be contended, as a last resort, that this state of mind is -consistent, to say the least, with amiable manners, companionable -qualities, and good nature. But if herein is meant to be included real -kindness of heart, or the highest forms of generosity and nobleness of -soul, I deny that it can be. There is no necessity of trying to make it -out that men of this stamp are worse than they really are. Unquestionably -they can and often do make themselves agreeable and entertaining, -especially to those who are not very scrupulous about the occasions of -their mirth, and feel no repugnance to join in a laugh which perhaps they -would hesitate to raise. Good-natured also they may be, if nothing more -is meant by this than the absence of an unaccommodating, morose, and -churlish disposition; for there are two sorts of good nature, the good -nature of benevolence, and the good nature of ease and indifference. The -first will not consist, as we have seen, with wrong-doing from wantonness -or in sport; but the last may; yet even when it does, not much credit can -accrue from this circumstance. Worthy of all honor is that good nature -which springs from genuine kindness and sympathy, or a desire to make and -to see everybody happy; but the same can hardly be said of what often -passes for good-nature in the world, though it is nothing but the result -of an easy temper and loose principles. - - -[_February 24._] - -Still, I can not but think that a large majority of those who sometimes -look for sport in wrong-doing have enough of humanity and of justice to -restrain them, if they could only be made to understand and feel the -extent of the injury thus occasioned. Take, for example, jesting with -sacred things. Its influence on those who indulge in it is worse than -that of infidelity, for it destroys our reverence, and it is harder to -recover our reverence, after it has been lost, than our convictions. -Nay, it is often worse than that of daring crime; the latter puts us in -opposition to religion, but it does not necessarily undermine our respect -for it, or the sentiment on which the whole rests. Consider, too, its -effect on others. The multitude are apt to mistake what is laughed at -by their superiors for what is ridiculous in itself. In France it was -not the sober arguments of a knot of misguided atheists, but the scoffs -and mockeries and ill-timed pleasantries in which the higher classes -generally shared, which destroyed the popular sense of the sanctity of -religion; and when this great regulative principle of society was gone, -it was not long before the mischief came back, amidst scenes of popular -license and desperation, “to plague the inventors.” And so of cruel -sports. In reading the Sermon on the Mount, you must have been struck -with the fact that, while he who is angry with his brother is only said -to be in danger of the judgment, “whosoever shall say, thou fool, shall -be in danger of hell fire.” But, on second thoughts, is this anything -more than a simple recognition of what we all know to be true; that -hatred does not inflict half so deep or bitter a feeling of wrong as -scorn? Much is said about the disorganizing doctrines and theories of -the day, but, bad as these are, they are not likely to do so much to -exasperate the poor against the rich, and break down the bulwarks of -order and law, as the conduct of some among the rich themselves. The time -was when the few could trample with indifference on the interests and -feelings of the many, and make sport of their complaints with impunity, -but that time has passed away. - -One word also on those cruel sports where animals, and not men, are -the sufferers. Cruelty to animals is essentially the same feeling with -cruelty to a fellow-creature, and in some respects it is even more -unbecoming. Man is as a god to the inferior races. To abuse the power -which this gives us over the helpless beings that Providence has placed -at our mercy, is as mean as it is inhuman. If we would listen to the -pleadings of what is noble and generous in our natures, it would be as -impossible for us needlessly to harm an unoffending animal, as it would -be to strike an infant or an idiot. Shame on the craven who quails before -his equals, and then goes away and wreaks his unmanly resentments on a -creature which he knows can neither retaliate nor speak! Besides, we may -suppose that there are orders of beings above us, as well as below us. -Look then at our treatment of the lower animals, and then ask yourselves -what we should think, if a superior order of beings should mete out to -us the same measure. What if in mere wantonness, or to pamper unnatural -tastes, they should subject us to every imaginable hardship and wrong? -What if they should make a show, a public recreation, of our foolish -contests and dying agonies? Nay, more; what if it should come to this, -that in their language a man-killer should be called a _sportsman_ by way -of distinction? - -But I must close. We have it on the authority of the Bible, and we read -it in the constitution of man, that there is “a time to weep and a time -to laugh.” There will also be ample scope for the legitimate action of -caustic wit, so long as there are follies to be shown up, pretenders to -be unmasked, and conceit and affectation to be taught to know themselves. -But, in the serious strifes of the world, the ultimate advantages of this -weapon, though wielded on the right side, are more than dubious. “The -Spaniards have lamented,” it has been said, “and I believe truly, that -Cervantes’ just and inimitable ridicule of knight-errantry rooted up, -with that folly, a great deal of their real honor. And it was apparent -that Butler’s fine satire on fanaticism contributed not a little, during -the licentious times of Charles II., to bring sober piety into disrepute. -The reason is evident; there are many lines of resemblance between truth -and its counterfeits; and it is the province of wit only to find out the -likenesses in things, and not the talent of the common admirers of it -to discover the differences.” At any rate we can shun the rock of small -wits who think to make up for poverty of invention by a scurrility and -grimace, who think to gain from the venom of the shaft what is wanting in -the vigor of the bow. We can imitate the example of those among the great -masters of wit in all ages, who have ennobled it by purity of expression -and a moral aim; so that, in the end, virtue may not have occasion to -blush, or humanity to mourn, for anything we have said or done. Take any -other course and we are reminded of the confession which experience wrung -from the lips of the wise man: “I said in my heart, go to now, I will -prove thee with mirth; therefore enjoy pleasure; and behold this also -is vanity. I said of laughter, it is mad; and of mirth, what doeth it?” -“Even in laughter the heart is sorrowful, and the end of that mirth is -heaviness.” - - - - -COMMERCIAL LAW. - -By EDWARD C. REYNOLDS, ESQ. - - -I.—LAW IN GENERAL. - -It perhaps would be well for us to take a glance at the origin of the law -which we are about to consider in its practical applications. In all our -business relations, and in fact in our general conduct, so far as that -term would apply to one as a member of a community and a citizen, we are -controlled in our action by absolute, and in some instances possibly, -by arbitrary regulations or laws, with which perhaps we may be wholly -unfamiliar, but which are none the less binding and positive in their -exactions because we have neglected to familiarize ourselves with their -requirements. - -It is a rule of law, that ignorance of it excuses no one. For this reason -ignorance is never pleaded in court as an answer to civil or criminal -allegations of any sort. This rule presupposes a knowledge of the law on -the part of every citizen. While, strictly speaking, this is impossible -and in reality but a fiction, any other provision would be fraught -with danger. Although, through the observance of this rule, doubtless, -hardships are occasioned—as in fact must result from the enforcement of -any law, however wise—it is notwithstanding that, a very necessary and -strictly proper presumption. Were it to be otherwise, any attempt to -enforce obligations against dishonest parties or to punish crime would -prove ineffectual, because recourse would always be had to this defense. -Thus all law would be a nullity. - -There is fortunately a safe rule to be adopted as a guide for our -conduct, which in the main, if strictly obeyed, will obviate the seeming -hardship. Notwithstanding the fact that all inhibitions do not involve -an absolute wrong or right, that all enforcements of law are not with -justice, yet if a strict standard of right and honorable dealings -characterize individual action and conduct, for those who adopt such -a course there is but slight possibility that there is any especial -oppression in store. - -But wrong doing exists. The remedy is existing law. What is it, which as -such we are to obey, and which we may safely designate as the principle -of personal protection? - -The nucleus of the now voluminous laws of our country was the well -established laws, customs and usages of the American colonies of Great -Britain, when their independence was secured. At that time the laws of -Great Britain had become so generally interwoven into our judicature as -well as into our business customs and relations, that the introduction -of a wholly new system of laws would have proved disastrous, even if it -could have been accomplished. - -Since, in part, law is the outgrowth of customs and ways, as we shall -see, to have attempted the engrafting of a wholly new system would -have been equivalent to an attempt to change at once the habits and -characteristics of a people. - -The familiarity of the colonists with the then existing law, and its -adaptability to the then commercial transactions, made it a desirable -nucleus—already for our people, with which they might inaugurate a system -of their own. - -This, then, was accepted as the common law of the country at that time. -But however well adapted the then existing laws may have been to the -wants of the people and commerce, ever changing conditions of life -and ever increasing business complications rendered additions and new -provisions necessary. These changes were made necessary and were fostered -by statute law. - -Statute law is the result of the deliberations of legislative assemblies. -Each state has its own legislature and statute law, as has the national -government. The general government being the superior power, its laws -must be recognized as superior to state laws, that is, there can be no -state law inconsistent with the laws of the national government. The -state legislatures and national congress have power to make laws, and -whatever is declared by these bodies to be the supreme law of the land, -for the government of the individual and the protection of property, -providing it does not conflict with the provisions of the national and -state constitutions respectively, must be obeyed as such. - -This then is statute law: An enactment regarding the rights of persons -or property, passed by representatives of the people in legislature -assembled. - -When a question has arisen concerning which statute law has no -provisions, or some regular enactment is so worded that its meaning is -doubtful and extremely liable to be misunderstood, to compensate for the -lack in the one instance and to interpret properly the intention of the -law makers in the other, we resort to the common law, fairly said to be -“the accumulated wisdom of centuries.” Analogy will lead us to conclude, -and correctly, that this is the conservative element of the system—the -origin of which we have previously alluded to in part—to which we would -add the customs and usages which have, since our recognition as an -independent people, received the sanction of our courts, and to become -acquainted with which reference must be made to the published reports of -the courts, known as the “U. S. Reports,” “Maine Reports,” etc. - -That the common law may remain to a great extent unchangeable, much -respect is paid to the decisions of the courts, by others than those by -which they were enunciated, for it has ever been deemed better that a -precedent be respected, even if it be not the soundest law, than to have -what might seem to be better logic at the expense of a varying precedent. -Then we conclude, that though legislatures be radical in the change of -existing laws, yet in the task of applying or interpreting such laws, so -changed, courts are generally very conservative. It will thus be seen -that the rights of the people are not liable to be unwarrantably abridged -or destroyed by any uncertain movement of a day. - -By referring to our national and state constitutions, our readers will -see that the powers of both national and state governments are divided -into three departments, known as the executive, legislative and judicial, -each of which is distinct from the others, although they work in harmony -in the enactment and enforcement of the laws. The courts come under the -head of that last named, and their duties have been demonstrated to be -“to define, declare and apply the laws.” - -Of this common and statute law a very essential part is that which -is applicable to business, or commercial law, or, as it is generally -denominated in the books, the “Law-Merchant.” Much of the law bearing -upon this subject is the old common law, with the enlargements consequent -upon an increased commercial activity. Here it is that we find many of -the customs and usages of merchants gradually merging into recognized -law. The three “days of grace” allowed on all commercial paper is but a -common illustration of this, similar in origin to many customs in all -departments of trade, which might easily be cited, and which were in -their inception of very limited significance, but which have continually -been receiving a more extended recognition, until we find them clothed -with all the insignia of authority. - -These customs and usages we shall have occasion to give more extended -explanations as we touch upon the several sub-divisions of our topic. -There are a few technical words which we shall find it convenient to use. -Prof. Greenleaf clearly expresses the reason for this, as follows: - -“A great deal of the language of every art or science or profession -is technical (indeed, technical means belonging to some art), and is -peculiar to it, and may not be understood by those who do not pursue the -business to which it belongs. This is as true of the law as of everything -else.… A good instance of this is in those words which end in _er_ (or -_or_) and in _ee_. As for example, promisor or promisee, vendor and -vendee, indorser and indorsee. These terminations are derived from the -Norman-French, which was for a long time the language of the courts -and of the law of England. And it might seem that we had just as good -terminations in English, in _er_ and _ed_, which mean the same thing. But -this is not so. Originally they meant the same thing, but they do not -now, for both _er_ and _ee_ are applied, in law, to persons, and _ed_ to -things, so that we want all three terminations. For example, indorser -means the man who indorses; indorsee the man to whom the indorsement is -made; but the note itself we say is indorsed. So vendor means the man who -sells, vendee the man to whom something is sold, and the thing sold is -vended.” - -In regard to the phrase “presumption of law,” to which we may have -occasion to refer. The significance of this phrase is this: Under certain -conditions, without absolute proof of the matter concerning which some -conclusion is sought, the law will presume to interpret the intention -or acts of persons. For instance, regarding criminal procedure, one is -presumed to be innocent until he is proved to be guilty. Presumptions -prevail only when proof is lacking. - - -CONTRACTS. - -A contract has been aptly defined to be “an agreement to do or not to do -some particular thing.” It may be verbal or in writing. If the conditions -of a contract, whether verbal or written, be expressly stated and agreed -upon, it is then termed an expressed contract. If on the other hand there -are no well defined and specific agreements regarding the undertaking -or the consideration to be paid for its accomplishment, it is called an -implied contract. - -The conditions of an expressed contract must be strictly complied with, -and the parties to it are bound to faithfully observe the same, however -onerous may be the burden, while the conditions of an implied contract -not being agreed upon specifically, are such as custom may dictate. -As an illustration of this: A agrees to pay B two dollars per day for -labor. This is expressed, so far as the rate of wages is concerned; but -the number of hours that shall be taken to constitute a day’s work is -not agreed upon, and must be determined by implication. As a result, the -question would be settled by the custom in such matters which obtained in -the place where the contract was made. Or, if A engages B to undertake -the building of a cottage, with no stipulations regarding the wages to -be paid, B when the work is completed can recover for his compensation -whatever is proved to be the usual and customary remuneration paid men -in the same business and possessed of equal skill. The enforcement of -obligations is no less strict when the standing of the contract is -implied than when expressed, after determining what the obligations of -the parties are. - -The elements of a contract are parties, consideration, subject matter, -mutual assent and time. - -PARTIES.—Two or more competent persons may make a legal contract. -Competent persons, it will be observed. What constitutes competency? -Generally, legal age and sound mind; while minority, insanity, idiocy, -intoxication and coverture are said to be the conditions of incompetency. -With the exception of a few states where females become of age at -eighteen, the legal age is twenty-one years. A consideration of the -conditions of incompetency will sufficiently explain the requisites of -competency negatively. Minors, or those who have not attained legal -age, or infants as the law denominates them, are considered incompetent -because of inexperience, and a fair presumption that unprincipled -parties might take unfair advantage of them, and lead them into business -complications which a riper experience would disapprove. The contracts of -a minor approved by him when he becomes of age are binding, however; so -that it will be observed, such contracts are not absolutely void, only -voidable at the discretion of the minor. If an infant makes a transfer -of real estate he may, on reaching his majority, compel the purchaser -to reconvey the property, by returning to him the purchase money. The -law would not permit him to retain the purchase price and compel the -re-transfer, because it is not the policy of the law to assist the -minor in his fraudulent purposes, but only to protect him from the -impositions of those skilled in wicked devices. There are some contracts -which an infant can not disclaim, viz.: such as are for necessaries. -It is something of a question to determine what are necessaries; but -the minor’s fortune and social position must be the guide, for where -sufficient food and clothes might be all that would be termed necessaries -for one, for another by fortune more favored, “equipage, dress and -entertainments” would be considered just as essential. - -UNSOUND MIND.—Insanity, or a mind deranged; idiocy, or the lack of -a mind; intoxication, or a mind so beclouded as to be incapable -of understandingly judging of the merits of an ordinary business -transaction; a mind in any one of these conditions is unsound, and its -possessor an incompetent. - -Coverture, or marriage, by the common law made woman an incompetent -party, and she was thus precluded from legally contracting. By statutory -enactments nearly all of the states have changed this, so that a married -woman may now do business, contract debts as though unmarried, and -also hold property in her own right. The ancient barbarous theory that -marriage ought to annul a woman’s right to property in her own name and -almost deny her individual existence is nearly a relic, an error almost -of the past. - -CONSIDERATION.—Any consideration is sufficient to sustain a contract, -provided it be not illegal, or that which is prohibited by law; immoral, -or that which contravenes the moral law; and provided the contract was -born of good faith, and not tainted by fraud. A contract into which any -element of fraud has entered receives no countenance at the law. However -favorable stipulations may seem, a fraudulent intent, proved, will -nullify the contract. - -THE SUBJECT MATTER, or that concerning which the contract is made must -not be illegal, immoral or impossible. The reasons for this are apparent, -since it would controvert the very object of legal rights and public -policy if an illegal or immoral undertaking were permitted to enter -into a contract as a thing to be done and as a recognized right to be -enforced; or, if a stipulation were permitted to stand, which called for -the doing of that which is impossible. - -Mutual assent is an essential element. “It takes two to make a trade.” -There must be an agreement of minds between contracting parties as to -what is to be done, and how, and in consideration of what; and this -agreement must be at the same time, or to state it in a legal fashion, -“minds must meet.” - -The time stated for the performance of a contract should be agreed upon. -In case it is not, then it must be accomplished within a reasonable time. - -What is a reasonable time must be determined by the special circumstances -of each individual case. It is with this as with other elements of a -contract if not fully understood and agreed upon, the assistance of -customs and usages must be invoked to settle the disputed point. - -STATUTE OF FRAUDS.—This is an old English statute, adopted, slightly -modified, by the several states. It requires the following contracts to -be in writing: For the conveyance of real estate; lease of land for more -than one year; in consideration of marriage; to answer for the debt, -default or wrongful act of another; not to be performed within one year; -for the sale of personal property of a certain value (by most states -placed at fifty dollars), unless the sale be by auction, or part of the -purchase money be paid, or part of the goods delivered at the time of -sale. - - * * * * * - -It is well that every man should be in a state of moral union with -others; he must have one or more men to whom he can communicate the -inmost feelings of his being, heart, and the reasons of his conduct; -there should be nothing in him which is not known to some one else. That -is the true meaning of the divine saying, “It is not good that man should -be alone.”—_Schleiermacher._ - - - - -READINGS IN ART. - - -GREEK ARCHITECTURE. - -Greek architecture seems to have emerged from a state of archaic -simplicity in the sixth century before the Christian era. All its finest -creations were between that date and the death of Alexander the Great in -333 B. C. - -In the days of their greatest refinement the Greeks sought rather to -adorn their country than their homes. If there were palatial residences, -they were more perishable, and have decayed or been destroyed, leaving -few remains to tell of their former grandeur. We know their architecture -almost exclusively from the ruins of their public buildings, and mostly -from temples and mausoleums. The Greek temple was peculiar, and made -little or no provision for a congregation of worshipers. The design was -largely for external effect. A comparatively small room or cell received -the image of the divinity, and another room behind it seems to have -served as a treasury for votive offerings. But there were no surrounding -chambers, halls or court yards. The temple, though within some precinct, -was accessible to all, and, being open to the sun and air, invited the -admiration of the passer-by. Its most telling features and best sculpture -were on the exterior. The columns and the superstructure which rested on -them must have played a very important part in their temple architecture. - -There were in Greece three distinct manners, differing mostly in the -manner in which the column was treated. These are called “orders;” and -are named Doric, Ionic and Corinthian. Each of these presents a different -series of proportions, mouldings and ornamentations in the column used, -though the main form of the structure is the same in all. The column and -its entablature being the most prominent features of the building, have -come to be regarded as the index or characteristic, from an inspection of -which the order can be recognized, just as a botanist recognizes plants -by their flowers. - -From a study of the column all the principal characteristics of the -different orders are ascertained. The column belonging to any order is, -of course, always accompanied by the use throughout the building of the -appropriate proportions, mouldings and ornaments belonging to that order. - -The Doric temple at Corinth is attributed to the seventh century B. C. -This was a massive structure, with short, stumpy columns, and strong -mouldings, but presenting the main features of the Doric style in its -earliest, rudest form. The most complete Greek Doric temple was the -Parthenon—the work of the architect Ictinus. It is selected for our -purpose of illustration, because on many accounts the best, and many of -our readers have seen the plate representing it. The Parthenon stood -on the summit of a lofty rock, within an irregularly shaped enclosure, -entered through a noble gateway. The temple itself was of perfectly -regular plan, and stood quite free from all dependencies of any sort. It -consisted of the _cella_, or sacred cell, in which stood the statue of -the goddess, and behind it the treasury chamber. In both these there were -symmetrical columns. A series of columns surrounded the building, and at -either end was a portico eight columns wide and two deep. There were two -pediments of flat pitch, one at each end. The whole rested on a basement -of steps. The building, exclusive of the steps, was 228 feet long by 101 -feet wide, and 64 feet high. The columns were 34 feet 3 inches high, -and more than 6 feet in diameter at the base. The marble of which this -temple was constructed was of the most solid and durable kind, and the -workmanship in all the parts that remain shows great skill and care in -the execution. The roof was probably of timbers covered with marble -tiles; but all traces of the frame work have entirely disappeared, and -hence the mode of construction is not known. Nor do authorities agree as -to what provision was made for the admission of light. It seems probable -that something like the clere-story of a Gothic church was used to light -the Parthenon. - -This wonderful structure was Doric, and the leading proportions were as -follows: The column was 5.56 diameters high. The whole height, including -the stylobate or steps, might be divided into nine parts, of which two go -to the stylobate, six to the column, and one to the entablature. - -The Greek Doric order is without a base; the shaft of the column springs -from the top step, and is tapering, not in a straight line, but with a -subtle curve, known technically as the entasis of the column. This shaft -is channeled usually with twenty shallow channels, the ridges separating -one from another being very fine lines. - -The Parthenon, like many, if not all Greek buildings, was profusely -decorated with colored ornaments, of which nearly every trace has now -disappeared, but which must have contributed largely to the beauty of the -building as a whole, and must have emphasized and set off its parts. - -The most famous Greek building in the Ionic style was the temple of -Diana, at Ephesus. This magnificent temple was almost totally destroyed, -and the very site was, for centuries, unknown, till the energy and -sagacity of an English architect enabled him to discover and dig out -the vestiges of the building. Fortunately sufficient traces of the -foundation remained to render it possible to make out the plan of the -temple completely. From the fragments he was able to restore on paper the -general appearance of the famous temple, which must be very nearly, if -not absolutely correct. The walls of this temple were entirely surrounded -by a double series of columns with a pediment at each end. The whole was -of marble and based on a spacious platform of steps. - -The Corinthian order, the last to make its appearance, was almost as much -Roman as Greek. It resembles the Ionic, but the capitals are different, -the columns more slender, and the enrichments more florid. - -The plan or floor disposition of a Greek building, always simple, was -well arranged for effect, and capable of being understood at once. All -confusion, uncertainty or complications were scrupulously avoided. -Refined precision, order, symmetry and exactness mark the plan as well as -every part of the work. - -The construction of the walls of Greek temples rivaled that of the -Egyptians in accuracy and beauty of workmanship; though the wall was -evidently not the principal thing for effect with the Greek architect, -as much of it was overshadowed by lines of columns, which form the main -feature of the building. - -The Corinthian order is the natural sequel to the Ionic. Had Greek -architecture continued till it fell into decadence, this order would have -been its badge. As it was, the decadence of Greek art was Roman art, and -the Corinthian order was the favorite order of the Romans. - - -ETRUSCAN AND ROMAN ARCHITECTURE. - -The Etruscans, at an early day, inhabited the west coast of Italy, -between the rivers Arno and Tiber. At the time of the founding of -Rome as a city, they were a civilized people and showed considerable -architectural skill, and their arts had a very great influence on Roman -art. The remains of several Etruscan towns show that their masonry was of -what has been called a Cyclopean character—that is, the stones were of an -enormous size. The massive blocks being fitted together with consummate -accuracy, much of the masonry endures to the present day. The temples, -palaces and dwelling houses which made up the cities so fortified, have -all disappeared, and the only structural remains of Etruscan art are -tombs—some cut in live rock, and some detached structures. These built -of heavy stones and arched securely, still exist as monuments of the -science and skill of those early builders. They were acquainted with -and extensively used the true radiating arch, composed of wedge-shaped -stones. From them the Romans learned to construct arches, and combined -the arch with the trabeated or lintel mode which they copied from the -Greeks. Hence arose a style distinctively Roman. - -The largest Etruscan temple of which any record remains was that of -Jupiter Capitolinus, at Rome, one of the most splendid temples of -antiquity. - -The last of the classical styles of antiquity is the Roman. This seems -rather an amalgamation of several other styles than an original, -independent creation. It was formed slowly, and is harmonious, though -uniting elements widely dissimilar. - -The Grecian artist was imaginative and idealistic in the highest degree. -He seemed to have an innate genius for art and beauty, and was eager -to perpetuate in marble his brightest conceptions of excellence. The -stern, practical Roman, realistic in every pore, eager for conquest, -was dominated by the idea of bringing all nations under his sway, and -of making his city the capital of the world. At first he looked with -disdain on the fine arts, in all their forms, and regarded a love for the -beautiful, whether in literature or art, as an evidence of effeminacy. - -For nearly five hundred years there was very little architectural taste -displayed in the buildings at Rome. All public works, as the Appian Way, -bridges and aqueducts bore the utilitarian stamp. Their best buildings -were of brick or the local stone, and there is little evidence that -architecture was studied as a fine art until about 150 B. C. - -After the fall of Carthage, and the destruction of Corinth, when Greece -became a Roman province—both which events occurred in the year 146 B. -C.—Rome became desirous of emulating the older civilization which she had -destroyed. She had, by her conquests, immense wealth, and expended much, -both privately and publicly, in erecting monuments, many of which, more -or less altered, remain to the present day. - -The first marble temple in Rome was built by the consul Q. Metellus -Macedonicus, who died 115 B. C. From that period Roman architecture -showed a wonderful diversity in the objects to which it was applied. Not -only tombs, temples, and palaces, but baths, theaters, and amphitheaters, -basilicas, aqueducts and triumphal arches were planned and built as -elaborately as the temples of the gods. - -Under the emperors the architectural display reached its full -magnificence. The boast of Augustus, that he found Rome of brick, and -left her of marble, expresses in a few words the great feature of his -reign, and of that of several of the succeeding emperors. - -Though the most destructive of all agencies—hostile invasions, -conflagrations, and long ages of neglect—have done their utmost to -destroy all vestiges of Imperial Rome, there still remain relics enough -to make the city of the Cæsars, after Athens, the richest store of -classical architectural antiquities in the world. - - -BUILDINGS OF THE ROMANS. - -The temples in Rome were not, as in Greece and Egypt, the structures -on which the architect lavished all the resources of his art and his -science. They were, in a general way, copies of Greek originals, and did -not equal the models after which they were fashioned, nor greatly honor -the metropolis of the world. Few remains of them exist. The Church of -Santa Maria Ezizica was once a heathen temple, and after some necessary -changes, used for Christian worship. This was tetrastyle, with half -columns around it, and of the kind called by Vitruvius pseudo-peripteral. -A few fragmentary remains of other temples are found in Rome, but there -are much finer specimens in some of the provinces. The best is the Maison -Carrée at Nêmes. This was probably erected during the reign of Hadrian. -There is a portico in front, while the sides and rear have columns -attached. The details of the capitals and entablature are almost pure -Greek. - -At Baalbec, the ancient Heliopolis in Syria, not far from Damascus, -are the ruins of another magnificent, provincial Roman temple. It was -built in the time of the Antonines, and must have been of very extensive -dimensions. At the western end of an immense court, on an artificial -elevation, stand the remains of what is called the Great Temple. This -was 290 feet long by 160 feet wide, and had 54 columns supporting its -roof, only six of which now remain erect. Their height, including base -and capital, is 75 feet, and their diameter at the base 7 feet. They are -of the Corinthian order, and above them rises an elaborately moulded -entablature, 14 feet in height. The most striking feature of these -buildings is the colossal size of the stones used in their construction. - -Among the most remarkable public buildings, whether in the mother city, -or in the provinces, were the Basilicas, or halls of justice, used also -as commercial exchanges. These were generally oblong, covered halls, -divided into three or five aisles by rows of columns. At one end was a -semi-circular recess, the floor of which was raised considerably above -the level of the rest of the floor, and here the presiding magistrate had -his seat. - -Although the Romans were not particularly interested in dramatic -representations, they were passionately fond of shows and games of all -kinds. Hence they built many theatres and amphitheatres in all their -cities and large towns. The most stupendous fabric of the kind that was -ever erected was the Flavian amphitheater or Colosseum, whose ruins -attest its pristine magnificence. - -“Arches on arches, as if it were that Rome, collecting the chief trophies -of her line, would build up all the triumphs in one dome.” It was oblong, -620 feet in length, and 513 feet wide. It was favorably situated between -the Esquiline and the Cœlian hills, and admirably planned for the -convenience of the vast audiences, estimated at from 50,000 to 80,000. -Recent excavations have revealed the communications that existed between -the arena and the dens, where the wild animals, slaves, and prisoners -were confined. The external façade is composed of four stories, separated -by entablatures that run completely round the building, without a break. -The three lower stories consist of a series of semi-circular arched -openings, eighty in number, separated by piers with attached columns in -front of them, the Doric order being used in the lowest story, the Ionic -in the second, and the Corinthian in the third. - -From these meager facts the reader must imagine the magnificence and -grandeur of the Colosseum, or seek for fuller information in works of -ancient art. Nothing can give us a more impressive idea of the grandeur -and lavish display of Imperial Rome, than the remains of the huge Thermæ -or bathing establishments. These belong mostly to the Christian era. - -Agrippa built the first, A. D. 10, and thence to 324 A. D., no less than -twelve of these vast establishments were erected by different emperors, -including Constantine, and bequeathed to the people. The baths of -Caracalla and Diocletian are the only ones that remain in any state of -preservation, and were probably the finest and most extensive of them all. - -There is one ancient building in Rome more impressive than any other—not -only because of its better state of preservation, but because of the -dignity with which it was designed, the perfection of execution, and the -effectiveness of the mode in which the interior is lighted—the Pantheon. -It is the finest example of a domed hall that is left. It has the -circular form with a diameter of 145 feet, and a height to the top of the -dome of 147 feet. The magnificent dome is enriched with boldly recessed -panels, and these covered with bronze ornaments. - -The domestic architecture of the Romans at an early day was rich, but few -traces of it remain. The buildings were of two kinds; the _insula_, or -block of buildings, containing a number of buildings, and the _domus_, or -detached mansion. - -Their buildings, in the first centuries rude, came, in time, to have a -very decided architectural character. We gather from them that daring, -energy, readiness, structural skill, and a not too fastidious taste were -characteristics of Roman architects and their works. - - -BYZANTINE ARCHITECTURE. - -Constantine the Great, who had encouraged the erection of houses of -Christian worship in Rome and other parts of Italy, exerted a marked -influence on architecture when he removed the seat of empire from Rome to -Byzantium, and called the new capital Constantinople. He rebuilt the city -that was almost in ruins, though not deserted. The people were largely -of the Greek race, and had Greek ideas of architecture. Hence a new -development of the church building differing somewhat from the style of -the basilicas soon showed itself. - -In Byzantium buildings of most original design sprang up, founded, it -is true, on Roman originals, but by no means exact copies of them. The -most difficult problems of construction, particularly of roofs, were -successfully met and solved. - -What course the art ran during the two centuries between the refounding -of Byzantium and the building of Santa Sophia, we can only infer from -its outcome. But it is certain that to attain the power of designing -and erecting so great a work as Santa Sophia, the architects of -Constantinople must have greatly modified and improved the Roman practice -of building vaults and domes. - -The first church dedicated to Santa Sophia by Constantine was burnt -early in the reign of Justinian; and, in rebuilding it, his architects -succeeded in erecting one of the most famous buildings in the world, -and one which is the typical and central embodiment of a distinct and -strongly marked, well-defined style. Its distinctive feature is the -adoption of the dome in preference to the vault, or timber roof, as the -covering of the walls. In this grand edifice, one vast flattish dome -dominates the central space. This dome is circular in form and the space -over which it is placed is square, the sides of which are occupied by -four massive semi-circular arches of 100 feet span each, springing from -four vast piers, one at each corner. The triangular spaces in the corners -of the square, so enclosed, and the circle or ring resting on it, become -portions of the dome, each just sufficient to fit on one corner of the -square, and the four uniting at their upper margin, to form a ring. From -this ring springs the main dome that rises to a height of 46 feet, and is -107 feet in clear diameter. Externally this church is less interesting, -but its interior is of surpassing beauty, and is thus eloquently -described by Gilbert Scott: “Simple as is the primary ideal, the actual -effect is one of great intricacy, and of continuous gradation of parts -from the small arcades up to the stupendous dome which hangs with little -apparent support, like a vast bubble, over the centre; or, as Procopius, -who witnessed its erection, said, ‘as if suspended by a chain from -heaven.’” The type of church of which this magnificent cathedral was the -great example, has continued in eastern Christendom to the present day -with but little variation. Between Rome and Constantinople, well situated -for receiving influences from both those cities, was Ravenna,—and there -a series of buildings, all more or less Byzantine, was erected. The -most interesting of these is the church of San Vitale. It recalls Santa -Sophia, and its structure, sculpture, carving and mosaic decorations are -equally characteristic and hardly less famous. - -We need only mention one other magnificent specimen of this style -of architecture, more within the reach of ordinary travelers, and -consequently better known. It can be studied easily by means of almost -numberless photographic representations—St. Marks, at Venice. It was -built between the years 977 and 1071, it is said, according to a design -obtained from Constantinople. - - -ROMANESQUE ARCHITECTURE. - -This term is used to indicate a style of architecture founded on Roman -art, which prevailed in Western Europe before the rise of that known as -Gothic. - -Under this general name, if applied broadly, many closely allied local -varieties, as for example, the Lombard, Rhenish, Saxon, and Norman, can -be conveniently included. After the removal of the Roman capital to -Byzantium, and the incursion of the Northern tribes, the spectacle of -Europe was melancholy in the extreme. - -Nothing but the church retained any semblance of organized existence; -and when, at length, order began to be restored from a chaos of universal -ruin, and churches began to be built in Western Europe, the people looked -to Rome as their ecclesiastic center. - -Where the Romish church had influence, the architecture had the Roman -type; and, where the Eastern church prevailed, it adhered closely to the -Byzantium models. This style, with local varieties, still obtains in -most parts of Europe, and, to some extent, in American church building. -An architect of genius and taste may successfully combine different -orders; but most who attempt it fail. To succeed well, a good degree of -originality is needed. - - - - -SELECTIONS FROM AMERICAN LITERATURE. - - -JOHN G. WHITTIER. - - Who, that reads poetry at all, has not read and admired - “Snow-Bound?” “That exquisite poem has no prototype in English - literature unless Burns’ ‘Cotter’s Saturday Night’ be one, and - it will be long, I fear, before it will have a companion piece. - Out of materials of the slightest order, really common-place, - Mr. Whittier had made a poem that will live, and can no more be - rivaled by any winter poetry that may be written hereafter, than - ‘Thanatopsis’ can be rivaled as a meditation on the universality - of death. The characters of this little idyl are carefully - drawn.… Everything is naturally introduced, and the reflections, - which are manly and pathetic, are among the finest that Mr. - Whittier has ever written. ‘Snow-Bound’ at once authenticated - itself as an idyl of New England life and manners.”—(Abridged) - _R. H. Stoddard._ - - -The Vaudois Teacher. - - “Oh lady fair, these silks of mine are beautiful and rare, - The richest web of the Indian loom, which beauty’s queen might wear; - And my pearls are pure as thy own fair neck, with whose radiant light - they vie; - I have brought them with me a weary way,—will my gentle lady buy?” - - And the lady smiled on the worn old man through the dark and clustering - curls - Which veiled her brow as she bent to view his silks and glittering - pearls; - And she placed their price in the old man’s hand, and lightly turned - away; - But she paused at the wanderer’s earnest call,—“My gentle lady, stay!” - - “Oh lady fair, I have yet a gem which a purer luster flings, - Than the diamond flash of the jeweled crown on the lofty brow of kings; - A wonderful pearl of exceeding price, whose virtue shall not decay, - Whose light shall be as a spell to thee and a blessing on thy way.” - - The lady glanced at the mirroring steel where her form of grace - was seen, - Where her eyes shone clear, and her dark locks waved their clasping - pearls between. - “Bring forth thy pearl of exceeding worth, thou traveler gray and old,— - And name the price of thy precious gem, and my page shall count thy - gold.” - - The cloud went off from the pilgrim’s brow, as a small and meager book, - Unchased with gold or gem of cost, from his folded robe he took. - “Here, lady fair, is the pearl of price, may it prove as such to thee! - Nay, keep thy gold, I ask it not, for the Word of God is free.” - - The hoary traveler went his way, but the gift he left behind - Hath had its pure and perfect work on that high-born maiden’s mind; - And she hath turned from the pride of sin to the lowliness of truth, - And given her human heart to God in its beautiful hour of youth. - - -Providence. - - I know not what the future hath - Of marvel or surprise, - Assured alone that life and death - His mercy underlies. - - And if my heart and flesh are weak - To bear an untried pain, - The bruised reed He will not break, - But strengthen and sustain. - - No offering of my own I have, - No works my faith to prove; - I can but give the gifts He gave, - And plead His love for love. - - And so beside the silent sea - I wait the muffled oar; - No harm from Him can come to me - On ocean or on shore. - - I know not where His islands lift - Their fronded palms in air; - I only know I can not drift - Beyond his love and care. - - And thou, O Lord, by whom are seen - Thy creatures as they be, - Forgive me if too close I lean - My human heart on Thee. - - -OLIVER WENDELL HOLMES. - - As in the case of Hood, the fun in Holmes is always jostling the - pathos. After some comic picture or grotesque phrase or quick - thrust, the reader comes suddenly upon a stanza of perfect beauty - of form with the gentlest touch of natural feeling. To illustrate - this, it may be pardonable to quote even from so well known a - poem as “The Last Leaf:” - - I know it is a sin - For me to sit and grin - At him here; - But the old three-cornered hat, - And the breeches and all that - Are so queer. - - The mossy marbles rest - On the lips that he has prest - In their bloom; - And the names he loved to hear - Have been carved for many a year - On the tomb. - - The last stanza is a pearl so perfect that one can not conceive - it as having been _made_; it seems that it must have been - created.—_Francis H. Underwood._ - - It is difficult to imagine the time when any of the - characteristic poems of Holmes will slumber on the shelves - of antiquaries. They must be eternally new to the new - generations, because they are founded in nature, constructed - with art, animated by the noblest qualities of intellect - and feeling—uniting the wit of Heine with the freshness of - Beranger—and are finished as few poems have been finished since - the odes of Horace.—_Scribner’s Monthly._ - - -The Prisoned Nautilus. - - This is the ship of pearl, which poets feign,— - Sails the unshadow’d main,— - The venturous bark that flings - On the sweet summer wind its purpled wings - In gulfs enchanted, where the siren sings, - And coral reefs lie bare, - Where the cold sea-maids rise to sun their streaming hair. - - Its webs of living gauze no more unfurl; - Wreck’d is the ship of pearl! - And every chamber’d cell, - Where its dim dreaming life was wont to dwell, - As the frail tenant shaped his growing shell, - Before thee lies reveal’d,— - Its iris’d ceiling rent, its sunless crypt unseal’d! - - Year after year behold the silent toil - That spread his lustrous coil; - Still, as the spiral grew, - He left the past year’s dwelling for the new, - Stole with soft step its shining archway through, - Built up its idle door, - Stretched in his last-found home, and knew the old no more. - - Thanks for the heavenly message brought by thee, - Child of the wandering sea, - Cast from her lap forlorn! - From thy dead lips a clearer note is born - Than ever Triton blew from wreathed horn! - While on mine ear it rings, - Through the deep caves of thought I hear a voice that sings:— - - Build thee more stately mansions, O my soul, - As the swift seasons roll! - Leave thy low-vaulted past! - Let each new temple, nobler than the last, - Shut thee from heaven with a dome more vast - Till thou at length are free, - Leaving thine outgrown shell by life’s unresting sea. - - -“The Boys.” - - Has there any old fellow got mixed with the boys? - If there has take him out, without making a noise, - Hang the Almanac’s cheat, and the Catalogue’s spite! - Old Time is a liar! We’re twenty to-night! - - We’re twenty! We’re twenty! Who says we are more? - He’s tipsy,—young jackanapes! show him the door! - “Gray temples at twenty?” Yes! white if we please; - Where the snow-flakes fall thickest there’s nothing can freeze! - - Was it snowing I spoke of? Excuse the mistake! - Look close,—you will see not a sign of a flake! - We want some new garlands for those we have shed,— - And these are white roses in place of the red. - - We’ve a trick, we young fellows, you may have been told, - Of talking (in public) as if we were old:— - That boy we call “Doctor” and this we call “Judge;” - It’s a neat little fiction,—of course it’s all fudge. - - That fellow’s the “Speaker,”—the one on the right; - “Mr. Mayor,” my young one, how are you to-night? - That’s our “Member of Congress,” we say when we chaff; - There’s the “Reverend” What’s-his-name?—don’t make me laugh. - - That boy with the grave mathematical look - Made believe he had written a wonderful book, - And the ROYAL SOCIETY thought it was _true_! - So they chose him right in,—a good joke it was too! - - There’s a boy, we pretend, with a three-decker brain, - That could harness a team with a logical chain; - When he spoke for our manhood in syllabled fire, - We called him “The Justice,” but now he’s “The Squire.” - - And there’s a nice youngster of excellent pith,— - Fate tried to conceal him by naming him Smith; - But he shouted a song for the brave and the free,— - Just read on his medal, “My country,” “of thee!” - - You hear that boy laughing?—You think he’s all fun; - But the angels laugh too, at the good he has done; - The children laugh loud as they troop to his call, - And the poor man that knows him laughs loudest of all! - - Yes, we’re boys, always playing with tongue or with pen; - And I sometimes have asked, shall we ever be men? - Shall we always be youthful, and laughing and gay, - Till the last dear companion drops smiling away? - - Then here’s to our boyhood, its gold and its gray! - The stars of its winter, the dews of its May! - And when we have done with our life-lasting toys, - Dear Father, take care of thy children, THE BOYS. - - -Conscience. - - Nature has placed thee on a changeful tide, - To breast its waves, but not without a guide. - Yet, as the needle will forget its aim, - Jarred by the fury of the electric flame, - As the true current it will falsely feel - Warped from its axis by a freight of steel; - So will thy CONSCIENCE lose its balanced truth, - If passion’s lightning fall upon its youth; - So the pure effluence quit its sacred hold, - Girt round too deeply with magnetic gold. - Go to yon town where busy science plies - Her vast antennæ, feeling through the skies,— - That little vernier on whose slender lines - The midnight taper trembles as it shines, - A silent index, tracks the planets march - In all their wanderings through the ethereal arch, - Tells through the mist where dazzled Mercury burns, - And marks the spot where Uranus returns. - So, till by wrong or negligence effaced, - The living index, which thy Maker traced, - Repeats the line each starry virtue draws - Through the wide circuit of creation’s laws. - Still tracks unchanged the everlasting ray - Where the dark shadows of temptation stray; - But, once defaced, forgets the orbs of light, - And leaves thee wandering o’er the expanse of night. - - -JAMES RUSSELL LOWELL. - - It is not necessary to say that Lowell is the first poet of - the time, or of the country, although it would be possible to - maintain that proposition with strong reasons; but it will be - conceded, we think, by most who have the capacity of appreciating - poetic genius, that in some of his strains he reaches a note as - lofty and clear and pure as any this generation has produced, and - has written what will have long life in the world, and be hoarded - by the wise as treasures of thought and expression.—_Boston - Advertiser._ - - The wisdom and wit and insight and imagination of the book are as - delightful as they are surprising. The most cynical critic will - not despair of American literature, if American authors are to - write such books.—_G. W. Curtis._ - - The moving power of Mr. Lowell’s poetry, which we take to be its - delicate apprehension of the spiritual essence in common things, - is, in some of his poems, embodied in the fine organization of a - purely poetic diction; in others, in the strong, broad language - of popular feeling and humor; and we enjoy each the more for the - presence of the other.—_The Spectator_ (London). - - -Hunting a Theme. - - Now I’ve a notion if a poet - Beat up for themes, his verse will show it; - I wait for subjects that haunt me, - By day or night won’t let me be, - And hang about me like a curse, - Till they have made me into verse. - … - Make thyself rich, and then the Muse - Shall court thy precious interviews; - Shall take thy head upon her knee, - And such enchantment lilt to thee - That thou shalt hear the life-blood flow - From farthest stars to grass-blades low. - - -In the Twilight. - - Sometimes a breath floats by me, - An odor from dreamland sent, - That makes the ghost seem nigh me - Of a splendor that came and went; - Of a life lived somewhere, I know not - In what diviner sphere, - Of memories that stay not and go not, - Like music once heard by an ear - That can not forget or reclaim it,— - A something, so shy, it would shame it - To make it a show, - A something too vague, could I name it, - For others to know, - As if I had lived it or dreamed it, - As if I had acted or schemed it, - Long ago! - And yet, could I live it over, - This life that stirs in my brain, - Could I be both maiden and lover, - Moon and tide, bee and clover, - As I seem to have been, once again, - Could I but speak and show it, - This pleasure, more sharp than pain, - That baffles and lures me so, - The world should not lack a poet, - Such as it had - In the ages glad - Long ago! - - -[The following exquisite lines are suggestive, and in strong contrast -with the familiar rollicking stanzas in the serio-comic “Biglow Papers.”] - -Longing. - - The thing we long for, that we are, - For one transcendent moment, - Before the present poor and bare - Can make its sneering comment. - - Still, through our paltry stir and strife - Glows down the wished ideal, - And longing moulds in clay what life - Carves in the marble real; - To let the new life in, we know, - Desire must ope the portal; - Perhaps the longing to be so - Helps make the soul immortal. - - Longing is God’s fresh heavenward will - With our poor earthward striving; - We quench it that we may be still - Content with merely living; - But, would we learn that heart’s full scope - Which we are hourly wronging, - Our lives must climb from hope to hope, - And realize the longing. - - * * * * * - -The world is impatient of distinction; it chafes against it, rails at -it, insults it, hates it; it ends by receiving its influence, and by -undergoing its law. This quality at last inexorably corrects the world’s -blunders, and fixes the world’s ideals. It procures that the popular poet -shall not finally pass for a Pindar, nor the popular historian for a -Tacitus, nor the popular preacher for a Bossuet.—_Matthew Arnold._ - - - - -UNITED STATES HISTORY. - - -“Forasmuch as many have taken in hand to set forth, in order, a -declaration” of such things as pertain to our national history, even as -they testify to us who were contemporary with the events narrated, it -seems good for me also to write, not because what may be here recorded -will be new to the readers, but rather to call to remembrance things that -were known, but are partially forgotten; and possibly to put them in such -form that the tenure by which they are held may hereafter be more secure. - -If greatly interested in the annals of other nations, whether ancient or -modern, and ready to gather instruction alike from their excellencies -and defects, their failures and successes, the American citizen should -certainly find special interest in the history of his own country. -Whatever else fails to interest him, a freeman, worthy of his heritage, -will carefully study the elements of strength or weakness, security or -danger of our institutions. Knowing, as he must, that the events that -pass in succession before him are not causeless, or without meaning, he -both inquires for their source, and hears their prophecy of the future. -When others see but happenings and accidents, the more thoughtful -recognize a guiding, controlling hand, and confess - - “There’s a Divinity that shapes our ends, - Rough-hew them as we will.” - -American, or United States history is luminous from its earliest dawn. -Unlike other histories in the prescribed course, as the Greek and Roman, -reaching back to such remote antiquity as to become quite lost in the -shadowy past, ours has none of that “mythological period;” no age in -which nymphs and dryads, fauns and satyrs, gods and demi-gods are -introduced as actors. The annals of the earliest American civilization -record not legends and fables, but facts, things of actual occurrence and -thoroughly attested by those who knew well whereof they affirmed. Those -introduced as sages and heroes, challenging our admiration for the wisdom -of their counsels and valor of their deeds were not myths, of whose very -existence there is doubt. Great men, indeed, they were, and worthy of all -the honors received; yet, but men, and subject to the limitations and -liabilities of our common manhood. - -We do not deify those to whom we are most indebted, or surround honored -names with the flowers of rhetoric. The praise that is merited is -bestowed as it is due to the truth. - -The pioneers in the settlement of the continent, by laying the -foundations of our free institutions, and starting their communities -toward the advanced civilization now enjoyed, conferred on us lasting -obligations; but in regard to many of them “they builded better than they -knew.” Often they were rude, narrow, superstitious and mistaken, though -earnest, manly and sincere; their best eulogy is to tell the story as it -was. - -The sources of reliable information on which we may draw are so -abundant there can be no want of material. The only embarrassment is -from the riches in possession. To make the most judicious selection -for a succinct yet coherent, suggestive narration is a task of no -ordinary difficulty. The country itself first demands some notice, -before we speak of its inhabitants and their institutions. The domain -of the great American Union is now nearly four times as large as at -the close of the Revolutionary war. The thirty-nine sovereign states, -District of Columbia, and eight large organized territories occupy an -area of 3,280,572 square miles, with a reserve of 600,000 square miles -of unoccupied or sparsely inhabited territory, from which we know not -how many states may be made after the population has been sufficiently -increased. - -The commonwealth, not including Alaska, is bounded north by the British -possessions in America, from which it is partly separated by the great -northern lakes, Superior, Huron, St. Clair, Erie and Ontario, with the -St. Clair, Niagara and St. Lawrence rivers; east by New Brunswick, the -Atlantic Ocean, and the Gulf of Mexico; south by the Gulf of Mexico -and the Mexican border; west by the Pacific Ocean. The greatest length, -from the Atlantic to the Pacific is 2600 miles; the greatest breadth, -from Maine to Florida, 1600 miles. The frontier line toward British -America measures 3,303 miles, and the coast line 12,909 miles. With -such possessions, stretching across the continent from ocean to ocean, -and over 25° in latitude, having exhaustless resources, a climate -sufficiently varied, a free government, and just laws, we may well say -the future of the nation is full of promise. - - -THE ABORIGINES. - -But little account can or need be given of the savage tribes inhabiting -the continent when it first became known to the civilized world. - -Men multiplied on the earth and spread themselves widely over its -habitable portions for ages, during which, in their dispersion, little -was known by the clans of each other, or of the world beyond their local -habitations. The few imperfect records made were not lasting, and the -generations following often lost all knowledge of their own origin. - -In most European countries the once uncultured savage tribes either -improving, through their own exertions, escaped by degrees from the -effete barbarisms of their ancestors, or when overcome by foes of -superior intelligence, they profited by their subjugation, and, accepting -the better civilization of their conquerors, became important factors in -the provincial governments that were established. These carried with them -a little legendary knowledge. The earliest historians, as Herodotus and -others, recorded many of their legends that were mere fancies—unauthentic -fabrications relating to their pre-historic days. - -We have no such mythical elements in American history, particularly in -the history of the United States. The first inhabitants (wild men of the -forest) were possibly as rude and superstitious as any in the Orient. -But the North American Indians of our region were never, unless in a few -exceptional cases, made integral parts of the new communities established -in the country. When friendly relations were sought they made treaties, -retiring from the grounds they sold; and, when subject to hostile attack, -they fell or fled before the invaders. Without letters or art, the rude -monuments they left had little significance. Their few oral traditions -did not descend to them from days very remote, and their origin is -wrapped in mystery. From what branch of the human family their ancestors -came, or by what route they reached the continent, is not known. - -If all the tribes had a common origin in this country it evidently must -have been very remote, as they were found widely different in language -and other tribal peculiarities. Some resemblance may be traced, but only -by long separation and different modes of life could members of the same -family become so dissimilar. - -The number of Indians previous to the settlement of the country by -European colonists can only be estimated. It was great, and they spread -over most parts of the continent. That it was overestimated is probable. -Not much given to planting or building, but living principally by the -chase, and on what the earth produced without tillage, they were more or -less nomadic in their habits, and the bounds of their habitation not well -defined. Yet, as tribes, they appropriated lands, and counted at least -the number of their warriors who could go out to battle. - -The great nations—the Esquimaux, Algonquins, Iroquois, Mobillians and -Dacotas seem to have been confederacies, each made up of several tribes, -usually acting together in war; but, in peace, content to occupy their -own hunting grounds. But a small number of all the Indians now on the -continent are within the bounds of the United States, and the number is -growing less. That the wild men of the forest vanish before the advancing -hosts of civilization is doubtless true. The whole number at present -in all the states and territories, including Alaska, probably does -not exceed 200,000, much the larger number being women and children; -a pitiable remnant of the one hundred and fifty-two tribes of warlike -men, whose braves were a terror to their foes. The Cherokees, Creeks, -Choctaws, Chickisaws, now in the Indian Territory, with the remnants of -tribes that remain on small reservations in the states, in all about -50,000, are in a more hopeful condition. They have already a good degree -of civilization, and many of them cordially accept the teachings and -institutions of Christianity. They have their homes, schools, ministers -and churches. They practice the industries of civilized life, and in -their moral and religious habits are scarcely inferior to their white -neighbors. These may in time take their places as states in the Union, -or personally become citizens of other states, as they elect. If they -do not, extinction seems to be inevitable. They may receive, as they -should, kind and liberal treatment. But to remain very long wards of the -government, retaining a distinct nationality in the midst of powerful -and rapidly increasing communities, from whom they are separated by no -sufficient natural boundaries, is simply impossible. The only hope for -them is in citizenship, collectively or personally obtained. - -The physical character of the country will be best understood when spoken -of in connection with the political divisions. It presents as much -variety as any other great section of the globe. There is both beauty -and grandeur. The intelligent beholder from other shores is impressed -with the vastness of what he sees. There are great prairies, plains and -forests—with trees the largest in the world; great lakes, rivers and -cataracts; magnificent mountain ranges, abounding in scenery as grand as -the eye need look upon. It was just the place in which to found a great -empire, and build institutions to last for ages. - - -THE PERIOD OF DISCOVERY. - -The last half century has thrown much light on the question of discovery; -and evidence is conclusive that it dates at least six hundred years -before the first European settlement at Jamestown, Va., in May, 1607. In -1001 Lief Erickson, an Icelandic captain, with a small company of daring -Norsemen, sailed from Greenland, reached Labrador, and, in the spirit of -adventure, coasted as far south as Massachusetts, where they remained -a year. Thorwald, a brother of the last named hero, made a voyage a -year later to Maine and Massachusetts, where he died. In 1005 and 1007 -there came larger crews from the same region, and made more extended -explorations, but apparently with no well defined object in view. Those -Norsemen, from the extreme northwestern part of Europe, were a rough -race of dangerous pirates—bold, hardy, but ignorant navigators, known -and dreaded by the countries they visited as the terrible “sea kings” of -that age. Rovers over all seas to which they found access, they explored -unknown lands for plunder, not for settlement. Nothing valuable resulted -from their discoveries. For centuries all knowledge gained by them was -lost, and nothing was known in Europe of their voyages. The very name, -Vinland, given to the country in Iceland, was for ages lost. And the -more intelligent efforts, afterward made, were in no way suggested, so -far as we know, by even vague rumors of what these sea robbers found. -The continent discovered by accident, was, through ignorance, never -made known to the civilized world; and so, for centuries, remained the -_terra incognita_; and the real discovery of such untold value to the -race was reserved for those of more intelligence, who purposely, at -great sacrifice, and guided by scientific principles, sought the western -hemisphere, of whose existence they were confident. - -Christopher Columbus, born at Genoa, Italy, in 1435, was carefully -educated, and interested in maritime matters from his youth. Mandeville, -the traveler, had proclaimed the earth a sphere, or round, and had given -his reasons. Columbus not only had faith in the astronomical discovery, -but sought to turn his knowledge to some practical account. He argued, -conclusively, that the world being round, if there were no intervening -lands to hinder sailing westward over the open seas, he would much easier -than by the known route, reach the spice lands of the East Indias. That -was the object of his search, and when, after seventy-one days sailing, -land was sighted, the anxious voyagers supposed their end was gained. -He first stepped ashore, unfurled their flag, and finding the place an -island, named it San Salvador. Three or four other islands of the group -were added to his discoveries during the voyage; but the main land was -not visited, and from a misconception as to the size of the earth, -supposing it to be only 12,000 or 14,000 miles in circumference, they -supposed the fertile, salubrious isles then discovered were near the -coast of India, and so named them the West Indias. - -Columbus made a second voyage, discovered several more islands, and -established a colony at Hayti, his brother being governor. After an -absence of three years he returned to Spain, to find himself suspected, -accused, and the victim of a relentless persecution. His enemies not -only stripped him of his merited honors as a discoverer, but to further -compass his disgrace, sent him from his colony he had revisited a -prisoner in chains. Though soon released and fully vindicated, the -balance of his days were clouded. It remained for posterity to rescue -his name from oblivion. Though the less deserving Florentine, Amerigo -Vespucci, by his craft and the dullness of the times, succeeded in -attaching his name to the continent, we still heartily sing “Hail -Columbia,” in memory of the real discoverer, while many towns, counties -and cities perpetuate the honored name. - -Within ten years after the death of Columbus the principal islands of the -West Indias were explored, and settlements were commenced. The excitement -becoming intense not only in Spain, but in the western states of Europe, -adventurers increased. In 1512 a Spaniard, rich and well advanced in -years, left Porto Rico, touched at San Salvador, and in due time came -in sight of an unknown land that seemed, as they entered it, a place of -beauty; he named it Florida, or land of flowers. This, too, was supposed -another island, more beautiful than any before discovered. A landing -was effected, and the country claimed for the King of Spain. The coast -was explored for many leagues, some valuable information gained, and -the adventurers sailed back to Porto Rico. Afterward Ponce, the aged -explorer, was sent to found a colony, and be its governor. In 1521 he -again landed, but his right to rule was contested by the Indians, who -were found in a state of bitter hostility. They at once made a furious -attack. Many of the Spaniards were killed, and Ponce De Leon, wounded by -an arrow, was carried back to Cuba to die. - -In 1519 Fernando Cortes landed at Tabasco, and began the conquest of -Mexico. As that section of the continent is without the limits of the -United States, we avoid a detailed statement of his progress, marked by -the unexampled rapacity and cruelty of the invaders. Tens of thousands -of the unoffending—many of them unarmed—inhabitants were not slain in -battle, but massacred in their streets and homes. - -The lust of gold, rather than ambition, was the ruling passion, and the -treasures of the Montezumas failed to satisfy it. Drenched in the blood -of her citizens, Mexico became a Spanish province. The Spaniards bore -the christian name, and sadly disgraced it. The appalling scenes of -treachery, cruelty and bloodshed they enacted are scarcely equaled in the -annals of savage warfare. To turn from them is a relief. - - [End of Required Reading for February.] - - * * * * * - -If a man wish to make his way in the world, he must bestir himself and -work his brains; if he wish to rise to honor and place, he must bend his -back to the golden load. If he prefer to enjoy the delights of home, with -children and grandchildren round his knees, let him follow an honest -trade in peace.—_Schiller._ - - - - -HIS COLD. - -By FOLLIOTT SANFORD PIERPOINT. - - “Who can abide his cold?” - - “Pray that your flight be not in the winter.” - - - Is it not hard to live one day, - When God His face has turned away, - When prayer is wingless, or her wing - Droops earthward like some weary thing? - - Yet did no bent and broken light - Pierce the dark vault of utter night, - Of hope or memory no ray, - Who could abide His cold one day? - - Summer and winter, sun and rain, - The soul needs for her golden grain— - Warm sun, warm rain, the ear to fill, - His cold, love’s selfishness to kill. - - Come, winter, come, to kill dull pelf, - Love of His sweetness not Himself; - Till we can kiss His frowning face, - Unmeet our soul for summer grace. - - But when the harvest-tide is nigh, - God grant His summer fill the sky, - God grant His harvest-rays be shed, - God grant His harvest-moon rise red. - - Cold is the shore, and dark the tide, - Through which to His warm arms we glide - But if He then His face withhold, - Who can that day abide His cold? - - Not in the winter be our flight! - Then need we most His summer light, - His presence felt, His angels near, - His bride to bless, His bread to cheer. - - From strength to strength, from Thee to Thee, - Grant, Lord, our summer flight may be; - From veiled form and mystic grace - To splendors of Thine unveiled face. - - - - -THE TABLE-TALK OF NAPOLEON. - - -At St. Helena, when Napoleon had time to remember his early youth, he -said to Montholon: - -“What recollections of childhood crowd upon my memory. I am carried back -to my first impressions of the life of man. It seems to me always, in -these moments of calm, that I should have been the happiest man in the -world with an income of twenty-five hundred dollars a year, living as the -father of a family with my wife and son, in our old home at Ajaccio.… I -still remember with emotion the minute details of a journey in which I -accompanied Paoli. More than five hundred of us, young persons of the -first families in the island, formed his body-guard. I felt proud of -walking by his side, and he appeared to take pleasure in pointing out to -me the passes of our mountains which had been witnesses of the heroic -struggle of our countrymen for independence. The impressions made upon me -still vibrate in my heart.… Religion is the dominion of the soul. It is -the hope of life, the anchor of safety, the deliverance from evil. What -a service has Christianity rendered to humanity! What a power would it -still have did its ministers comprehend their mission!” - - * * * * * - -Napoleon’s hand-writing was of a most unintelligible character. “Do you -write orthographically?” he asked his amanuensis one day at St. Helena. -“A man occupied with public business can not attend to orthography. His -ideas must flow faster than his hand can trace. He has only time to -place his points. He must compress words into letters, and phrases into -words, and let the scribes make it out afterward.” - - * * * * * - -“The rapid succession of your victories,” said Las Cases to Napoleon, -“must have been a source of great delight to you.” “By no means,” -Napoleon replied; “those who think so know nothing of the peril of our -situation. The victory of to-day was instantly forgotten in preparation -for the battle which was to be fought on the morrow. The aspect of danger -was continually before me. I enjoyed not one moment of repose.” - - * * * * * - -“Tents,” said Napoleon, “are unhealthy; it is much better for the soldier -to bivouac in the open air, for then he can build a fire and sleep with -warm feet. Tents are necessary only for the general officers, who are -obliged to read and consult their maps.” - - * * * * * - -“My extreme youth when I took command of the army of Italy,” Napoleon -remarked, “made it necessary for me to evince great reserve of manner, -and the utmost severity of morals. This was indispensable to enable me -to sustain authority over men so greatly superior in age and experience. -I pursued a line of conduct in the highest degree irreproachable and -exemplary. In spotless morality I was a Cato, and must have appeared such -to all. I was a philosopher and a sage. My supremacy could be retained -only by proving myself a better man than any other in the army. Had I -yielded to human weaknesses I should have lost my power.” - - * * * * * - -Napoleon sent the celebrated picture of St. Jerome from the Duke of -Parma’s gallery to the Museum at Paris. The duke, to save his work of -art, offered Napoleon two hundred thousand dollars, which the conqueror -refused to take, saying: “The sum which he offers will be soon spent; but -the possession of such a masterpiece at Paris will adorn that capital for -ages, and give birth to similar exertions of genius.” - - * * * * * - -“Different matters are arranged in my head,” said Napoleon, “as in -drawers. I open one drawer and close another as I wish. I have never been -kept awake by an involuntary pre-occupation of the mind. If I desire -repose I shut up all the drawers, and sleep. I have always slept when I -wanted rest, and almost always at will.” - - * * * * * - -While at Milan, Napoleon had just mounted his horse one morning, when -a dragoon, bearing important dispatches, presented himself before him. -Napoleon gave a verbal answer and ordered the courier to take it back -with all speed. - -“I have no horse,” the man answered. “I rode mine so hard that it fell -dead at your palace gates.” - -Napoleon alighted. “Take mine,” he said. - -The man hesitated. - -“You think him too magnificently caparisoned and too fine an animal,” -said Napoleon. “Nothing is too good for a French soldier.” - - * * * * * - -“Pavia,” said Napoleon, “is the only place I ever gave up to pillage. I -promised that the soldiers should have it at their mercy for twenty-four -hours; but after three hours I could bear such scenes of outrage no -longer, and put an end to them. Policy and morality are equally opposed -to the system. Nothing is so certain to disorganize and completely ruin -an army.” - - * * * * * - -“I have,” said Napoleon, “a taste for founding, not for possessing. My -riches consist in glory and celebrity. The Simplon and the Louvre were, -in the eyes of the people and of foreigners, more my property than any -private domains could possibly have been.” - - * * * * * - -To General Clark, on the death of his nephew, at Arcola, Napoleon wrote: -“Your nephew, Elliott, has been slain upon the battlefield. That young -man has several times marched at the head of our columns. He has died -gloriously, and in the face of the enemy. He did not have a moment’s -suffering. Where is the _reasonable man_ who would not envy such a death? -Where is he who, in the vicissitudes of life would not give himself up to -leave in this manner a world so often ungrateful?” - - * * * * * - -Napoleon had no tendencies to gallantry. Madame de Stäel once said to -him: “It is reported that you are not very partial to the ladies.” “I am -very fond of my wife, Madame,” was the laconic reply. - - * * * * * - -“The English,” said Napoleon, “appear to prefer the bottle to the society -of their ladies; as is exemplified by dismissing the ladies from the -table and remaining for hours to drink and intoxicate themselves. If -I were in England I should decidedly leave the table with the ladies. -If the object is to talk instead of to drink, why banish them. Surely -conversation is never so lively nor so witty as when ladies take a part -in it. Were I an Englishwoman I should feel very discontented at being -turned out by the men to wait for two or three hours while they were -drinking. In France, society is nothing unless ladies are present. They -are the life of conversation.” - - * * * * * - -A lady of rank once said to him, “What is life worth if one cannot be -General Bonaparte?” Napoleon answered her wisely: “Madame! one may be a -dutiful wife and the good mother of a family.” - - * * * * * - -Traveling through Switzerland, Napoleon was greeted with such enthusiasm -that Bourrienne said to him, “It must be delightful to be greeted with -such demonstrations of enthusiastic admiration.” “Bah,” replied Napoleon; -“this same unthinking crowd under a slight change of circumstances would -follow me just as eagerly to the scaffold.” - - * * * * * - -Speaking of the Theophilanthropists, Napoleon said, “They can accomplish -nothing; they are merely actors.” “What!” was the reply; “do you thus -stigmatize those whose tenets inculcate universal benevolence and the -moral virtues?” “All moral systems are fine,” rejoined Napoleon. “The -Gospel alone has shown a full and complete assemblage of the principles -of morality, stripped of all absurdity. It is not made up, like your -creed, of a few commonplace sentences put into bad verse. Do you wish to -find out the really sublime? Repeat the Lord’s Prayer. Such enthusiasts -are only to be met with the weapons of ridicule; all their efforts will -prove ineffectual.” - - - - -MATTHEW ARNOLD. - -By PROF. A. B. HYDE, D.D. - - -A man of letters, eminent in England, deserves, on visiting these shores, -our brotherly attention. Nothing so holds us in fellowship with the -people of “the little mother-land” as our reading their literature, and -their reading ours, without translation. Their writers and speakers -are thus our true kinsfolk, nearer to us than French or German can be. -Mr. Arnold, known well rather than widely, has position among English -thinkers of our day, such as demands for the readers of THE CHAUTAUQUAN -a reasonable understanding of him and his work. His essays and addresses -are published in seven volumes by MacMillan & Co. His poems, in two or -three volumes, are had from the same house. He came to this country -partly to visit and partly to deliver a few lectures. Mr. Arnold was born -at Christmas of 1822, in Laleham, where his father was privately fitting -students for the universities. His father, Thomas Arnold, eminent as -clergyman and historian, is still more famed as teacher. At Rugby school -his pupils loved and honored him. He understood the good and evil of -English boys, and with wonderful skill he trained them in sound learning, -and moulded them to pure and generous character. Gaining from him the -tone of manly sentiment, many of his “Tom Browns” have been blessings to -their generation. - -Matthew was his eldest son. Another, Delafield Arnold, early worn out -in the educational work of India, was buried on his homeward voyage, at -Gibraltar, while his devoted wife went to a grave under the solemn shadow -of the Himalayas. - -In Matthew’s boyhood the family home was fixed at Fox How, near the abode -of the poet Wordsworth. Here in his vacations the father studied, and -Matthew could see Coleridge, Southey, and Wordsworth, the “Lake Poets.” -To Fox How, haunt of the muses, a crowd of distinguished visitors made -streaming pilgrimage, and here the lad who early “seemed no vulgar boy,” -could absorb the deep things of reason and the sweet things of song. He -deeply revered these men under whose shadow he sat as a boyish listener. -Of his father he says: “We rested till then in thy shade, as under the -boughs of an oak. Toil and dejection have tried thy spirit, of that we -say nothing. To us thou wast still cheerful and helpful and firm.” - -After Wordsworth’s death he says of the dear and venerable man to whom -his eyes in young weariness had often turned for refreshment: - - “He spake and loosed our heart in tears, - Our youth returned, for there was shed - On spirits that had long been dead, - The freshness of the early world.” - -In 1840, having prepared under his father, he was elected a scholar at -Baliol College, Oxford, and four years later he gained a prize for an -English poem. The next year he was made a Fellow of Oriel College. In -1846 he became private secretary of Lord Lansdowne, and so remained -for several years. He also—after his marriage, in 1851, with Frances -Wightman, daughter of an eminent jurist—served as Her Majesty’s Inspector -of British schools. In 1857 he was with sharp competition chosen -Professor of Poetry at Oxford. The term of office is ten years. Finding -himself in later years growing alien from poetic composition (“these lips -but rarely frame them now”), he allowed the place to pass to Principal -Shairp, a man more distinguished as a critic than a producer of poetry. -Mr. Arnold still gives an occasional poem, oftenest on simple themes, -as the death of his terrier, “Geist,” or his canary, “Matthias.” His -“Westminster Abbey,” on the death of Dean Stanley, is grand as an anthem. -He is now heard chiefly in essays, critical and æsthetic, and educational -or other addresses. He is of noble presence and kindly, earnest face, -over which his rich, full hair, now sable-silvered, parts and clusters. -He is no orator, speaking low and slowly, but the charm of his personal -appearance, the beauty of his thought, the clear incisive force of his -silvery rhetoric make him to cultivated audiences ever welcome. Take -him for all in all, he is so felt to-day and sure to be so read and -felt hereafter, that some study of him as thinker and poet may be both -instructive and entertaining. - -Of his lectures in this country the best was on Emerson, whom he prized -as “the friend and aid of those who wished to live in the spirit.” - -His first stir of thought was from Wordsworth, not young Wordsworth, the -flush “high-priest of man and nature and of human life,” but from the -venerable laureate, when his utterances began to have “the sweetness, the -gravity, the beauty, the languor of death.” The lofty energy which Arnold -inherited from his father was seriously impaired by the contemplative -egotism of his father’s friend. At the time when impressions deep and -lasting were easily made on his young mind, Goethe, critic and artist -of many generations, went to his grave. “Knowest thou,” says Carlyle, -“no prophet even in the vesture, environment and dialect of this age? -I know him and name him Goethe. In him man’s life begins again to be -divine.” Goethe had at first held the principles of Rousseau. Later he -announced with the serenity of a Brahmin and the authority of a Delphic -oracle, that the chief end of man is “to cultivate his own spirit.” -This utterance fell like a gospel on Arnold’s ear. He began to expound -and enforce it, striving to engraft it on literary society and to embody -it in the English national life. To him we owe that sense of the word -“culture” which is so hard to state, and other terms and phrases, as -“perfection, sweetness and light,” “harmonious development,” and the -like. A better English pleader for the new “development” could hardly -have been found. Clear and graceful in statement, gentle under criticism, -patient under reproof and witty in reply, his one defect is in not doing -what both the sacred and the profane oracles enjoin as the first thing in -culture—to understand himself. Let us trace his ideas and doctrines in -politics, in education, in religion, and in poetry. - -His view of the human race is that we are utterly separate, “enisled,” -each forever by himself as in “the unplumbed, salt, estranging sea.” - - “Yes, in the sea of life enisled, - With echoing straits between us thrown, - Dotting the shoreless, watery wild, - We mortal millions live _alone_.” - -It follows from this isolation (which is in one sense true) that no man -can be his brother’s keeper. A strong-lunged islander can _call_ to his -fellow, but nothing more. With this view of the “environment” the first -duty ever to be taught and ever rehearsed is _endurance_. Patience under -an order of things that “man did not make and can not mar,” is a teaching -traceable through all his poetry and prose. Then comes in many a pleasing -form the lesson of “self-centering.” - - “With joy the stars perform their shining, - And the sea its long, moon-silvered roll; - Why? self-poised they live, nor pine with noting - All the fever of some differing soul. - Bounded by themselves and unregarding - In what state God’s other works may be - In their own tasks all their powers pouring, - These attain the mighty life you see.” - -In the “hopeless tangle of our age,” to which he is keenly alive, and -to explore which is a task of misery and distress, “alone, self-poised, -henceforward man must labor.” “No man can save his brother’s soul, nor -pay his brother’s debt.” As man is thus set apart from his fellow, -“self-culture,” “self-perfecting” are his duty and his chief concern. -By culture Mr. Arnold means the development of every capacity and power -enfolded within us, and the adapting of ourselves perfectly to the -island, larger or smaller, of our Crusoe life. This culture is gained not -by unions, coöperations, or harangues “with tremendous cheers.” It is of -one’s self and for one’s self, save as the wind may waft the odors of one -“islet” to another. Culture must come by patient personal effort. Here -Mr. Arnold looks back longingly to feudal times, and even beyond. The -evil communications of the present corrupt good manners. He seems to say -“_any_ former times are better than these,” and to - - “Pine for force - A ghost of time to raise, - As if he thus might stop the course - Of these appointed nays.” - -Such a doctrine can never come well into politics. It is too -remote—unsystematic, not to say fastidious. Pure as Arnold’s motives -are known to be, he is too dainty to serve in a party, even that of Mr. -Gladstone. He scouts “equality,” and prefers benevolence to democracy. -As a result, the “sweetness and light” shed from his “islet” is little -regarded by the masses, being about as effective as an aurora borealis. - -_Punch_ sums up Arnold’s discourses to the laboring classes—and all other -classes: - - To Matthew Arnold hark - With both ears all avidity! - That Matthew—a man of mark— - Says “Cultivate Lucidity!” - -In education Mr. Arnold’s efforts have been steady and sincere. To him, -among others, is due the successful entrance of young women in England -upon higher study, so that Cambridge and Oxford are now beset by troops -of young ladies who must some day effect entrance. He inherits from his -father an educational zeal. His pleadings for literature in courses -of study as against the exclusive pursuit of physical science and the -“practical” branches, has been earnest and eloquent. He holds that, to -know ourselves and the world, we must know the best that has been thought -and said in the world. The study of belles-letters may be so conducted -as to yield only a smattering of benefit, but it may be made a very -serious and critical search after truth. What has been done by civilized -nations, and what manner of people they were, is as well worth knowing as -chemistry or geology. - -Examining a young man on the meaning of “Canst thou not minister to a -mind diseased?” he received as explanation, “Can you not wait upon the -lunatic?” He asks whether to know the products of the combustion of wax -is better than to understand Shakspere? He is sure that man’s need of -beauty in truth, and of acquaintance with the general human mind demands -the study of literature, and that for this study the best of all is the -Greek. - -Few will question, most teachers will accept, his educational doctrines. - -Mr. Arnold explains that to attain perfect culture, we must be perfectly -religious, and for this, we must properly understand the Bible. This -brings us to look at his darkened side. He is an _evolutionist_ in -religion; that is, he holds that as the ages roll on, new religions -unfold in newness of vigor and meaning, while the old decay and -disappear. He tells us that to-day poetry is the true religion. In our -time “every creed is shaken, every dogma questioned, every tradition -dissolving.” “The strongest part of our religion to-day is its -unconscious poetry, for poetry attaches its emotion to the _idea_, and -all else is illusion.” Poetry has the highest truth, and the highest -seriousness. - -“Be ye perfect,” said the Great Teacher, and this, says Mr. Arnold, is a -harmonious development of all sides of our humanity; a thing not found -in our broken world. Therefore he calls the orthodox belief a failure; -the working classes will have nothing to say to it. He will fix it for -them. He takes out of it all its facts and leaves only its tone and its -ideas—its poetry. The scheme of Christianity has never been understood -until now a select few have grasped it. - -“There is an enduring power, not ourselves, which makes for -righteousness”—that is his cloudy piety. The “method” and “secret” of -Jesus were commendable; the “method” was repentance, the “secret” was -peace; but the Christian religion rests on the assumption of a Personal -Ruler, “this cannot be verified.” Even the resurrection St. Paul poorly -understood. It is in fact “rising to that harmonious conformity with the -real and the eternal which is life and peace until it becomes glory.” -Even the doctrine of the Trinity Mr. Arnold can speak of as “a fairy-tale -of the three Lord Shaftburys,” a phrase that Ingersoll might quote. One -can see—and it is a sad sight—how his religious views have been spoiled -by a vain philosophy. How reassuring to know that Mr. Moody, preaching -Jesus and the Resurrection at Oxford, in Arnold’s sight, found the -working classes (and others) glad to hear. Where he had said, - - Resolve to be thyself! And know that he - Who finds himself, loses his misery. - -Many are learning “Deny thyself” and in finding the Savior, losing their -misery. - -This gifted disbeliever has longings that he cannot quite conceal. He -does not believe Jesus divine, yet he seems to yearn for faith in him, -such as his father had, and such as was easy when - - Men called from chamber, church and tent, - And Christ was by to save. - -He himself would gladly have been caught in the tide - - Of love which set so deep and strong - From Christ’s then open grave. - -Turning sadly away he says: - - Now he is dead! Far hence he lies - In the lone Syrian town, - And on his grave, with shining eyes, - The Syrian stars look down? - -At last we seem to find this scholar and poet, Christian born and -Christian bred, sinking into the pantheism of heathenism, such as our -missionaries confront in India. - - Myriads who live, who have lived, - What are we all but a mood, - A single mood, of the life - Of the Being in whom we exist, - Who alone is all things in one? - -Through all Mr. Arnold’s utterances there seems a certain air of -condescension. To the masses, “the un-Hellenic public,” he seems to look -from his own “islet” and say, “Cultivate your own spirit;” “Cherish light -and sweetness,” and to add, “Look at me and aspire to your own best -self.” This looks like a delicate self-worship, such as was in Goethe, -and thither “self-culture” easily leads. - -In Mr. Arnold as poet one finds enough to admire and enjoy. His first -volume of poems was given anonymously to the world in 1849. It made -some stir. We thought another of the immortals was among us, and so it -proved. He followed in song the same who were his masters in culture, -striving, “Wordsworth’s sweet calm, and Goethe’s wide and luminous view -to gain.” He took up poetry seriously, for he thought that “poetry is the -impassioned expression in the countenance of all science,” “the breath -and finer spirit of all knowledge.” To him poetry is no idle warbling, -but an intense criticism of life in which he works from sense of duty. -In all his poems one finds dignity and grace of spirit, something of -Goethe’s spiritual unrest, and of Wordsworth’s healing balm found in -communion with nature. - -Thus, after Rustum in desperate fight has unknowingly slain his son -Sohrab, (who has disclosed himself in his last moments) with how quiet -dignity does the Oxus move on, leaving on its bank Sohrab in his gore, -and Rustum in his hot agony and blinding tears! - - But the majestic river floated on - Out of the mist and hum of that low land - Into the frosted starlight, and there moved - Rejoicing through the hushed Chorasmian waste - Under the solitary moon, till at last - The longed-for dash of waves is heard, and wide - His luminous home of waters opens bright - And tranquil, from whose floor the new-bathed stars - Emerge and shine upon the Aral sea. - -He comes to nature, not to bring anything, but to seek rest and -refreshment. Byron pours out upon nature, as in Childe Harold, the -“sparkling gloom” of his own spirit. Coleridge, as in the Hymn at -Chamouni, fills nature with his own lofty rapture. Arnold’s poems all -show how he asks of nature, not pleasure or exaltation—only relief. By -the lake he says: - - How sweet to feel, on the boon air, - All our unquiet pulses cease! - -In his Summer Night, - - The calm moonlight seems to say, - Hast thou, then, still the old, unquiet breast? - -He turns to the - - Heavens whose pure dark regions have no sign - Of languor, though so calm and though so great, - Yet so untroubled, so unpassionate! - A world above man’s head to let him see - How boundless might his soul’s horizon be; - How it were good to live there and be free. - -In Kensington Gardens he says: - - In the huge world that roars hard by - Be happy if they can! - Calm soul of all things! Make it mine - To feel, amid the city’s jar - That there abides a peace of thine - Man did not make and cannot mar. - -Nowhere in all his pictures of nature, given in the most musical of -English and in style flowing, bright and tender, do we find the deep -gladness of Wordsworth, or the organ-toned joy of Milton. To each, as his -heart is, nature gives. Arnold, sad, unbelieving, self-absorbed, looking -at his own shadow, sees the beautiful and sings it, as he finds it, but, -“life is wanting there.” As our human race appears in his poems, the men -of to-day are of small account. “There has passed away a glory from the -earth.” He has little to say of hope, so much in his eye is the past -better than any possible future. Even his favorite metres are of Greek -pattern. Admitting that the Pagan world, worn and weary, was revived -by Christianity, he thinks this is in its turn “outworn,” and men are -waning now. Therefore he goes to olden time for heroes, for Prometheus -and Pericle, Tristam and Rustum. His only poem truly dramatic, a complete -work of art, is The Sick King in Bokhara. The elements of the story -bring out his genius, and he puts forth the best effort of his mind and -art. Here are that dignified self-poise, that unrest akin to remorse -that frames so strangely with the calm of helplessness, that lip-curling -criticism and that transparent simplicity of which we have been speaking. -All is brilliant in setting and rich in color. All his poems we might -read (and we should then all the more watch for new ones) but in none -shall find the whole of Mr. Arnold as we find it in this. - -How beautiful is this from Tristam. It is Iseult after the death of her -husband and rival, living with her children, as in a fading, misty, -moon-lit dream: - - Joy hath not found her yet, nor ever will, - Is it this thought that makes her mien so still? - Her features so fatigued, her eyes, though sweet, - So sunk, so rarely lifted save to meet - Her children’s? She moves slow; her voice alone - Hath yet an infantine and silvery tone, - But even that comes languidly; in truth, - She seems one dying in the mask of youth. - -Mr. Arnold does not attain to the first rank of either men or poets, but -there is a charm about him and his poetry. Too bad it is that he has -not the joy and nerve that come of Christian faith “which worketh by -love.” He would diffuse sweetness and light indeed. But is his poetry, -_as poetry_, the worse for his lack of faith? Its plaintive utterance -of the sadness of a soul whose wants are proudly shut from their true -satisfaction, will long be read by those who strive to still the _heart_ -with supplies from the _intellect_ and to make genius serve for Living -Bread. No English poet has made the soul-hunger so attractive, or given -airy negatives in forms and colors so fascinating. - - * * * * * - -It is often found that those feelings which are best, noblest, and most -self-denying, are exactly those which lead to a disastrous issue. It -is as if, by the command of a higher and wiser power, man’s fate were -intentionally brought into variance with his inner feelings, in order -that the latter might acquire a higher value, shine with greater purity, -and thus become more precious by the very privations and sufferings -to him who cherishes such feelings. However benevolent may be the -intentions of Providence, they do not always advance the happiness of the -individual. Providence has always higher ends in view, and works in a -preëminent degree on the inner feelings and disposition.—_Humboldt._ - - - - -ESTIVATION, OR SUMMER SLEEP. - -By the REV. J. G. WOOD, M.A. - - -I have already mentioned that the peculiar condition which we term -hibernation is one which can be produced by heat as well as by cold, and -that the bat passes into that state daily throughout summer. The name, -therefore, is not sufficiently definite. The German naturalists more -properly use two distinct terms, and employ the words “winterschlaf,” _i. -e._, winter sleep, and “sommerschlaf,” or summer sleep. - -In order to maintain the same construction in the terms, I will call the -summer sleep by the name of Estivation. This word is scientifically more -correct than summer sleep, because, as I have already mentioned, the -condition in question is not real sleep, but a kind of trance. - -As Estivation is produced in consequence of the withdrawal of food by -heat, we must naturally look for it within the tropics. Many of the -lower vertebrates are subjected to Estivation, but, as far as is known, -no mammal estivates. It has been said that the Taurde, or Madagascar -hedgehog, does so, but it is evidently a mistake. It is really one of -the hibernators, like our own hedgehog; and though it assumes the trance -condition in June, that month is the beginning of winter in Madagascar, -and not in the middle of summer, as in England. - -I will only take two examples of true Estivation, one from Africa and the -other from America. The first is the well known Lepidosiren, or mud-fish, -a creature which has long been an enigma to zoölogists, as no one could -say definitely whether it were a fish or a reptile. Professor Owen, -however, states that the structure of its organs of smell proves that it -is a true, though rather anomalous, fish. It is found in many parts of -Africa, and inhabits the banks of muddy rivers, being plentiful in the -Nile. - -Nowadays, the systematic naturalists have changed its name and called it -Protopterus, giving the old and equally appropriate name of Lepidosiren -to an allied species which is found in the Amazon river and its -tributaries. I have, however, retained the original name, and see no -sufficient ground for altering it. - -It is brownish grey in color, and eel-like in shape, but has four -curious rudimentary limbs, apparently useless for locomotion, though -they are seldom without movement. They are, in fact, soft single rays -of the pectoral and ventral fins, which represent the limbs of beings -more highly organized. Each ray carries a narrow strip of membrane along -nearly the whole of its length. - -Along part of the back there is a very soft fin, extending over the tip -of the tail, and returning on the under surface of the body as far as the -base of the hind limbs. The body is always covered with viscous slime, -insoluble in water, and the creature seems to be able to secrete it as it -is wanted. - -Essentially predacious, it does not possess rank after rank of teeth, -such as we see in the pike, and the wolf-fish, and the like, but is -endowed with a most remarkable dental apparatus. - -Instead of separate teeth, there is in each jaw what may be called a -tooth-ribbon. Suppose that we imagine the dental matter, instead of being -made into separate teeth, to be rolled out into a continuous ribbon, then -“pleated” into folds like those of a ruff, and so set in the jaws. Then -let us imagine the projecting edge of each tooth-ribbon to be as sharp as -that of a chisel, and we can realize the formidable apparatus with which -the mouth is armed. - -These details are here briefly given, because without them the history of -its estivation could not be understood. - -That the Lepidosiren was carnivorous had long been known, but no idea -was formed of its voracity until some living specimens were successfully -reared in the Crystal Palace. One of them was placed in the large water -basin which then adorned the center of the tropical department at the -north end of the Palace, but which may now be seen in the open air -between the Palace and the water tower. - -Though confined in a tank, it contrived to escape into the basin, and -straightway began to make havoc among the gold-fish. It swam gently under -them, rose with open jaws, caught the fish just behind the pectoral fins, -bit out a piece, its ribbon-like teeth cutting through scale, bone, and -flesh, as if they had been shears, and sank out of sight with its prey. -It never bit the same fish twice, and as long as it could find fish, -declined to eat anything else. - -As this mode of feeding involved a gold-fish for each mouthful, Mr. F. W. -Wilson, who was then in charge of the Natural History Department of the -Crystal Palace, had the tank emptied, and fenced off a portion with wire -grating, so that the Lepidosiren could not get at the fish. The creature -was then fed with frogs, which I have seen it eat; and by reason of the -perpetual supply of food, it grew so fast that it attained a length of -thirty inches and weighed six pounds and a quarter, a very giant of -Lepidosirens, which seldom exceed eighteen inches in length. - -It lived for more than three years, and might have grown to a much larger -size, but for the neglect of an attendant who forgot on one winter night -to keep up the fire which warmed the water, and in consequence this -interesting creature was found dead next morning. - -Here then we have a carnivorous being of more than ordinary voracity, and -requiring a constant supply of fish. But, during the rainless summer, the -water is rapidly evaporated under the sun’s rays, the fish die, and the -muddy bed of the river becomes as dry and nearly as hard as brick. What -then is the Lepidosiren to do? - -By Divine Providence, the heat which withdraws its food acts upon it -as cold acts upon hibernating animals in this country. As soon as the -drying-up process has begun, the Lepidosiren wriggles itself into the mud -while it is still soft, and by dint of turning round and round, makes a -sort of chamber, the sides of which are preserved from collapsing by the -slime which it pours from its body. - -It then doubles itself up sideways in a most curious fashion, wrapping -the membranous tail over its head so as to cover it entirely. The body -is not coiled in a circle, as might be imagined, but the two inner sides -(mostly the left) are pressed closely against each other, so that the -animal occupies a wonderfully small space. The dimensions of the chamber -are soon contracted by the weight of the superincumbent mud, until at -last there is scarcely the eighth of an inch of free space round the body. - -In this curious refuge the Lepidosiren passes into a state of Estivation. -The mud is gradually dried, and then baked under the fierce rays of a -tropical sun. But the Lepidosiren lies motionless and unconscious until -the next rainy season refills the river, dissolves the hardened mud, and -sets the creature free to resume its predatory life. - -Were it not for the Lepidosiren, the inhabitants of these countries would -often be hardly pressed for food. But they search the dry bed of the -river, dig up the buried estivators and live on them. So here we have -Estivation as well as hibernation, indirectly beneficial to man. I may -mention that most of the Lepidosirens which have been kept alive in this -country were brought while still buried in their mud cells. - -There is little difficulty in finding the hidden Lepidosirens, as the -aperture through which they entered the mud seems almost invariably to -remain open, its smooth and slime-polished sides leaving no doubt as to -its identity. - -I have possessed for more than four years a large lump of dry Nile mud, -a hole in one of its sides showing that a Lepidosiren ought to be inside -it. This morning I carefully cut it open, and there found the inhabitant, -doubled up, with its tail over its head just as when it gave itself up -to slumber more than twenty years ago. I expected to have seen a nearly -spherical chamber, but found that the cell is cylindrical, and only just -large enough to hold the creature. - -The slime with which the cell is lined has been hardened into a papery -consistence, and is, in fact, about as thick as the paper on which this -account is printed. When a piece is torn off and held in the flame of a -spirit lamp, it takes fire and it gives out a very nauseous odor, like -that of a beetle’s wing case when similarly burned. This thick coating of -slime is only to be found in the cell itself, and surrounding the body of -the animal. I imagine that the Lepidosiren must deposit many successive -coats of slime after it has taken up its position. These cells are -technically named “cocoons.” - -As some time elapses between the falling of the rain, when the creature -awakes, and the dissolving of the cocoon, there must be some peculiar -structure of the respiratory organs. Otherwise, the Lepidosiren, being a -fish, and breathing by gills, must die before it can reënter the water. - -This structure is of a most unexpected character. The creature has -rows of gills on either side of its head, and with these it breathes -while it is in the water. The swimming-bladder, however, is modified -so as to act as a substitute for a lung. A branch of the artery which -supplies the gills is diverted to the swimming-bladder, and as there is -a communication between the interior of the swimming-bladder and the -external air, the creature is able to aerate its blood sufficiently to -sustain life until it can assume its normal fish life. - -I may here mention that these African and American Lepidosirens, together -with the Australian Ceratodus are especially interesting as being one -only living survivor of a vast family which in bygone ages were extremely -numerous. - -The Ceratodus is a comparatively new discovery, and came on naturalists -by surprise. Until lately the only known examples of this fish were to -be found in the earlier secondary rocks, and when it was announced that -living specimens had been found, the discovery could hardly be believed. -However, there the Ceratodus is. It looks like a resuscitated fossil, and -is to our known fishes what the tree-fern is to our present vegetation. - -There is another interesting point about this object, showing how -Estivation is connected with Scripture. - -The mud of which the cocoon is made is the same as that which the -Israelites, while in captivity, were forced to make into bricks. It is so -tenacious, that although merely dried by the Egyptian sun, it is so hard -that I was obliged to employ mallet, chisel, saw, and butcher’s knife, -while making the necessary sections. - -Occasionally the difficulty was increased by vegetable fibers which had -become mixed with it, and which bound it together just as the cow-hairs -bind builder’s plaster when honestly made. The Egyptians mixed straw with -the clay of which their bricks were made, so as to strengthen it, and -in order to secure a supply of such straw they did not reap their corn -near the ground as we do, but cut off the ears close to the stem, leaving -the stubble to be cut separately. The reader will remember that one of -the grievances of the captives was, that instead of being supplied with -straw, as formerly, they had to cut and fetch the stubble for themselves, -and yet were forced to deliver the same number of bricks daily. - -So here is my lump of Nile mud acting as a link representing nearly four -thousand years between the Christian world of the present day, and the -long-perished Egyptian dynasty of the Pharaohs. - -Now we will pass to the opposite side of the world. - -In tropical America, as in tropical Africa, the rivers are dried up in -the summer, and the mud which forms their banks and bed is baked as -hard as that of the Nile and other African rivers. Many of these rivers -are inhabited by a fish (_Callicthys_) popularly called the Hassar, or -Hardback. The latter name is given to it in consequence of two rows -of hard, narrow scales on each side of the body. There are four long, -flexible tentacles on the upper lip. It is not nearly so large as the -Lepidosiren, seldom exceeding eight inches in length. Its color is -greenish brown. - -Unlike the Lepidosiren, which can not travel on dry ground, the Hassar -is as good a walker as the Climbing Perch, a fish which not only leaves -the water and traverses dry land, but can ascend the trunk of trees. -All rivers have some portions deeper than others, “holes” as we call -them in our rivers at home. So, when the process of drying up is nearly -completed, the river is converted into a ravine along which “holes” or -pools are seen at irregular distances. - -As long as the holes are capable of containing water, the Hassar makes -its way to them over the dry ground. But, in process of time, even the -pools are dried up, and just before this happens, the Hassar works its -way into the mud, and acts after the manner of the Lepidosiren. The -analogy between the two fishes is made still more remarkable, inasmuch as -they both furnish food to man during the time of Estivation. - -The Hassar has a further interest in being one of the few fishes which -make nests and watch over their young. Our sticklebacks do this, but -whereas with the stickleback the double task of making the nest and -guarding the young is relegated to the male, with the Hassar the latter -duty is shared by the female. It begins the task of nest-making almost as -soon as it escapes from its cocoon, so as to insure plenty of time for -nest-making, egg-hatching, and rearing the young. - -The American Alligator, which, like the Hassar, is deprived of food when -the rivers and swamps have been dried, allows itself to be buried in the -mud, and there awaits the return of rain. - -A curious instance of this habit occurred some years ago. A party of -travelers had halted on a piece of hard, level ground, lighted a fire -and began to cook their dinner. But that dinner was spoiled, for before -the cooking was completed the ground began to heave and swell, and out -burst the head of an alligator. The unfortunate reptile was estivating -exactly under the spot where the fire had been placed, and where it -would have remained asleep until the next rainy season, had it not been -disturbed.—_London Sunday Magazine._ - - - - -RECREATION. - -By JAMES PAGET. - - -There are some rules regarding active recreations which it is well for -all to observe: for all, at least, who must work, or who wish to work as -well as play. - -First, recreations should not only be compatible with the business or -duty of life, but absolutely and far subordinate; and this, not only -in kind, but in number and quantity. Their utility, and, sometimes, -even their only justification is that they may increase the power and -readiness for work; beyond this they should not be allowed to pass. - -Then, they should chiefly exercise the powers which are least used in the -work; and this, not only for pleasure but for utility. For there are few -daily occupations which provide sufficient opportunities for the training -of all the powers and dispositions which may be usefully employed in them -and of which the full use, though not necessary for an average fitness, -may be essential to excellence in the business of life. They, therefore, -that work chiefly with their minds, should refresh themselves chiefly -with the exercise of their muscles; manual workers should rather rest and -have some study, or practice some gentle art, or strive to invent; or, -for one more example, they whose days are spent in money speculations -and excitement had better try to be happy in passionless thinking, in -listening to sweet sounds, in quiet reading, and so on. - -It adds to the utility of every recreation if its events can be often -thought of with pleasure; so that the mind may be sometimes occupied -with them not only in careful thinking, but in those gaps or casual -intervals of time in which, both during and after work, it is apt to -wander uselessly. Especially is this true of mental recreations; they -may thus prolong their happiness and their utility from day to day or -year to year; as often as they are remembered the mind may be refreshed -far more than it is in the mere vacancy of thought. And there may be -as much refreshment in looking forward; as, for example, in planning a -good holiday, or at the best, in trying, by the light of either faith or -science, to anticipate the final decision of the doubts which now beset -us, or the wonders that will be revealed, or the new powers that will be -exercised in the far distant future. - -It is an excellence in recreations if they lead us to occupy ourselves in -pursuits which give opportunities of gaining honest repute and personal -success. Competition is good in all virtuous pleasures as well as in -all work; the habit of being in earnest and of doing one’s best may be -strengthened in recreations, and then employed in its still better use in -work. - -And in agreement with this it is a great addition to the happiness and -utility of a recreation if it enables us to do or to acquire something -which we may call our own. In this is a part of the advantage which any -one may find in giving part of his spare time to some study, some branch -of art, some invention or research which may be recognized, at least -among his friends as being, in some sense, his own. The study itself -must be the first and chief refreshment, but its pleasure is enhanced if -with the knowledge or the skill which it attains there is mingled some -consciousness of personal property. - -Similarly, and for a like reason, the happiness of a recreation is -increased if it leads us to collect anything; books, sketches, shells, -autographs, or whatever may be associated with the studies or the active -exercises of spare times or even with those of business. I think that -none who have not tried it can imagine how great is the refreshment -of collecting and of thinking, at odd moments, of one’s specimens and -arranging and displaying them. There are few good recreations, few daily -occupations with which something of the kind may not be usefully mingled. - -Cricket matches, rowing matches, foot ball, and the like, are admirable -in all the chief constituent qualities of recreations; but besides this, -they may exercise a moral influence of great value in business or in any -daily work. For without any inducement of a common interest in money, -without any low motive, they bring boys and men to work together; they -teach them to be colleagues in good causes with all who will work fairly -and well with them. They teach that power of working with others which -is among the best powers for success in every condition of life. And by -custom, if not of their very nature, they teach fairness; foul play in -any of them, however sharp may be the competition, is by consent of all, -disgraceful; and they who have a habit of playing fair will be the more -ready to deal fair. A high standard of honesty in their recreations will -help to make people despise many things which are far within the limits -of the law. - -And, for one more general rule, it is an excellent quality in recreations -if they will continue good even in old age. I think the experience of men -would confirm this by the instances they see of unhappy rich old men who -have retired from business and have no habitual recreations. None seem so -unhappy as do some of these. - -They used to enjoy the excitement of uncertainty in their business; now, -everything is safe and dull; then, mere rest after fatigue was happiness; -now, there is no fatigue, but there is restlessness in monotony; they -used to delight in the exercise of skill and in the counting of its -gains; now, the only thing in which they had any skill is gone; they have -no work to do, and they do not know how either to play or to rest. - -It is well, therefore, that all should prepare for the decline of power -in recreations, as well as in much graver things. There are many that do -not lose their charm or their utility as we grow older. One is in the -refreshment of collections; for there are many whose value constantly -increases as they become older, and with all of them the pleasure is -enhanced the further we can look back in the memory of the events -associated with each specimen, and can recollect the difficulty of -obtaining it, and the joy of first possession. Or, there may be a change -of active recreations; the elderly cricketer may take to golf and become -sure that it is in every way the better of the two; the old hunting -man may ride to cover more cautiously. Or, with less activity, there -may be the happiness of reading or meditation, of music, or any of the -fine arts; these, if they have been prudently cultivated, do not become -wearisome in old age. If these and other like things fail, it may be a -sign that it is time to leave off work; but so long as a man can work, so -long will he be right if he will spend some of his leisure times, wisely -and actively, in recreations; they may make him both more fit to do his -work, and, at the last, more fit to leave it.—_The Nineteenth Century._ - - - - -LUTHER. - -By MRS. S. R. GRAHAM CLARK. - - - Truth is eternal. He who dares - To sign its deathless scroll - Dares to live ever, linked to light, - While ages onward roll. - - O dauntless hero! At thy grave - A world uncovered stands! - And o’er thy dust all christendom - Clasps loving brother-hands. - - Our brother, ours! A land unborn - When thou didst wage thy fight— - We reap thy labors—race entailed— - And in thy praise unite. - - Hail Germany! The world is bound, - By fetters wrought from truth— - Earth’s mightiest smith, upon thy breast - Was cradled in his youth. - - - - -ECCENTRIC AMERICANS. - -By COLEMAN E. BISHOP. - - -IV.—THE MATHEMATICAL FAILURE. - -We do not often hear those who declare that “education does not educate,” -trying to account for the failure charged against existing school -systems. Are the alleged defects to be found in the unfit nature of -the things studied, or in methods of study, or both? One of the chief -exercises—indeed _the_ chief, in common schools—depended upon for mental -development is numbers. Is the study of arithmetic worthy the place -it holds in that regard? Does it do more than to cultivate a special -faculty? Is that faculty one of the most important in the human mind? -Is it related intimately to understanding, and does its culture imply a -stimulation of the reasoning powers? - -Answers to these questions would doubtless be colored by the mental -characteristics or experience of the individual answering. To some minds -mathematics is a general stimulant; to others only a useful tool; to -still others, a stumbling block and an offense. Some one has declared -that while all specialties followed exclusively, are narrowing in their -influence on the mind, the two specialties which lead straightest toward -imbecility are music and mathematics. This was probably the conclusion -of a mind which could not master the extraction of the cube root, and -did not know “Yankee Doodle” from “Old Hundred.” Oliver Goldsmith said -“Mathematics is a study to which the meanest intellect is competent.” -He remembered many floggings because of the multiplication table, and -hardly had patience to count change for a sovereign. If we appeal to -first-rate examples of achievement in music and mathematics—say to -a Mozart and a Newton—we shall find well-balanced minds; but on the -other hand we may be confounded by finding prodigies in these lines -who possess mean intellects otherwise. Blind Tom and Zerah Colburn are -illustrations. Zerah Colburn had mathematics in “the natural way.” His -parents in Vermont were poor and ignorant; the father appears to have -been both selfish and stupid, but the mother was rather a shrewd Yankee -woman. If there was any special gift in the family it was for hard work -and sharp trading—rather commonplace gifts in New England. Out of this -unpromising stock came Zerah in 1804. One day, when he was six years old, -he flashed out a mathematical meteor, a revelation. His father overheard -him reciting in his play the multiplication table, having never learned -it. Examination showed that he knew it all and more too; was, in fact, -himself a walking, frisking multiplication table. He answered instantly -the product of 13×97—1261. The gift seemed to have descended on him then -and there miraculously; the fact probably was that it had always been -there, but he had been too dull to exercise it until the whim struck the -little animal. - -The event created a sensation, which, inside of a year, was felt both in -America and Europe. The popular wonder with which the child’s performance -was received very speedily turned the head of his stupidly cunning -father; he dropped his farm tools and rejecting all the offers of wealthy -gentlemen to give the boy a complete education, set out to exhibit the -prodigy through the land as a show. Thereafter, so long as both lived, -the father was the evil genius of the son. - -At the outset of their wanderings, President Wheelock, of Dartmouth -College, offered to take the child and give him a thorough education, -but the father declined the offer, not including even a honorarium for -himself. In Boston a committee of wealthy gentlemen, headed by Josiah -Quincy, offered to raise $5,000, one-half to be given to the father, the -other moiety to be devoted to Zerah’s education, under their direction. -The father acceded to this, but for some reason, when the contract of -indenture was drawn, it was different in the important particular that -the father and son were to be _permitted_ to exhibit the lad publicly -until the proceeds should amount to $5,000, when the sum was to be -apportioned as before stipulated. This arrangement the father very -properly rejected, and the negotiations failed. Wrong versions of this -affair were published, imputing to the father the rejection of the -genuine benefaction first proposed. That these reports injured him and -their success thereafter wherever they went, the son always asseverated. - -They now went on “a starring tour” through the country, meeting with -varied success, and in the early spring of 1811 returned to Vermont with -about $600 as the proceeds thereof. The elder Colburn gave $500 of this -to the mother, which, for the next twelve years, was all he contributed -to the family support—the family then consisting of six children under -fourteen years of age. - -From the first Zerah’s performance was confounding to all spectators. -Mathematically, nothing seemed impossible to this child of six years. -Being asked, “What is the number of seconds in 2,000 years?” he readily -and accurately answered 63,072,000,000. Again, “What is the square of -1,449,” he answered, 2,099,601. More intricate calculations based on -concrete facts, were equally easy, as “Suppose I have a corn-field in -which are seven acres, having seventeen rows to each acre, sixty-four -hills to each row, eight ears on a hill, and one hundred and fifty -kernels on each ear, how many kernels in the corn-field?” The answer, -9,139,200 kernels, came readily. Asked what sum multiplied by itself will -produce 998,001, he replied in four seconds, 999; and in twenty seconds -produced the correct answer to “How many days and hours have lapsed -since the Christian era began?” viz.: 661,015 days, 15,864,360 hours. -He gave the answer to this: What is the square of 999,999×49×25; the -answer requires seventeen figures to express it. Being asked what are the -factors of 247,483 he made this reply: “941 and 263, and these are the -_only_ factors.” How could he know that? - -These operations seemed the automatic action of mental power allied to -instinct rather than to reason. The child had had absolutely no education -in numbers and could neither read nor write; he would scarcely interrupt -his infantile play to make his calculations. It was not till the spring -of 1811 that he learned the names and the powers of the nine digits when -written, and this he learned from a stranger who seemed to take this -much more interest in his education than his father had ever taken. -He was at this time a bright, playful, healthy boy. He answered mere -puzzling questions with more than the ordinary shrewdness of his age, as, -“Which is the greater, six dozen dozen or half a dozen dozen?” “Which is -greater, twice twenty-five or twice five-and-twenty?” “How many black -beans make six white ones?” He answered quickly, “Six—if you skin ’em.” -During his calculations he would twist and contort like one in St. Vitus’ -dance. If asked, as he often was, his method of calculation, he would cry -at the annoyance of attempting to explain. - -In April, 1811, father and son went to England, the child then being six -and a half years old. The father tried (in vain, of course) to induce -his wife to put their five little ones out in care of the neighbors -and go abroad with him! Then, as at all other times, she seems to have -monopolized the wit of the family. The same one-sidedness may have been -detected in other families, for aught I know to the contrary. - -In England he at first created a marked sensation. His receptions were -attended by wondering multitudes, among them being members of the -nobility and royal family and distinguished scientists and literati. -Among his achievements at this time was to multiply the number eight -by itself up to the sixteenth power, giving the inconceivable result, -281,474,976,710,656. He extracted the square and cube roots of large -numbers by a flash of his genius. It had been laid down by mathematicians -that no rule existed for finding the factors of numbers, but at the age -of nine Zerah made such a rule; it was nearly as difficult to understand -as his performance, however. Under this formula he gave the factors of -171,395, viz.: 5×34279; 7×22485; 59×2905; 83×2065; 35×4897; 295×581; -413×415. “It had been asserted,” he says, “by a French mathematician that -4294967297 is a prime number; but the celebrated Euler detected the error -by discovering that it is equal to 641×6,700,417. The same number was -proposed to this child, who found out the factors by the mere operation -of his mind.” - -The father was now happy. He was in the enjoyment of means and -distinction through his child, all of which, with the usual conceit -of a father, he arrogated to himself as the due reward of merit for -having been the prodigious progenitor of so remarkable a child. Various -money-making enterprises were started in connection with the “show,” from -which others seemed to derive as much benefit as the father. Sir James -Mackintosh, Sir Humphrey Davy (inventor of the safety lamp) and Basil -Montague became a committee to superintend the publication of a book -about the child; but though several hundred subscribers were obtained, -many of whom paid in advance, the work was never published. A meeting -of distinguished gentlemen was held to devise a scheme for his special -education, which should develop his genius into a prodigy of matured -intellectual powers, such as the world had never conceived. But all these -plans were defeated by two circumstances—the boy’s general incapacity and -the father’s special rapacity. - -The “show business” seemed to be the elder Colburn’s forté and he took -the boy on exhibition to Scotland and Ireland, and finally to Paris -(1814). Here, too, the extraordinary interest in his extraordinary -faculty resulted in a project for his proper education—La Place, the -author of “Méchanique Celeste,” and Guizot, the historian, being -conspicuous in his interest. It resulted in his being given a scholarship -in the Lyceum by order of Napoleon, just then back from Elba on his -little excursion to re-resubjugate the world; this intervention in behalf -of the boy being one creditable act of his brief restoration, at least. -The lad showed his gratitude to his imperial patron by ardently assisting -in the entrenchments thrown up to resist the attack of the allied armies -on Paris after the defeat at Waterloo. - -The London admirers, spurred by pique at the French interest in and -control of the boy, and by the father’s importunities, set about raising -a purse to bring Zerah back and educate him in England. In furtherance -of the enterprise, the father took his boy from the Lyceum and brought -him to London in February, 1816. But this scheme fell through, owing, -it is charged, to dissatisfaction with the father’s demand of a large -endowment to himself as well as for the child; and soon both were living -in poverty, unheeded and deserted. - -In a fortunate moment the Earl of Bristol interested himself in young -Colburn and made a provision of $620 a year for his education at -Westminster school, where he was regularly entered, being then a few days -over twelve years old. Here he spent two years and nine months. Though -he made creditable progress in languages he disappointed those who had -built expectations on his peculiar powers, by revolting against higher -mathematics. It was found, in fact, that his special faculty was less -susceptible of discipline than is the ordinary mathematical power of -other youth. - -But, I am gratified to state, the young Yankee made a stubborn resistance -to the British form of white slavery in the school known as “fagging;” -and what with his own obstinacy and the old man’s constant harassing the -school authorities with remonstrances, the rule was suspended in the case -of Zerah—probably the first and last case of such an alarming innovation -on good old brutal British customs. Having won this emancipation the old -father submitted with equanimity to being hooted off the “campus” with -cries of “Yankee.” - -But the elder Colburn next quarreled with his generous patron, and took -the boy from school. We may venture to doubt if this was after all a -great privation to the lad. The curriculum of Westminster school the -first four years consisted of Latin and fagging; the next four years -of Greek and fagging. They had made it elective in Zerah’s case to -the extent of omitting the fagging, taking away the live part of the -curriculum and leaving him only the dead. Zerah himself tells us that the -same time which was thus spent in linguistic body-snatching if spent in -the French seminary would have afforded an excellent general education. -This fatuity regarding dead languages has been since well maintained in -English high schools and colleges, and, what is more remarkable, has been -pretty faithfully imitated in higher institutions in America. - -Thrown on their own resources again, they found the novelty of Zerah’s -performance had worn off, and he did not “draw.” The father now conceived -the brilliant plan of making an actor of the boy. After four months’ -training by Kemble, he appeared on the stage at Margate, with a little -success; went with strolling companies through England and Ireland -during four months more, and then returned to London and ended the -histrionic career. Next Zerah was prompted by the fond father to attempt -play-writing, but as he says himself, his compositions “never had any -merit or any success”—though this is substantially his opinion of all his -own efforts through life.[B] Extreme poverty followed, almost the only -means of subsistence being genteel begging from former friends. The last -and kindest of these was at length worn out, and directed his footman to -slam the door in the poor boy’s face when he presented himself on some -alleged errand from his father. - -Zerah in his autobiography, subsequently written, speaks of these dark -days with sorrow, but without one word of complaint of his father; -indeed, the memoir seems to have been written more for the purpose of -vindicating the father’s name than to do himself justice. He constantly -laments that the mysterious faculty had been given him, and attributes to -it and to his own general incapacity, all the misfortunes and sufferings -of his father and himself. He called his gift “a peculiarly painful -circumstance which destroyed all pleasing anticipations, blasted every -prospect of social happiness, and after years of absence consigned -the husband and father to a stranger’s grave.” Poor boy! He must have -suffered more than he confesses. He hints at their want, his disgust -with asking charity, the alienation of friends, and, above all his -afflictions, he chafes at his idleness; and he naively sums up the whole -experience as one of “comparative unhappiness!” How did Dickens ever miss -these unique studies from real life? - -A situation as usher in a school was now obtained for young Zerah (ætat -17) and he soon after set up a school on his own account. This was -probably the first legitimate money he ever earned, and he mentions -the chance, poor as it was, with more satisfaction than he does any -of the achievements of his genius. It was far better than depending -on patronage—which seems to have galled his pride. Before anything -could come of school teaching, however, the father and son went off to -other cities on a begging expedition. The usual humiliation and misery -followed the undertaking, and they returned to London, where the young -man reopened his school. Here, in 1824, his father died of consumption -brought on by want and anxiety. One of Zerah’s biographers has said of -the father: “Unhappily he had from the first discovery of his son’s -extraordinary gifts, worked upon them with mercenary feelings, as a -source of revenue. It is true he had a father’s love for his child, and -in this respect Zerah, in the simple memoir of his own life, does his -parent more than justice; but still it was this short-sighted selfishness -which made him convert his child’s endowments into a curse to him, to his -friends, and to Zerah himself. His expectations had been lifted to such -a pitch that nothing could satisfy them. The most generous offers fell -short of what he felt to be his due; liberality was turned in his mind to -parsimony, and even his friends were regarded as little short of enemies. -Such a struggle could not always last. His mind was torn with thoughts of -his home and family, neglected for twelve years; of his life wasted, his -prospects defeated; of fond dreams ending at last in failure, shame, and -poverty.” - -After the death of his father, Zerah’s course of life was not less -vacillating and unsuccessful, however, so it seems that his failures were -not altogether due to his father’s bad counsels. He remained a while in -London, making astronomical calculations and doing other mathematical -work, as chance offered it. Aided by his old benefactor, Lord Bristol, he -at last set out to seek his mother and family. She had done better alone. -“During the long absence of her husband, with a family of eight children, -and almost entirely destitute of property, she had sustained the burthen -with indomitable energy. She wrought with her own hands in house and -field; bargained away the little farm for a better one; and as her son -says, ‘by a course of persevering industry, hard fare and trials such as -few women are accustomed to, she has hitherto succeeded in supporting -herself, beside doing a good deal for her children.’” Lucky for the -family that one of them was not a genius. Mathematics, however, seems to -be a form of monomania from which her sex is generally exempt. In fact, -in the long list of eccentric Americans from which I can choose subjects -for this series of sketches, I fear there is not to be one eccentric -woman. This can be taken as complimentary to the sex or not, according as -the reader regards eccentricity. - -Our arithmetical prodigy, now twenty years old, went to teaching a -country school for a living, and at last fetched up in that other safe -retreat of preaching the gospel. He followed this vocation with more -persistence and credit than he had brought to any other of his numerous -professions, though on his own modest representation he was not much of a -preacher. His last venture was to become professor of—not mathematics—but -languages in the “Vermont University” at Norwich. In this situation -his life terminated, March 2, 1840. He plaintively, but in a somewhat -pedantic style, sums up his career as follows: - -“Perhaps it has fallen to the lot of very few, if any individuals, while -attracting curiosity and notice, to receive at the same time so many -flattering marks of kindness, and it is not unfrequently a sorrowful -reflection to him that after all the sympathy and benevolence shown -by the liberal and scientific, certain unforeseen and unfortunate -causes have prevented and still prevent his reaching and sustaining -that distinguished place in the mathematical literature of the age to -which, on account of the singular gift bestowed on him, he seemed to be -destined. Now, after possessing that talent twenty-two years, he feels -unable to account for its donation, and is unaware of its object.” - -Some facts regarding this singular gift may furnish suggestions to those -who think upon educational matters. - -1. His peculiar faculty was _arithmetical_, not generally mathematical. -He had little or no taste for higher mathematics: those which, like -geometry and surveying, appeal to the perceptions, those which, -like algebra, appeal to the imagination, and those which, like pure -mathematics, appeal to the analytical reasoning powers, he disliked. -His gift was natural, rudimentary and unreasoning, and as he reached -adult life it passed from him, either because he outgrew it or lost it -by over-use or disuse. Constant and long continued practice in mental -calculation brought the possessor of this special mathematical gift, -as he says, neither intellectual growth nor better capacity for mental -application. In fact, the more he used it the stupider he grew. - -May we infer from this that arithmetic is a primitive, rudimentary -and low branch of mathematics, having little or no relation to the -perceptions of childhood, the imagination of youth and the reasoning -powers of the matured mind, and hence of little or no value for the -purpose of mental exercise and stimulation? - -2. His whole process was that of _multiplication_, and its inversion -(division). He seems not to have practiced addition, which is in reality -the rudiments of multiplication, or its converse, subtraction, which -is only the long process of division. In the multiplication of large -numbers, which so astounded people, he performed mentally several -operations to get the result. - -May we infer from this analysis—arithmetic being assumed to be the most -unintellectual form of mathematics—that multiplication is the least -valuable part of arithmetic? - -If psychologists should grant these inferences to be sound, it remains -the duty of teachers to address themselves to improving the teaching -of the multiplication table, as the weak spot in all our primary -education in numbers. Something can be done, perhaps, to idealize the -multiplication table, and to make instruction in it concrete, objective, -rational. Can not a child be shown why or how six times seven make -forty-two? If arithmetic is so abstract, arbitrary and barren of ideas -that this can not be done, were it not better to cease compelling the -miniature mind to repeat year after year such stale and silly truisms -as, “twice two are four,” etc., under the absurd expectation that some -prodigious mental outburst must result from it in some mysterious manner? -Why not substitute for this endless repetition “Eiry eiry, ickery Ann, -fillisy follisy, Nicholas John,” to accomplish the same result? - -Some good teachers, here and there, are working on the problem of how to -make arithmetic educational as well as useful. A person who has lively -recollections of days and weeks and months wasted on the dead-lift of -memorizing the multiplication table, as an achievement by the side of -which all subsequent labors of life were easy, will find comfort in the -perfect uselessness of Colburn’s wonderful genius for multiplication -without effort. - -But it _was_ a wonderful faculty. What if a man were born with _all_ his -faculties expanded to the same degree! Shall education and inherited -progress yet produce minds as nearly infinite in every power as Zerah -Colburn’s was in one? Is there, _is_ there an educational method which -can take the shackles off all the faculties? - -If not, may there be somewhere a life in which the mind, let out of -the strait earthly house of its tabernacle and freed from the sore -limitations of physical nature may reach that acme in all its functions? -Some of the operations of mind in a condition of suspended physical -existence seem to suggest this as a probability for even common-place -natures, as occasionally do such splendid exhibitions of a single faculty -in so weak a nature as Zerah Colburn’s. - -[B] Another expedient adopted to keep the wolf from the door was to ask -subscriptions to the yet unpublished and unwritten memoir of the lad. As -he had by this time been able to formulate the method by which he made -his mental computations, the father advertised to impart the secret of -Zerah’s mysterious power to any one who would subscribe for ten copies of -the memoir at eight dollars the copy. - - - - -ASTRONOMY OF THE HEAVENS FOR FEBRUARY. - -By PROF. M. B. GOFF. - - -THE SUN, - -As is evidenced by the continually lengthening days, is making its way -northward. On the first it rises at 7:10 and sets at 5:18; on the 15th, -rises at 6:54 and sets at 5:34; and on the 29th, rises at 6:35 and sets -at 5:51, giving from the 1st to the 29th of the month an increase of one -hour and eight minutes. The sun is “slow” during the entire month; that -is, it does not reach the meridian until after noon; for example, on the -1st, when the sun is on the meridian, a good time-piece says it is about -fourteen minutes after noon. On the 1st, day breaks at 5:32, and evening -twilight ends at 6:56. - - -THE MOON. - -On the 4th, at 12:49 a. m., the moon enters her first quarter; on the -10th, at 11:40 p. m., is full; on the 18th, at 10:04 p. m., enters her -last quarter; and on the 26th, at 1:27, is again new. On the 1st, 15th -and 29th respectively, she reaches the meridian at 3:55 p. m., 3:14 a. -m., and 2:41 p. m. She is nearest to the earth at 3:54 on the evening of -the 4th, and most distant at twelve minutes after three on the morning of -the 18th. She reaches her greatest elevation, 67° 31′ latitude 41° 30′, -on the 6th. - - -MERCURY. - -Only early risers need expect to see Mercury this month, as he is a -morning star, rising as follows: On the 1st at 5:54 a. m.; on the 13th, -on which day also he reaches his greatest western elongation (26° 12′), -at 5:41 a. m., or about 76 minutes before sunrise, and on the 29th at -5:49 a. m. On the 26th, at 7:00 a. m., he is farthest from the sun. His -diameter diminishes from 8.4″ on the 1st to 5.6″ on the 29th. - - -VENUS, - -As intimated last month, continues to be an evening star, making every -evening an increasingly handsome display in the western heavens, her -diameter growing from 12.8″ on the 1st to 14.6″ on the 29th. Her motion, -which is from west to east, amounts during the month to 31° 51′ 37″ of -arc. Her time of setting, on the 1st, 15th and 29th, is as follows: 7:54, -8:26 and 8:57 p. m., respectively. On the 29th, at 10:07 a. m., she will -be in conjunction with, and 32′ south of the moon. - - -MARS - -Will present nothing particularly new. His retrograde motion still -continuing, he will rise earlier each evening, and, of course, set -earlier the following morning. Thus, on the 1st, he rises at 4:51 p. m.; -on the 15th, at 3:35 p. m.; and on the 29th, at 2:23 p. m. He sets on the -mornings immediately following these dates at 7:29, 6:23 and 5:15; or, on -the first date about twenty minutes after, and on the latter date about -one hour and twenty minutes before sunrise; during the month taking his -place as an evening star. His motion amounts to 9° 7′ 11″ of arc, and as -he is going farther from the earth, his diameter grows smaller, being -15″ on the first, and only 13.2″ on the last of the month. On the 10th, -at 4:40 a. m., he is 9° 43′ north of the moon, and a little east of the -nebula _Præsepe_ in _Cancer_. - - -JUPITER - -Will be evening star throughout the month, and continue his retrograde -motion from a point about twenty minutes west of _Præsepe_ on the 1st, to -7 hours 48 minutes 35 seconds right ascension on the 29th. He will rise -on the 1st at 3:56; on the 15th at 2:53; and on the 29th at 1:52 p. m., -and will set on the 2d at 6:30; on the 16th at 5:29; and on March 1st -at 4:30 a. m. On the 9th, at 5:39 a. m., he will be 5° 45′ north of the -moon. Of the four satellites, or moons, revolving around Jupiter, three -are so near as to be eclipsed by him at each revolution. Roemer, a Danish -astronomer, observed, however, that when the earth and Jupiter were on -opposite sides of the sun, these eclipses occurred, as he estimated, -about twenty-two minutes later than the time predicted by the tables. As -the earth in this position was some one hundred and eighty-six millions -of miles farther away from Jupiter than when Jupiter and the earth were -on the same side of the sun, the discovery was made that the discrepancy -in time was occasioned by the fact that light must have time to travel; -and later and more accurate investigations afford us the truth that it -takes light sixteen minutes and forty seconds to cross the earth’s orbit, -or eight minutes and twenty seconds to come from the sun to the earth; -and hence, that it travels about 180,000 miles per second. These eclipses -occur frequently every month, and can be observed with telescopes of -quite moderate power. - - -SATURN. - -This planet will be evening star throughout the month, setting as -follows: On the 2d, at 2:28 a. m.; on the 16th, at 1:33 a. m.; and on the -29th, at 12:41 a. m. Its direct motion amounts to 41′ 32.1″ of arc. On -the 3d, at 9 a. m., it is stationary. On the 5th, at 7:34 a. m., 1° 18′ -north of the moon. On the 22d, at noon, it is “quartile,” being 90° east -of the sun. It can be found near the _Hyades_, a little north, at any -time this month. Its diameter decreases from 18″ on the 1st, to 17.2″ on -the 29th. - - -URANUS - -Makes a retrograde motion of 55′ 47.1″, and retains the same diameter, -namely, 3.8″. It will be morning star, rising however, early enough to -be viewed in the evening. For example, on the 1st, at 9:00 p. m.; on -the 15th, at 8:02 p. m.; and on the 29th, at 7:04 p. m. It will set as -follows: On the 2d, at 9:10 a. m.; on the 16th, at 8:14 a. m.; and on the -29th, at 7:18 a. m. On the 13th, at 7:44 p. m., it will be 3° 18′ north -of the moon. On the 29th can be found nearly on a line between _Beta_ and -_Eta_ in the constellation _Virgo_, and from _Beta_ about one-third of -the distance between these two stars. - - -NEPTUNE - -Will be evening star during the month, rising on the 1st at 11:24 in the -forenoon, and setting next morning at 1:14; on the 15th, rising at 10:29 -a. m., and setting on the 16th at 12:19 a. m.; and on the 29th, rising at -9:35 a. m., and setting at 11:25 the same evening. Its diameter is 2.6″. -Motion direct, amounting to 16′ 56″ of arc. On the 4th, at 6:33 a. m., -is 11′ north of the moon; and on the 7th, at 9 a. m., is 90° east of the -sun. Rises about forty-eight minutes earlier than Saturn. - - * * * * * - -Whoever wishes to perform something noble, if he would produce some great -work, collects quietly and perseveringly the mightiest powers into the -smallest space.—_Schiller._ - - - - -THE SEA AS AN AQUARIUM. - -A lecture delivered at the Monterey Assembly, Pacific Grove Retreat, -California, 1883. - -By C. C. ANDERSON, M.D. - - -I. - -It is said of Milton that in two short lines of poetry he made four -mistakes in Natural History. He said of a whale: - - “At his gills takes in, - And at his trunk lets out a sea.” - -Now, in the first place, the whale has no gills; second, he takes in -air instead of water; third, he throws out expired air; fourth, the -water “spouted” is thrown up by the force of expiration, not out of the -animal’s body, but water that may lie between the “blow-hole” and the -surface of the sea. - -I am not so sure but Milton made more than four mistakes in these -lines. For whoever starts out on a wrong premise will follow a line of -mistakes continually. Nevertheless, mistakes attentively observed may be -profitable. We learn by mistakes. Unsuccessful experiments are mistakes -of a kind—something wrong in the formula. The first aquarium I tried to -start I made more mistakes than Milton made in his two lines. I made -mistakes the second trial, and the third, and a dozen more times. And -when I have succeeded in some instances, it was by accident, and to-day -I can not tell why I sometimes failed, or why I sometimes succeeded. I -have the consolation, however, of company in this respect. One of the -most successful managers of aquaria says that he would give very much if -he knew how to grow some of the higher marine algæ as one grows plants in -a garden. Occasionally he has succeeded, but he confesses it was not by -skill, but by chance. - -I propose, therefore, that for a little while we consider the sea as an -aquarium—a place adapted to the growth of animals and plants. Our subject -is somewhat large, I must confess, but if we can see and understand how -these things live and grow in the ocean we must be able to grow them in -our parks, and possibly in our houses. For what Nature does on a grand -scale may also be done in a small way; and principles that govern the -successful growth of plants and animals in a bottle of sea water must be -the same that govern the fauna and flora of the Pacific Ocean. - -In order then to study and understand these things it will not be -entirely necessary to make a trip to the equator, to the poles, or to -travel around the world. - -It has been a favorite theory with Henry D. Thoreau and John Burroughs, -those genial and poetical lovers and observers of nature, that we need -not rove all over the earth, as is the custom of many, to see this -curiosity or that, or to observe nature in her secret recesses, but that -we only have to sit down in the woods or by the sea-shore, and everything -of interest will come round to us. The little town of Concord was a whole -world in miniature to Thoreau. Everything worth finding could be found -there. And so to John Burroughs, is the juniper forest of the Hudson, a -show case, with the whole world inside. “Nature,” he says, “comes home -to one most when he is at home; the stranger and traveler finds her a -stranger and a traveler also.” - -I think we may infer from this theory of our charming philosophers rather -a poetical interpretation. They would urge a careful observation and -study of phenomena in and near the places where we live, rather than -gadding up and down the earth in search of novelties. If we familiarize -ourselves with every day common objects and events of plants, animals, -and other operations in nature, we shall then always be at home when -nature calls, whether on one side or the other of the world. - -I have heard of a good old lady who, when nearing the end of her earthly -existence, said she did not mind the dying if she could only breathe. -Now this goodly person had doubtless spent all the years of her life -without observing the fact that every plant or animal however small or -simple in structure must have, if nothing else, the organs for breathing, -and when that function is suspended or destroyed, life ceases. The -respiratory organs may be reduced to a single cell, wall, or membrane. -The forms of these organs, however, are exceedingly variable, elaborate, -and sometimes complicated. - -In the sea, plants and animals have a compensatory relation to each -other. The plant exhales oxygen and the animal exhales carbon. That is to -say, the carbonic acid which is mixed mechanically with the water coming -in contact with the cell, wall, or membrane, covering the plant, the atom -of carbon is appropriated, freeing the two atoms of oxygen, which in turn -are appropriated by the animal. - -Not only is this process of breathing compensatory and reciprocative—an -interchange of commodities—the plant giving two atoms of oxygen for one -of carbon, and the animal bringing its single but equally valuable atom -of carbon for two atoms of oxygen, but without this interchange, neither -could plant or animal live, and our world of life would become as dead as -the moon is supposed to be. - -The process of breathing is so common that we seldom think about it, -unless there is an interference in some way. Each one of us sitting -quietly in this room would breathe about 1000 times in an hour, requiring -over 100 gallons of air to sustain the proper supply of oxygen for the -blood. During this time we have taken from the air a certain amount -of oxygen and have returned to it an equal amount of something else, -which we call carbon oxide, or carbonic acid gas. The oxygen has burned -the effete material which is cast out of the blood in the process of -breathing, and it is returned to the atmosphere as a kind of coal. The -fundamental principle is the same in animals that breathe water as those -that breathe air, only the apparatus is different. Animals that breathe -water have a fine capillary network of blood-vessels spread out on gills, -branchia or projections arranged so that the water shall pass rapidly -over them, and thus the carbon is carried away and the oxygen taken into -the circulation. - -Animals that breathe air through lungs have little air cells, so very -small that a human lung is said to contain 600 millions of them; and -these lie in contact with the capillary circulation of the lung which -receives the oxygen and gives out the carbon. Some air-breathers have no -lungs, but merely spiracles or minute holes in the body through which the -air enters, coming in contact with the circulation. - -In all cases, whatever the form, size, or character of the animal -the object is to bring the air in contact with the circulation that -oxygen may be received in exchange for the burnt material—the carbon -oxide—which, when once formed, is poisonous, and must be expelled from -the animal. - -Now if we look over the earth we shall find immense deposits of coal. -Here in the United States we have nearly 200,000 square miles of coal -deposits. In other countries there is a like proportion of these carbon -deposits, such as petroleum, bitumen, and paraffine. Then there are great -forests and other vegetable growth. These have stored up the carbon -set free by the animal, and have kept the air comparatively free from -carbonic acid gas, which but for the vegetables would in a little while -have rendered our atmosphere unfit for animal use. What is true of the -air in this respect is also true of the sea. - -Thus it comes about that by the process of breathing, principally, we -have the immense coal fields, the wide spread forests, and the herbage -that covers almost the entire globe. For in the air and the water -there exist the germs of animal and vegetable life so profusely, so -universally, that the proper conditions of heat and light will develop -contemporaneously, both the organic kingdoms. If we should take ten -drops of water from the middle of the Pacific Ocean, near the surface, -and add them to a small tube, say two ounces, of water that had been -deprived of life by boiling, and kept sealed for a number of years, and -place the tube in favorable conditions, we should in a few days see a -little universe spring, as it were, into existence. There might not be a -great variety of forms, but who can say that there might not be enough to -populate or re-populate some world just entering into the conditions of -such life as our earth contains, or some other world that had suffered a -reverse, or cataclysm, by which all life was destroyed. - -Mr. Lloyd, Superintendent of the Birmingham Aquarium, says he kept for -eight years a bottle of sea water, well corked and covered with paper, -and that when he opened it the water was perfectly clear, free from -smell, and of the same appearance as when taken from the sea. But when -exposed for eight days to light in a window an abundance of microscopic -plants and animals began to grow, and soon covered the sides of the -bottle, and darted about in the fluid. - -Having occasion some ten months ago to use some sea-water, I brought -to my house a demijohn full and placed it on the north side where the -sun seldom shines, and where it is nearly always cool; although the -temperature sometimes goes as high as 75° and 80° Fahrenheit in the -afternoons. There was no particular effort to exclude light and air; the -cork fitted loosely, and the wicker work was not unusually close. And -yet, whenever I have examined this water it is clear and free from smell, -and there are no plants or animals growing in it. But by exposure of a -small quantity to the light and warmth of a window, these have rapidly -developed. It is a fact, then, easily demonstrated in our own rooms and -houses, that by excluding light from water and keeping it in a cool place -we can arrest the growth of organisms. This is the case with springs. -The microscope fails to discover germs in spring water until it has been -exposed to the light for some time. - -Acting on hints of this kind, Mr. Lloyd has constructed aquaria with two -reservoirs—one in a dark, cool place, quite large—the other in a light -and warm place, favorable to the growth of plants and animals. By means -of pipes these two reservoirs are connected so that a circulation can -be set up between the light and dark portions. A pump may be used to -force the water from the dark reservoir into the other, using vulcanite -or rubber of some kind for sea water, instead of such oxidizable metals -as brass, tin, lead, etc. The most convenient temperature is about 60° -Fahrenheit. - -Thus, by exchanging the waters of these two reservoirs, as occasion -requires, we shall be able to regulate an aquarium so as to keep many -kinds of plants and animals in a healthy, growing condition. - -The best aquaria are those where the water is never changed, but ever -circulated in the manner I have indicated. Water that has once been made -clear and good, and maintained plants and animals, is better than any -water newly brought from the sea. It must be remembered that evaporation -takes place from the surface of an aquarium more or less according to the -heat and dryness of the air. At a temperature of 60° in an ordinary dry -air, such as occurs some miles inland, the evaporation from a surface of -water six inches square would be about three drops in twenty-four hours. -Some very warm, dry days it would be two or three times that much. This -waste must be made up by adding occasionally some distilled water. - -An aquarium must be kept free of decaying matter. If once formed the -sooner it is got rid of the better, for it will poison all creatures that -come within its influence. The larger the dark reservoir the better. It -can not be too large, but should be not less than four or five times -larger than the reservoir in which the plants and animals are kept. -Any dead matter then will quickly be burned at a low temperature—for -oxygenation by means of the dark reservoir means no more nor less than -the burning up of the effete and decaying particles thrown off by plants -and animals. - -It might be profitable for me to tell now how I didn’t succeed with the -first aquarium I undertook. - -It was a fine, large structure, capable of holding some twenty gallons. -The sea water was procured, and at low tide a friend went with me to -help carry an assortment of plants and animals. We had read a good deal -about the compensatory properties of these two kingdoms; how the plants -exhale oxygen and inhale carbon, and how the animals inhale oxygen and -exhale carbon, and thus preserve the equilibrium and the purity of the -water. Well, we had good luck in searching tide-pools, and the turning -over of rocks; and we returned loaded with snails, crabs, sea-anemones, -sea-urchins, clams, abelones, date fish, real fish, sea worms (with -beautiful red branchia), and sea weeds, an extensive variety of red, -green and brown, only one or two of which would grow, as I have since -learned, even in the most successful aquarium yet known. There are many -other things that I have forgotten. We had rock-work and sand, and -pebbles of beautiful colors, and a great many _iridea_, a rainbow-colored -sea weed. We intended to imitate one of the beautiful tide-pools we had -seen, and astonish our friends with a little bit of the sea, snatched up -and transported to our quiet room, away from the fog and wind and chill -of the ocean shore. We would willingly have brought the tide and some -waves, if they could have been dwarfed to the dimensions of our tank. -With these and a few other things we might have succeeded, and kept our -aquarium as long as Robert Warrington kept his in London, with unchanged -water, during a period of eighteen years. - -But in eighteen hours our animals were all dead or dying; and although -the plants were in proportion—that is, we had an equilibrium—they were -almost equally in as bad a condition as the animals. First the water -began to turn cloudy. We looked at our books for light, but they were -equally obscure. Then we perceived a smell, somewhat like canned oysters, -and this smell grew till it permeated the whole house. We suspected -something wrong, so we emptied the aquarium, filtered the water, threw -away the decaying matter, and put the things in again. But the “muddy -vesture of decay” had covered the stones and entered the crevices, and -in a few hours more we had to cast the contents away. The fact is, as I -have learned since, we had a large number of bruised, broken and bleeding -organisms from the handling in transfer, that the whole ocean’s waters -could not save or heal, much less the little tank of twenty gallons. -There were no waves to carry away the dead matter, no oxygen in the water -to burn it, so it had to be breathed over and over again until the blood -was poisoned and the animal died, because it could breathe such water no -longer. And the plants began to fade and decay because their blood was -also poisoned. - -Now let us turn and consider for a moment Nature’s aquarium—the sea. It -covers two-thirds of the earth’s surface, and it has been explored to -the depth of eight miles at places, without finding bottom. The average -depth, however, is about 2½ miles. All this immense mass of salt water -is inhabited with a fauna and flora in a state of nature. That is, the -hand of man has done nothing in the way of taming or cultivating them. -They are absolutely wild, whilst a large part of the earth is subject -to man’s dominion, and he was commanded to subdue it. The herbs and the -trees of the field “shall be for meat,” and his “dominion over the fish -of the sea, and over the fowl of the air,” pronounced at creation, is, as -yet, but partially accomplished. The sea and the air remain as mysteries -unsolved, and as powers unconquered. The cyclone and the tidal wave are -evidences of the untamableness of these elements. “He bindeth up the -waters in thick clouds, and the cloud is not rent under them,” was the -language of some thirty-five centuries ago, and it is equally as true and -expressive to-day. - -Although the sea is inhabited at all depths, according to the best -knowledge we have at present much the largest part lies beyond daylight. -Light only penetrates a few fathoms—all below is darkness. This is the -great, deep, cool reservoir from which the upper strata is constantly -renewed by a circulation about which we, as yet, know but little. How -is this circulation kept up? Who has charge of “the doors of the sea?” -Who has “entered into the springs of the sea,” or “walked in search of -the depth?” We have some knowledge in regard to these questions. The -investigations of such men as Edward Forbes, Sir William Thompson, Dr. -Wm. B. Carpenter, Lieut. M. F. Maury, Darwin, Kane, and a host of other -scientific explorers equally as wise and industrious, have solved many -mysteries in regard to the great ocean of salt water, and that lighter -ocean of air that surrounds the earth. - -Many years ago Maury wrote some striking and impressive sentences in his -“Physical Geography of Sea,” such as the following: - -“Our planet is invested with two great oceans; one visible, the other -invisible; one underfoot, the other overhead; one entirely envelops it, -the other covers about two-thirds of its surface. All the water of the -one weighs about four hundred times as much as all the air of the other.” - -Then again in reference to the Gulf Stream he says: “There is a river -in the ocean; in the severest droughts it never fails; in the mightiest -floods it never overflows; its banks and its bottom are of cold water, -while its current is of warm. The Gulf of Mexico is its fountain, and -its mouth is in the Arctic Seas. Its current is more rapid than the -Mississippi or the Amazon, and its volume more than a thousand times -greater. Its waters are of an indigo blue. They are so distinctly marked -that their line of junction with the common sea water may be traced by -the eye. Often one-half of the vessel may be perceived floating in Gulf -Stream water, while the other half is in common water of the sea, so -sharp is the line and such the want of affinity between those waters, and -such, too, the reluctance, so to speak, on the part of those of the Gulf -Stream to mingle with the littoral waters of the sea.” - -We have all read and doubtless thought a great deal about this wonderful -stream; how England and the shores of the continent are warmed by -this water. But there are other streams equally important, if not so -distinctly marked. Every ocean and sea has its current or currents. As -the waters are warmed by the rays of the sun, they expand and flow away. -But these streams are not very deep, and the Gulf Stream is shallow -compared with the dark, cold current that moves below it, but in an -opposite direction. - - [To be continued.] - - - - -SPECULATION IN BUSINESS. - -By JONATHAN. - - -As a commercial term the word which heads this article stands for one -of the marked tendencies of the times. Speculation is not a new thing. -Words in the book of Proverbs suggest that the practice may have been -rife twenty-five hundred years ago. “He that maketh haste to be rich -shall not be innocent,” said the wise king; and it was his testimony -that, even then, there was “nothing new under the sun.” But it is safe -to say that seldom in history has a spirit of speculation so potent and -wide-spread appeared among a people as in our own land in recent years. -We often advert to a period in France. It was when John Law deluded -himself, was deluding the people with his gigantic financial schemes. -The “Mississippi Bubble” arose before the eyes of men, a fascinating -thing, and grew larger and larger. Then everybody seemed seized with the -fever of speculation. In 1719 it reached its height. All France was in -a ferment, and every one bent on getting speedily rich. From all parts -of the kingdom, and from other countries, people crowded into Paris to -speculate in the enterprises of Law, who was the idol of the populace, -with more than regal power. The disastrous results to the French nation -flowing from the popular mania of that day are a matter of history, whose -lessons may be pondered. Our country has seen no epoch which could match -that in France of over a century and a half ago. There has been here no -equal national convulsion resulting from the same cause. But the spirit -of speculation to-day is in the air all over the land. We have seen it -grow and widen; we have seen communities agitated by it, and suffering -from its work; we have seen operations of a speculative nature carried -on by our bold and skillful men of affairs, whose magnitude would have -astounded the fathers; and mischievous consequences of speculation we -have seen which were felt in every part of our country. Bishop Butler’s -idea that insanity is not only an affliction of individuals, but likewise -at times of communities, has abundance of historical facts to stand upon. -It is hardly exaggeration to say there have been times when certain of -our communities were beside themselves with the mania of speculation. -The time was, and not very long ago, when a millionaire in America was -almost unknown; now men with a million of money are common enough, and -those with their hundred millions are likely soon to be so. These great -fortunes, we understand, were acquired for the most part by fortunate -speculation. This new western world has presented such a field for -speculation as was never known elsewhere, and of the multitudes who have -entered it, some have had success. - -The word speculation is a broad one, and covers an immense class of -transactions. It may do, for a general definition, to say that it means -the risking of money with the hope of gain. The element of contingency -enters into all veritable speculation. The speculator assumes a risk; -he makes a venture; he takes a chance. He may be entirely confident of -gaining, but there is a possibility of his losing. The man who buys a -piece of real estate, or any commodity, expecting that it will rise in -value and he will make money by selling at a higher figure, speculates. -The man who invests money in some undeveloped enterprise, believing it -will prove a “bonanza,” speculates. The man who, in our stock and produce -exchanges, deals in “futures,” and “options,” and “margins,” calculating -upon a contingent rise or fall in the market to return him the amount of -his venture increased, speculates. The man who risks his money in “pools” -at the horse race or rowing match, hoping to double it, the man who tries -his luck on the gaming table, hoping to win, speculates. In making this -classification, however, the writer would not, of course, be understood -as making these different transactions named in a moral point of view -the same. Distinctions will presently be made which it is hoped to the -reader’s mind will be clear. - -The great arena of operations in the line of speculation in our land is -found in the Exchanges and Boards of Trade of the cities. These have -become numerous, and of various kinds, and the growth of some of them -has been prodigious. We now have stock exchanges and produce exchanges, -cotton exchanges and oil exchanges and coffee exchanges. Thirty years -ago the Chicago Board of Trade was just making a beginning, and feeble -enough it was at the start. It is now by far the greatest exchange for -produce in the world, and in the year 1882 not less than three billion -dollars’ worth of business was here transacted. A seat in the New York -Stock Exchange costs thirty thousand dollars; and it has been shown that -the yearly transactions of this wonderful mart, represented in dollars -and cents, are but little less than three times “the taxable valuation -of all the personal property in the United States.” Our exchanges have -become marts of speculation. The business now done in them, aside from -that which falls properly into the speculative class, is inconsiderable. -They are not, simply or chiefly, places to which producers bring their -products for sale, and where men buy commodities, and sell at a fixed -advance, which pays for the trouble of handling them. For the most part, -those who trade here buy and sell calculating upon a rise or fall in -the market which shall yield them a gain. Their gain is a contingent -matter; they run the risk of a loss. This is speculation. It is a fact -well understood that, in by far the greater part of the transactions in -our exchanges, there is no veritable buying and selling of merchandise, -the buyer paying the price demanded and receiving his purchase. The -buyer neither pays for nor receives his purchase. His purchase is not -a purchase. With a hundred or two dollars he buys merchandise to the -value of thousands. The fact is, he pays, not for the commodity, but for -a chance to make money from a rise in the price of the same; and his -money goes to insure the one through whom he operates against loss from -fluctuations in the market. On the other hand, the sale of the seller -is not a sale. He sells what he has never seen and never bought. It -is a chance he sells; and if fortune has favored him, he receives the -difference between the price of the commodity at the time of buying and -the time of selling. This is speculation, and something more. To one who -had just come out of a Rip Van Winkle sleep and knew nothing of customs -which in recent years have come into being in our land, there are things -which would be decidedly puzzling. The present production of petroleum -is estimated at about sixty thousand barrels a day; but in the different -oil exchanges of the country nearly one hundred times this amount is -daily bought and sold. Our farmers all together produce only one-fifth -the number of bushels of grain per year as reported as changing hands -in the Chicago Board of Trade; and the hogs of trade here are easily -twice as many as the whole land affords. In the New York Stock Exchange -stocks and bonds are daily bought and sold more by a million dollars’ -worth than exist; and the statement has been made that “when the cotton -plantations of the South yielded less than six million bales, the crop on -the New York Cotton Exchange was more than thirty-two millions.” It was -from expressions in the speeches of General Butler upon finance that we -formed the phrase “fiat money;” and it would seem that fiat wheat, and -fiat pork, and fiat cotton, and fiat stocks, and fiat oil abound in the -exchanges of our cities. - -It may be well, for the sake of the uninitiated, to attempt an -explanation of certain terms in common use in connection with modern -speculation. A man is “long on the market”—signifies that his buying -has been in excess of his selling. He has oil, or grain, or whatever -the article of merchandise may be, on hand—though perhaps not in fact; -he has bought more than he has sold. A man “sells short”—means that -he sells more than he has bought; he has an amount of merchandise to -deliver in excess of what he has purchased. The trading in “options” has -played an important part in the transactions of our exchanges. “Options” -are of two kinds; buyers’ options and sellers’ options. In the case of -the former, a man engages to take at a stipulated price merchandise to -a certain amount, within a specified time; while the seller’s option -binds one to deliver merchandise as aforesaid. The term “futures” in -significance is not essentially different from “options.” “Puts” and -“calls” are speculative terms which have become very familiar. A person -thinks there is to be a decline in the market. He pays to another a -sum agreed upon for the privilege of “putting” so much of an article -in trade, or disposing of it to him at a price named, within a certain -time—a privilege he may, or may not use, as he sees fit. Or, he believes -the market will advance; and he pays for the privilege of “calling” or -taking so much merchandise, as aforesaid. Buying and selling “on margins” -is very common. In some exchanges the most of the business done is of -this class. The method is easily understood. A man wishes to buy for -speculation, a thousand barrels of oil. He pays into his broker’s hands a -hundred dollars, more or less, and the broker buys the oil. The hundred -dollars is a “margin.” The phrase of trade is “putting up margins.” -The margin is the broker’s security. In case the market falls, and the -oil remains on his hands, it secures him from loss. So much for the -vocabulary and methods of speculation. - -But there is an aspect of this large question which must not be -passed by. What is to be said of speculation regarded from a moral -point of view? Unquestionably there is such a thing as legitimate -speculation—speculation which is not to be condemned as morally wrong. -The man who invests money in some commodity, paying for and receiving -it, with the hope that he will be the gainer from its rise in value, it -is right to call a speculator, but not right to call an immoral one. -But there is another kind of speculation. A careful consideration of -some of the practices set forth in this article should convince the -candid that, though there are many good men engaged in them, they can -hardly be justified in the light of the moral law. With regard to the -character of gambling there is no controversy. Every one admits its -immorality. And gambling is a broad genus; its species are many. This -excellent definition has been given of it: “The art or practice of -playing a game of hazard, or one depending partly on skill and partly on -hazard, with a view, more or less exclusive, to a pecuniary gain.” The -old Romans prohibited gambling, not on account of its immoral character -and influence, but because its tendency was to render the people too -effeminate; and for the same cause at first, laws against gambling were -enacted in Great Britain. But in our own land the law forbids gambling of -various forms because it is felt to be a vice, wrong and demoralizing. -We have laws against lotteries and against betting. These, and other -practices, are generally recognized as species of this vice. But our -courts have decided that other things come under the same head, as to -whose character there is not the same general consent. By judicial -decision the person who takes a chance in a “grab-bag” at a church fair -gambles; and in a most unequivocal manner, in the courts of different -states, the opinion has been given that certain popular forms of -speculation are gambling. Our judges have repeatedly said that those who -speculate on “margins,” or trade in “options,” and have to do with “puts” -and “calls,” gamble; and it is difficult to see how the decision can be -gainsaid. Some people may be able easily to see that buying and selling -“on margins” is not playing a game of chance for money; that taking an -“option” is not like buying a ticket in a lottery; and that the method -known as “puts and calls” is not very much the same as betting; but there -are many thinking people who have not the ability. - -Just an allusion may be made to a practice of modern speculation, of -which some one has forcibly and truthfully spoken as “exaggerated -gambling.” It is what is known as “cornering the market.” Speculators -by forming a combination gain a control of the market, and force it up -and down to serve their own interests. In this way immense fortunes -have been made. The writer’s limits do not allow of his entering into a -discussion of the methods employed. Heartless, cruel, wicked, are mild -terms to apply to this “exaggerated gambling.” It is true that, by this -cornering of the market, men are “squeezed” and fleeced and ruined who -are not themselves scrupulous as to their methods; but the effects of -the pernicious practice often do not stop with these men. Great corners -in grain markets, by raising the price of bread-stuffs, have resulted -in untold suffering among the poor, and affected in a most unhappy way -the whole country. In 1879 there were two famous corners which will not -soon be forgotten, a corner in wheat, and the “Armour pork corner.” As a -result of these, the price of pork was more than doubled, flour advanced -two dollars a barrel, and there was a general decided rise in value of -the necessaries of life. Millions of money were made, but the loss to the -country was immense, and the suffering occasioned incalculable. It was -estimated, in a report made to a state legislature, that the syndicate -which manipulated the wheat corner was the occasion of a loss to the -public in different ways of not less than three hundred millions. As yet -there is no punishment by the law of the enormity of which these cases -are illustrations. - -A final word can hardly be omitted with regard to the effects of -speculation in general upon those engaged in it, and upon communities -where the spirit is rife. Even those who are so hardened that they are -unable to see that certain peculiar forms of it are immoral and wrong, as -is claimed, will hardly deny that speculation is a pursuit which is to be -censured on other grounds. The excitement of it is neither physically, -mentally, nor morally healthful. It has a fascination which is dangerous; -to break away from it comes to be like the Ethiopian’s changing his skin, -or the leopard’s his spots. The cases are sadly frequent where it unfits -one for the enjoyment of home, the pleasures of society, the duties -of the citizen and the Christian. And in a multitude of cases it has -brought those absorbed in it to the mad-house and to an untimely grave. -The judgment of the candid and reflective must be that “making haste -to be rich,” even by ways confessedly proper, is not best. Moreover, -terms too strong can hardly be used in speaking of the harmful effects -upon a community of a spirit of speculation filling the air. There is -seen a feverish condition of things which is not well. Regular business -is neglected; duties are passed by; the action of others is blindly -and rashly followed. And it is always the case that, sooner or later, -to by far the greater number who give way to the spirit and embark in -the glittering speculative schemes, there comes disaster. Communities -could easily be pointed out in whose condition of prosperity strikingly -reversed one might read: “The demon of speculation hath done this.” - - - - -WINE AND WATER. - -By BENJAMIN W. RICHARDSON, M.D. - - -What has science said and what is she saying in more modern times on the -question of fact in relation to strong drink and its effect on the world -of life? Let us take some of her more salient teachings first. - -In the year 1725 she spoke to the government of this country, stating -that “the fatal effect of the frequent use of several sorts of distilled -spirituous liquors upon great numbers of both sexes is to render them -diseased, not fit for business, poor, a burthen to themselves and -neighbors, and too often the cause of weak, feeble, and distempered -children, who must be, instead of an advantage and strength, a charge -to their country.” Twenty-nine years later, she spoke again through -the mouth of one of her most approved servants, the first inventor of -ventilators, Dr. Stephen Hales. Through this illustrious philosopher she -explained that strong liquors, though called spirituous, are so far from -refreshing and recruiting the spirits, that, on the contrary, they do, in -reality, depress and sink them, and extinguish the natural warmth of the -blood. - -You will see from these evidences, which could be largely multiplied, -that long ago science spoke strongly by her best speakers on matters of -fact relating to the use of strong drinks. You will note, moreover, that -her utterances in that respect are very urgent against strong drinks. At -the same time you will with fairness reply, “All that is true; but the -argument is so far against excessive use.” We all admit that argument; -doctors admit that universally; statesmen admit it; statisticians prove -that; clergymen who are not abstainers express that; nay, the very -sellers of strong drinks, the gentlemen who sell wholesale, and the -publicans who dispense for the gentlemen, they, too, admit the solemn, -unanswerable truth, that strong drink kills. We therefore need no sphinx -to inform us of what is universally admitted. This, however, we do want -to know. We desire to be informed what is to be said by science on the -moderate use of these agents. Let abuse of them go to the wall; let use -stand forth alone, and let us hear what place this strong drink holds in -relation to man and animals—what place it holds in nature—what good it is -for man—what bad, when it is used in moderation. Let us have the for and -against. - -The request is justice itself. There can be no objection whatever to put -the answer of science to the “for” as well as the “against.” - -Let us begin by looking at the interpretations of science in her latest -teachings as to the nature of strong drinks. On this point all are now -agreed who speak scientifically. For many ages wine was looked upon as a -distinct drink, as a something apart altogether from water. Strong wine -will take fire; water will quench fire. Wine has a color and sparkles in -the glass; water is colorless and clear as crystal. Wine has taste and -flavor and odor; water is tasteless and odorless. Wine is the blood of -the grape, and in some respects seems akin to the blood of man; water is -of all things least like blood. Wine when drunken makes the face flush, -the eyes sparkle, the heart leap, the pulses sharp, the veins full; -water when drunken does none of these acts, and seems to do nothing but -respond to the natural wish for drink. Wine makes the lips and tongue -parched and dry, the drinker athirst; water keeps the lips and tongue -and stomach moist, and quenches the thirst of the drinker. Wine when it -is taken, sets all the passions aglow and dulls the reason; bids men -enjoy and reason not; water creates no stir of passion, and leaves the -reason free. Wine makes for itself a first and second and third and -fourth claim on the drinker, so that the more of it he takes the more of -it he desires; it is overwhelming in the warmth of its friendship; water -sates the drinker after one draught; makes no further claim on him than -is just consistent with its duty; leads him never to take more and more; -and has no seeming warmth in its friendship. Wine multiplies itself into -many forms, which appear to be distinct; it is new, it is old; it is -sweet, it is sour; it is sharp, it is soft; it is sparkling, it is still; -water is ever the same. Wine must be petted and cherished, stored up in -special skins and special caves, styled by particular names, praised -under special titles, and heartily liked or disliked, like a child of -passion; water, pshaw! it is everywhere; it has one name, no more; it -has one quality; it hurries away out of the earth by brooks and rivulets -and rivers into the all-absorbing sea, where it is undrinkable; or it -pours down from the clouds as if the gods were tired of it; it is no -child of passion! Let the cattle, and the dogs, and the wild beasts alone -drink water. Let the man have the overpowering drink, the blood of the -grape—wine! - -Alas! for this poetic dream. Science, poetic, too, in her way, but -passionless, destroys in those crucibles of hers, which men call -laboratories, this flimsy dream. There she tells that, when one or two -disguises are removed, even blood is water; as to wine, that is mere -dirty water—sixteen bottles or cups or any other equal measures of water, -pure and simple, from the clouds and earth, to one poor bottle or cup of -a burning, fiery fluid which has been called ardent spirit, or spirit of -wine, or alcohol, with some little coloring matter, in certain cases a -little acid, in other cases a little sugar, and in still other cases a -little cinder stuff. - -It is a pitiful fall, but it is such, and science not only declares it, -but proves it so to be. A pitiful let-down, that men throughout all -ages who have called themselves wine-drinkers have been water-drinkers -after all; that men who have called themselves wine merchants have been -water merchants; that men who have bought, and still buy, wines at -fabulous prices have been buying, and still are buying, water. A dozen of -champagne, bought at a cost of five pounds ten shillings, very choice—I -am speaking by the book—consisted, when it was all measured out, of -three hundred ounces, or fifteen pints of fluid, of which fluid thirteen -pints and a half were pure water, the rest ardent spirit, with a little -carbonic acid, some coloring matter like burnt sugar, a light flavoring -ether in almost infinitesimal proportion, or a trace of cinder stuff. -Science, looking on dispassionately, records merely the facts. If she -thinks that five pounds ten shillings was a heavy sum to pay for thirteen -pints and a half of water and one pint and a half of spirit, she says -nothing; she leaves that to the men and women of sentiment and passionate -feeling, buyers and sellers and drinkers all round. - - - - -EIGHT CENTURIES WITH WALTER SCOTT. - -By WALLACE BRUCE. - - -Twenty-eight years have passed since the battle of Bosworth, where the -bitter struggle between the Houses of York and Lancaster ceased with -the defeat and death of Richard the Third. We now come to the three -best-known poems of Sir Walter, viz.: “Marmion,” “The Lay of the Last -Minstrel,” and the “Lady of the Lake,” all grouped together in their -relation to history between the years 1513 and 1560. - -It is beyond the scope and purpose of our plan to consider the beauties, -defects or literary characteristics of these poems. We are constrained to -consider them merely as links in the great historic chain. It may occur -to the reader that they have less to do with actual history than the -novels which we have considered; but, as the clear Scottish Lakes framed -in rugged mountains, reflect every outline of rock, forest and shrub, -so these poems framed and set in solid historic facts, reflect clearly -the minutest features of the social feudal life in the reigns of James -the Fourth and James the Fifth of Scotland. It is in fact the peculiar -province of poetry, in all ages, to preserve the domestic habits and -every-day happenings of the people. It would not be rash to assert that -the real life of England and Scotland is better revealed in their ballads -and poems than in their chronicles and histories. - -“Marmion” opens about the commencement of August, and concludes with the -battle of Flodden, the 9th of September, 1513. It will be remembered that -Henry the Eighth, at this time, was on the English throne. He sailed -to France in July with a gallant army, where he formed the siege of -Terouenne. During his absence the Scottish King, James the Fourth, urged -by the French Queen, gathered an army to invade the north of England. -He was distinguished for his romantic chivalry, and when the beautiful -Princess of France called him her knight, sent a ring from her own -finger, and requested him “to ride three miles on English ground for -her sake,” the gallant king thought that he could not in honor decline -the request. His fantastical spirit led to his ruin. He met the English -forces at Flodden under the Earl of Surrey, and the Scottish forces were -defeated. It was one of the bravest and fiercest struggles recorded in -Scottish or English history. The battle commenced about four o’clock in -the afternoon and when night came it was still undecided. The Scottish -center kept its ground, and the King fought hand to hand with a bravery -and courage worthy of a better cause. The English lost five thousand, -and the Scotch ten thousand of their bravest soldiers. During the night -the Scottish army drew off in silent despair, when they knew that their -King and bravest nobles lay dead upon the field. Or as Scott poetically -expresses it: - - “Their king, their lords, their mightiest low, - They melted from the field, as snow, - When streams are swollen and south winds blow, - Dissolves in silent dew. - Tweed’s echoes heard the ceaseless plash, - While many a broken band, - Disordered, through her currents dash, - To gain the Scottish land: - To town and tower, to down and dale, - To tell red Flodden’s dismal tale. - Tradition, legend, tune and song, - Shall many an age that wail prolong; - Still from the sire the son shall hear - Of the stern strife, and carnage drear, - Of Flodden’s fatal field, - Where shivered was fair Scotland’s spear, - And broken was her shield!” - -In the description of this battle Scott is true to the minutest points of -history, and throughout the entire poem we breathe the atmosphere of the -feudal ages. His sketch of James the Fourth at Holyrood is a contribution -to historical portraiture. His words seem like side-lights thrown upon -the king’s character, until the chivalry and weakness of the man are -presented in living embodiment. - - “Old Holyrood rung merrily - That night with wassail, mirth and glee; - King James within her princely bower - Feasted the chiefs of Scotland’s power; - This feast outshone his banquets past; - It was his blithest—and his last.” - -The night of revelry in Edinburgh, preceding the direful battle, may -have suggested to Byron the grand poetic description of the “beauty and -chivalry” convened in Belgium’s capital the night before the battle of -Waterloo. The tradition to which Scott alludes of the ghastly midnight -proclamation at the market cross of Edinburgh, summoning the king by -name, and many of his nobles and principal leaders, to appear before -the tribunal of Pluto within the space of forty days, found indeed sad -realization. The description of “Edinburgh after Flodden,” a poem by -Robert Aytoun, completes the picture, and, in lyrical power, is not an -unworthy postscript to the vigorous canto which finds its culmination in -the last words of the English knight: - - “When Stanley was the cry— - A light on Marmion’s visage spread, - And fired his glazing eye; - With dying hand, above his head, - He shook the fragment of his blade, - And shouted ‘Victory!— - Charge Chester, charge! On, Stanley, on!’ - Were the last words of Marmion.” - -“The Lay of the Last Minstrel” is related in time to the middle of the -sixteenth century; and the scene is laid in the border country of England -and Scotland. It is sometimes claimed that poetry is not so much the -outgrowth of monastic and studious seclusion as of stirring circumstances -which inflame the imagination. Whether this is true or not, the principle -finds proof in the border country of Scotland—a land of turmoil, poetry -and song. On the English side of the border were strong and stately -castles; on the Scottish side they were constructed for the most part on -a limited scale. A few fortresses, like those of Jedburgh and Roxburgh, -rivaled the Southron defences; but, after the usurpation of Edward the -First, the Scots no longer attempted to defend their borders by strong -places; they relied upon their own courage, and acted upon the familiar -words of Douglas, that “they preferred to hear the lark sing than the -mouse squeak.” In fact many of the strongest fortresses were torn down, -and utterly demolished, that the enemy might not obtain a footing in the -country. The south of Scotland was reduced to a waste desert. Even as -late as the invasion of Cromwell the borders were left in this desolate -condition. The Hall of Cessford, or of Branksome, was on the largest -scale of the border fortresses in Scotland, but could not be compared -with the baronial castles of the northern families of England. - -The poem opens with a description of the customs of Branksome Hall, how -nine and twenty knights, with as many attendant squires with belted sword -and spur on heel, - - “Quitted not their harness bright, - Neither by day nor yet by night; - They lay down to rest, - With corselet laced, - Pillowed on buckler cold and hard; - They carved at the meal - With gloves of steel, - And they drank the red wine through the helmet barred.” - -That verse is worth a volume of history in emphasizing the irregular -life of the time and place where every man’s charter was his sword. In -the description of William of Deloraine and the holy monk digging up the -grave of the wizard, Michael, Scott reveals the superstition of the times: - - “Slow moved the Monk to the broad flag-stone, - Which the bloody cross was traced upon; - He pointed to a secret nook; - An iron bar the warrior took; - And the Monk made a sign with his withered hand, - The grave’s huge portal to expand.” - -The adventure with the strange knight on his return, the gathering of the -clans by the beacon light, the English forces drawn up before the castle, -and the decision of the battle by the conflict of single champions, are -all true to the spirit of the times. Everything is so weird and wild -that even the dwarf, the book and magic charms do not seem entirely out -of place in the story. We must remember that it is a land of tradition—a -land aglow with the deeds of the Douglas and the Percy; and those -interested in the Border History will be well repaid by reading carefully -the notes accompanying the poem. It was a labor of love to the author, -for it relates intimately to the valley of the Tweed. Here and there -throughout the poem his enthusiasm breaks out for “the land of brown -heath and shaggy wood—land of the mountain and the flood.” It would seem -like sacrilege not to quote the familiar lines: - - “Breathes there the man, with soul so dead, - Who never to himself hath said, - This is my own, my native land!” - -It is no wonder that Scott struck the chords of the national heart in -this production, for it embodies so much of that unwritten history which -had an oracle at every fireside. - -As “Marmion” furnished us with a picture of James the Fourth, so the -“Lady of the Lake” gives us a portrait of his son James the Fifth. He is -said to have been handsome in person, and devoted to military exercises. -He inherited his father’s love for justice, “was well educated, and like -his ancestor, James the First, was a poet and musician.” His first care -on taking the government was to restore the border country, of which -we have just spoken, to something like order. He seized the principal -chieftains and imprisoned them. He executed Adam Scott, known as king of -the border, and John Armstrong, a free-booting chief, to whom the whole -border country paid tribute. He thoroughly subdued these warlike chiefs, -and it passed into a proverb, that “he made the rush bush keep the cow;” -or, in other words, that cattle might remain safely in the fields without -a guard. - -He proceeded in the same manner against the Highland chiefs, and reduced -the mountain country to a degree of quiet unknown for generations. Some -of his acts are pronounced cruel by historians, but, in those bitter -times, he was compelled to consider the welfare of the whole nation, and -was compelled to be cruel in order to be kind. - -James the Fifth also resembled his father in wandering, now and then, -about Scotland in the dress of a private person. Many pleasing incidents -are related of these royal visits in disguise, and the king in this -way readily discovered the actual sentiments and feeling of the common -people. Scott presents him in the “Lady of the Lake” in this character, -after a long chase through the Highlands, which leaves him alone in the -deep wilds of the Trosachs. His adventure in the disguise of Snowdoun’s -knight, or James-Fitz-James, is doubly interesting as it presents a -trait of the monarch’s character. The world likes true stories. It never -outgrows the question of the child: Did it really happen? This is one of -the marked features of these poems and romances. When we rise from the -reading of Scott’s works we have in our minds something more than a mere -story. We have not only the human qualities of love and friendship, but -also the characteristics and features of the times, or the presentation -of some well-known personage. The sketch of James-Fitz-James, from the -time when he meets Helen Douglas near the margin of the Lake to the -eventful day, when Snowdoun’s knight is revealed to her at Stirling -Castle as Scotland’s King, is the faithful delineation of a real -personage. He is not lifted into a realm of mere fancy, but everything is -real and substantial about him. He is conducted to the island home which -shelters the outlawed Douglas; around the walls hang trophies of the war -and chase; spears, broadswords and battle-axes garnish with rude tapestry -the sylvan hall; he sleeps upon the mountain heather, in the room - - “Where oft a hundred guests had lain, - And dreamed their mountain sports again.” - -There is another character in the poem drawn true to life; that of -the bold mountain chieftain Roderick Dhu, an outlawed, desperate man, -representative of the Gaelic leaders driven back into their mountain -fastnesses. In the harsh treatment which they received alike from kings -and nobles, they found ready excuse for depredation. Scott puts this idea -with great force in the lines of the Gaelic warrior: - - “Saxon, from yonder mountain high, - I marked thee send delighted eye - Far to the south and east, where lay, - Extended in succession gay, - Deep-waving fields and pastures green, - With gentle slopes and groves between;— - These fertile plains, that softened vale, - Were once the birthright of the Gael; - The stranger came with iron hand, - And from our fathers reft the land. - Where dwell we now? See, rudely swell - Crag over crag, and fell o’er fell. - Ask we this savage hill we tread - For fattened steer or household bread; - Ask we for flocks these shingles dry, - And well the mountains might reply, - ‘To you, as to your sires of yore, - Belong the target and claymore! - I give you shelter in my breast, - Your own good blades must win the rest.’ - Pent in this fortress of the north, - Think’st thou we will not sally forth, - To spoil the spoiler as we may, - And from the robber rend the prey? - Ay, by my soul! While on yon plain - The Saxon rears one shock of grain; - While, of ten thousand herds, there strays - But one along yon river’s maze, - The Gael, of plain and river heir, - Shall, with strong hand, redeem his share.” - -The poem also reveals the old Highland custom of gathering the clans by -the cross of fire, and there is nothing more dramatic in descriptive -verse than the journey of that flaming cross, as it passes from hand to -hand, calling the mourner from the house of death, and stopping midway -the joyous marriage procession: - - “Fast as the fatal symbol flies, - In arms the huts and hamlets rise; - From winding glen, from upland brown, - They poured each hardy tenant down. - The fisherman forsook the strand, - The swarthy smith took dirk and brand; - With changed cheer, the mower blithe - Left in the half-cut swath the scythe; - The herds without a keeper strayed, - The plow was in mid-furrow stayed, - The falconer tossed his hawk away, - The hunter left his stag at bay; - So swept the tumult and affray - Along the margin of Achray.” - -The personal bravery of the Gael and Saxon is well presented in the -mountain march, and we venture a long quotation, which finds apology not -only in its strength and beauty, but also in the fact that it reveals the -character of the King and the Highland chief. The Saxon says: - - “Twice have I sought Clan Alpine’s glen - In peace; but when I come again, - I come with banner, brand and bow, - As leader seeks his mortal foe. - For love-lorn swain, in lady’s bower, - Ne’er panted for the appointed hour, - As I, until before me stand - This rebel chieftain and his band!” - - “Have then thy wish!” He whistled shrill, - And he was answered from the hill; - Wild as the scream of the curlew, - From crag to crag the signal flew. - Instant through copse and heath, arose - Bonnets and spears and bended bows; - On right, on left, above, below, - Sprung up at once the lurking foe; - From shingles gray their lances start, - The bracken bush sends forth the dart, - The rushes and the willow wand - Are bristling into axe and brand, - And every tuft of broom gives life - To plaided warrior armed for strife. - The whistle garrisoned the glen - At once with full five hundred men, - As if the yawning hill to heaven - A subterraneous host had given. - Watching their leader’s beck and will, - All silent there they stood and still. - Like the loose crags whose threatening mass - Lay tottering o’er the hollow pass, - As if an infant’s touch could urge - Their headlong passage down the verge, - With step and weapon forward flung, - Upon the mountain side they hung. - The mountaineer cast glance of pride - Along Benledi’s living side, - Then fixed his eye and sable brow - Full on Fitz-James; “How say’st thou now? - These are Clan Alpine’s warriors true; - And, Saxon, I am Roderick Dhu.” - -The entire poem is so true to fact and scenery that it forms to-day a -poetic guide-book to the country about Loch Katrine. The description of -sunset upon the lake, the deep recesses, the lone mountain passes, the -dashing cataracts, impart life, vigor and reality; and every line reveals -the spirit and bravery of highland life. - -We have been tempted to give an analysis of the plot of the poem, and -to quote some of the noble passages which Scott speaks through the -honest lips of Helen Douglas and her faithful Malcolm; but it would -have taken us aside from the main purpose of our historic relation. The -events of these poems, as related to the world’s history, are trifling -and insignificant, when compared with the far-reaching policy of Louis -the Eleventh, which formed the frame work of our last paper; and are in -no way prophetic of the great events that follow in the reign of Queen -Mary and Queen Elizabeth, depicted in “The Monastery,” “The Abbott” and -“Kenilworth;” but the rude life of these warlike days has passed into the -world’s poetry, and the reader will trace, through the three poems which -we have considered, the devoted faith of manhood and the abiding love of -womanhood; ay more, perhaps discover a wholesome moral, which ought not -to be unheeded in these days of broadening civilization. - - - - -BOTANICAL NOTES. - -By PROF. J. H. MONTGOMERY. - - -ON THE TERMS ANNUAL AND BIENNIAL.—There is certainly much ambiguity -between the terms annual and biennial. Those plants which germinate in -the spring and die in the autumn are not very different from those which -vegetate in the summer or autumn and flower and die in the succeeding -spring or summer; nor indeed can I see much between them and plants -like _Agave_, which live in a barren state for many years, and then -flower once and die. It seems to be only a question of time required -to concentrate the requisite energy to produce flowers and fruit. True -annual plants may be divided into winter annuals and summer annuals. The -former usually store up nutritive matter in the autumn to supply the -flowering state in the spring; differing in this from summer annuals. -But this is not constantly the case. The _Agave_ is many years doing -this. Although this plant flowers only once, we of course ought to have a -term to distinguish it from the annuals. There are also the plants which -produce stoles rooting at the end, such as the sympodes of _Fragaria_; -in that case the plants are truly perennial. But see such plants as -_Epilobium_, where the buds at the end of stoles alone remain alive -during the winter, and produce the plants of the succeeding year; what -are we to call these? We usually denominate them perennial. Then how -separate them from those which are not aërial, but go through the same -course? Then come such plants as _Orchis_, where a new tuber is formed -by the side of the old one each year, usually at a very short distance -from it, but sometimes at some considerable distance, as in _Herminium_; -and the tuber which has flowered dies. The tuber is therefore a winter -annual. Of course all these ought not to be confounded with the true -perennials, where the same root lives and flowers at least several years -in succession. DeCandolle’s terms, _mono-_ and _poly-carpic_ will not do; -for they convey another idea. _Mono-_ and _poly-tocus_, as suggested by -A. Gray, are better, but here we do not distinguish between _Agave_ and -_Brassica_. And he has not attempted to distinguish these from _Orchis_ -(except by calling them perennial, as we all do), or _Orchis_ from -_Fragaria_. Here is a subject of much interest for those to study who pay -attention to such matters.—_Journal of Botany._ - - * * * * * - -There is a strange plant with a curious flower growing in the damp -valleys of New Granada, called _Masdevallia chimaera_. It is one of the -unique productions of the vegetable kingdom. This plant has a dense -cluster of thick leaves; the slender flower stems creep along and flower -under the moss or leaves. The flower cup is divided into three lobes, and -is whitish in color, with irregular spots of pink. So fantastic is this -flower that a writer in _La Nature_ says: “In looking at this strange -flower one sees the colors of a nocturnal bird, the form of a large -spider in the middle, with two small, piercing black eyes.” - - * * * * * - -TREES OF LAKE CHAD.—Dr. Nachtigal, in his “African Journeys,” -describes some curious trees that grow in the region of Lake Chad. The -butter-tree, called in that country _toso-kan_, bears a green, round -fruit, ripening into yellow, about as large as a small citron. This -fruit consists of a nut resembling a horse-chestnut in color and in -size, and a palatable, fleshy, smooth-skinned covering like a plum. -The nut affords an oil, which solidifies under a slight decrease of -temperature, and is used throughout North Africa as a substitute for -butter. The _Parpia biglobosa_, of the same region, a leguminous plant, -furnishes an excellent food in its seeds, which are eatable while -still unripe. The ripe seeds contain a thick, saffron-colored marrow, -inclosing black, shining grains. The meal made from them forms, when -mixed with water or milk, a pap, which has a sweet and pleasant taste -at first, but soon cloys. Relieved with sour milk or tamarind-juice, it -forms a dish healthful and enjoyable to all. The wool-tree is the third -characteristic tree of the country. It rises straight up, with thick, -horizontal branches arranged in whorls, one above the other, and derives -its name from its fruit, which bursts like pods of cotton, and discloses -a similar mass of fibers, lustrous and soft as eider-down. This “wool” -is used in stuffing cushions and mattresses and for the wadding-armor of -heavy cavalry. It has the valuable property of never becoming so compact -but that it can be restored to its original volume by a short exposure -to the sun. The tree is a favorite place of refuge for the negroes in -time of danger. Taking their children and goods up with them they secure -an excellent natural fortress among the whorls of its limbs.—_Popular -Science Monthly._ - - * * * * * - -Peach leaves curl and wither because of a fungus growth upon their -surfaces. This vegetable parasite often ruins the first crop of leaves -and unless they are replaced by a new growth early in the summer the tree -is injured, often permanently. - - - - -C. L. S. C. WORK. - -By Rev. J. H. VINCENT, D.D., SUPERINTENDENT OF INSTRUCTION. - - -Memorial Days for February: “Special Sunday,” February 10. Read Psalm -xix—an exquisite poem about the Works and the Word of God. “Longfellow -Day,” Wednesday, February 27. - - * * * * * - -The office will send out free to all members of the Circle, within a few -weeks, a copy of “Memorial Days of the C. L. S. C.,” with readings for -those days. - - * * * * * - -Required Readings for February: “Philosophy of the Plan of Salvation,” -by J. B. Walker, completed; Chautauqua Text-Books—No. 21, “American -History,” No. 24, “Canadian History;” “How to Get Strong, and How to -Stay So;” Required Readings in THE CHAUTAUQUAN in “American History and -Literature,” “Physical Sciences,” “Commercial Law,” “Arts, Artists and -their Masterpieces,” with “Sunday Readings.” - - * * * * * - -Concerning the life of Milton, the following information is received -from a distinguished Professor of English Literature in one of the great -universities of America: “The book you ask for is ‘Milton,’ by Mark -Patterson, B.D., Rector of Lincoln College, Oxford. It is in the ‘English -Men of Letters’ series, edited by John Morley. It is pleasantly written, -interesting, animated, and to the point. A very large work is the -‘Life of Milton in connection with the History of the Times,’ by David -Mason, M.A., LL.D., Professor of Rhetoric and English Literature in the -University of Edinburgh.” - - * * * * * - -In the organization and conduct of Local Circles, there are developed -many ingenious and useful schemes, devices, exercises, etc. I shall -always be glad to receive suggestions from persons who devise and test -such novelties of method. - - * * * * * - -A California friend writes: “There are doubtless many reading the C. -L. S. C. Course who have not the advantage of Local Circles, and who, -beside, have no friends who are interested in the work with whom they -might correspond. Why would it not be a good plan to form a C. L. S. C. -Correspondence Circle for such as wish to improve themselves in that -way?” Persons desiring such correspondence may send their names, with -postoffice addresses, to Miss K. F. Kimball, Plainfield, N. J. - - * * * * * - -Members of the C. L. S. C. in Plymouth, Massachusetts, have sent a -fragment of Plymouth rock, which is to be attached with great care to the -banner-staff of the C. L. S. C. Our correspondent says: “Perhaps it would -be of interest to members of the C. L. S. C. in general to know that the -rock is said by geologists to have been brought here from the far north -during the glacial period, and is the only one of its kind on the coast.” -Our correspondent adds: “Our Circle received with much pleasure your -proposal for the C. L. S. C. picnic at Plymouth in 1884, and are ready to -enter into any plan which you may suggest.” We hope to have that picnic -in June. - - * * * * * - -A New England woman writes: “I know mothers with from four to six little -children, who take the Chautauqua course, and find that economized time -is a gain in all things, while their homes are as scrupulously tidy, and -their social relations as well sustained, as if they had not undertaken -it.” - - * * * * * - -An old lady 68 years of age dreads “the _examination_ of the C. L. S. C.” -Does she not know, or will not some one tell her that, while we desire -thoroughness of work, and while we do provide a university course with -rigid examinations for those who are qualified to attempt it, the C. -L. S. C. does not require any “examination” whatever? It requires the -reading of certain books, and the statement to the central office that -they have been read. It also desires the filling out of certain memoranda -which are not in any sense examination papers. Let us encourage the -fearful, that they may join the Circle, prosecute the readings, catch the -inspiration, receive the diploma, and continue through the coming years -to read the appointed books! - - * * * * * - -A distinguished educator and personal friend of other years, resident in -Kingston, Jamaica, writes: “I think I have hit on the way to introduce -reading matter into the homes of our peasantry. In some districts where -a minister or intelligent schoolmaster will take hold of the affair, I -get a number of people, (from ten to twenty) to subscribe one shilling -(twenty-five cents) each. With this money I send for a number of -illustrated monthly papers, costing with postage, two shillings each -_per annum_. These are circulated among the subscribers, each keeping -the paper a week. In the course of the year I get the reading of what -would otherwise have cost ten shillings to secure. Many that could not be -induced to pay two shillings for the exclusive use of one would venture -upon one shilling for the privilege of reading many papers.” - - * * * * * - -D. Lothrop & Co. consent to make an edition of “The Hall in the Grove” -at seventy-five cents, binding it in strong manilla cover, for the use -of the C. L. S. C., which decision enables us to retain “The Hall in the -Grove” on our list. - - * * * * * - -A good housewife writes: “My fall work out door is about done. My corn is -all gathered, and the two pigs are ready for killing. As soon as it is -colder I shall be ready to go to work in earnest. You would laugh to see -me at work in the garden, about my potatoes and onions, and then coming -in, getting dinner and making my toilet, taking my embroidery and sitting -down to earn a few cents beside what I can raise. Agriculture, science -and art, are in reality connected. Then there is a basket of Christmas -gifts yet to make for the Sunday-school children, by myself, and I have -just done re-papering a small room that I may read, write, and work with -comfort. I buried my aged husband September 23. He was nearly 84 years -old. We were nearly forty years married.” - - * * * * * - -All new Circles should report at once to the C. L. S. C. office, -Plainfield, N. J.; and if any of the members know of Circles not -reported, please send names and address of the officers at once. We are -anxious to get all the Local Circles on our list. - - * * * * * - -The number of class 1884 enrolled was about 7,000; motto, “Press -forward—He conquers who wills;” badge old gold. Class 1885 numbers about -6,000; the president writes that the motto will probably be, “We press -on, reaching after those things which are before;” badge lavender. Class -1886 numbers over 14,000; motto, “We study for light to bless with -light;” badge white. Class 1887 numbers about 12,000 at present, and -“still they come;” motto, “Neglect not the gift that is in thee;” badge -blue. - - - - -OUTLINE OF C. L. S. C. READINGS. - - -FEBRUARY, 1884. - -The required readings for February include “Philosophy of the Plan of -Salvation,” from chapter xv to the end of the book; “How to Get Strong -and How to Stay So,” by William Blaikie; Chautauqua Text-Books, No. 21, -American History, No. 24, Canadian History, and the Required Readings in -THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_First Week_ (ending February 8).—1. “Philosophy of the Plan of -Salvation” from chapter xv, to section 6, page 187. - -2. “How to get Strong,” the first four chapters. - -3. German History and Selections from German Literature in THE -CHAUTAUQUAN. - -4. Sunday Readings for February 3, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_Second Week_ (ending Feb. 15).—1. “Philosophy of the Plan of Salvation,” -from page 187 to chapter xvii. - -2. “How to Get Strong,” from chapter v, to chapter ix. - -3. Readings in Physical Science and Commercial Law, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -4. Sunday Readings for February 10, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_Third Week_ (ending February 22).—1. “Philosophy of the Plan of -Salvation,” from chapter xvii, to the supplementary chapter. - -2. “How to Get Strong,” from chapter ix, to “The Abdominal Muscles,” on -page 218. - -3. Readings in Art, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -4. Sunday Readings for February 17, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_Fourth Week_ (ending February 29).—1. “Philosophy of the Plan of -Salvation,” from page 259 to the end of the book. - -2. “How to Get Strong,” from page 218 to the end of the book. - -3. History of the United States and Selections from American Literature, -in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -4. Sunday Readings for February 24, in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - - - -LOCAL CIRCLES. - - -=Ontario= (Picton).—The Picton branch of the C. L. S. C. held its second -meeting for 1883-84 on the evening of November 19. We start on the new -year with an increased membership of twelve, and also with a greater -degree of enthusiasm in the prosecution of our studies. Our membership -now reaches thirty-nine, representing the classes of ’84, ’85, ’86, ’87. -The program for the evening’s entertainment consisted of selections -bearing on the life and character of Martin Luther; two papers, one on -art, condensed from THE CHAUTAUQUAN, the other on the lives of Philip -and Alexander; an interesting and animated conversation on the works of -Oliver Wendell Holmes, and quotations from the same, which were given -by most of the members; the quotations in the November number of THE -CHAUTAUQUAN on Grecian history, singing of selections from Chautauqua -songs, and a solo by one of our members, which closed a very interesting -and instructive entertainment. - - * * * * * - -=Maine= (Calais).—When the news of the C. L. S. C. movement, and the -advantages it offered for home study reached Calais, it was hailed -with delight by three teachers, who enrolled themselves as members of -the class of ’83. These kept up the work till last year, when they -were joined by seven members of the class of ’86. During the winter -and spring we held informal meetings monthly at the houses of the -members. We received so much benefit from these that, in September, we -met and organized a Local Circle. Our officers consist of a president, -vice-president, secretary and treasurer, with an executive committee of -three, whose duty it is to prepare programs for the meetings. We hold our -meetings fortnightly in the parlor of the Congregational Church, which -a good friend rented for us. We now number about thirty members, and a -good deal of enthusiasm is shown in the work. Our programs consist of the -questions in THE CHAUTAUQUAN, readings from some of the authors studied, -papers on important events and persons considered, etc. - - * * * * * - -=Vermont= (West Brattleboro).—The Pansy branch of the C. L. S. C. was -organized on the evening of September 13, with officers consisting of -president, secretary and executive committee, chosen for three months. By -commencing thus early we were enabled to have the books on hand, and be -in complete working order by October 1. We began with twelve names, and -have since increased the list, until we now have enrolled sixteen regular -and eleven local members, all of class ’87, and who have entered upon the -Course with an earnest purpose to do their best to cultivate “the gift” -that is in them. We have as yet settled upon no definite plan for our -weekly meetings, but have been experimenting to find what exercises were -best fitted to our needs and capacities. We have had at different times -reading from THE CHAUTAUQUAN, essays, one minute oral reports on subjects -previously assigned, quotation exercises, question boxes, etc. Bryant’s -memorial day was also appropriately observed. We always close with -the song so familiar and dear to all who have heard it in the Hall of -Philosophy, “Day is Dying in the West,” followed by prayer. November 21 -was a “red letter day” in our annals, because it was then our privilege -to listen to a lecture by Dr. Vincent. The members of both our local -circles, numbering about seventy-five persons, sat in a body in the hall, -and the “salute” was given heartily. After the lecture the Doctor was so -kind as to improvise an informal reception, and give us a short address -concerning our C. L. S. C. work, together with the pleasure of a personal -meeting with him, and we parted feeling grateful for the renewed courage -and ardor with which we shall continue the year’s reading, and for the -increased opportunities for culture that have been made possible to us by -the founder of the C. L. S. C. - - * * * * * - -=Massachusetts= (Lowell).—On the evening of September 26, 1883, about -twenty persons met in the vestry of the Eliot Church and formed a local -circle. Some have left, while others have joined. We have now thirteen -local members and ten regular members. We adopted the “Proposed plan for -a Local Circle,” given in the Chautauqua Text-book No. 2, with slight -changes. Our meetings are held on Monday evenings, every two weeks. They -are very interesting and profitable. There are four other local circles -in Lowell, and we intend to hold union meetings on the memorial days. - - * * * * * - -=Massachusetts= (West Haverhill).—About twenty from this vicinity were -privileged to attend the Assembly at Framingham, Mass. Of course we came -home all aglow with enthusiasm for the C. L. S. C. Early in October we -held a public meeting, thus adding some new names to our list. We now -have a membership of twenty-five. Our meetings are well attended and -interesting. We start out on this year of work with fresh courage and -hope, and with strong faith in the C. L. S. C. as a means of blessing to -all who engage in its work. - - * * * * * - -=Massachusetts= (New Bedford).—The pastor of the Allen Street M. E. -Church of this city suggested the formation of a local circle to a few -young people of his parish last fall. He proposed that a meeting should -be held in the vestry of the church every two weeks for a review of study -and for mutual benefit. He called an organization meeting on the first -of October, and when the evening was over there were thirty-three names -enrolled. He presented a constitution which was adopted. A president, -secretary, treasurer and committee of instruction were elected. This -committee of instruction consists of the officers and three ladies. One -of these persons, with any two members of the circle whom he or she may -select, arranges the program for each meeting. We have had four regular -meetings, each of which has been attended by from forty to sixty -persons—members of the Circle and their friends. Each evening we have -had original papers on topics suggested by the study, tests, suitable -poems, songs, etc. We have now forty-two members, ranging in years from -fourteen to fifty. It was a little undecided at first what we should -call ourselves, but it seemed like such an earnest band of workers, -some one suggested we should be the “Philomaths.” We all praise the -Chautauqua movement for the precious advantages it offers to all “lovers -of learning.” - - * * * * * - -=Connecticut= (Westville).—Our circle was formed in January, 1883. -Although we had lost three months’ study, the year’s work was finished -before July. We review all our reading in our meetings, held once in -two weeks, the members taking turns in conducting the reviews, and -dividing an evening’s work between three or four. We started with seven, -all regular members, and now number fourteen, ten of whom are regular -members. We enjoy our Chautauqua meetings very much, and as none of us -like to miss them, we have a good attendance. - - * * * * * - -=New York= (Brooklyn).—We have lately organized a circle in the midst -of this great city, which is the outcome of many informal meetings of -resident members of the class of 1887. The proposition to form ourselves -into an organized branch of the grand Chautauqua Circle was received with -uproarious applause, and the manner in which every member lent his aid -in arranging the details, bespoke the individual enthusiasm in the work. -The program for our next meeting is as follows: Opening exercises; essay, -“The Persian Wars;” remarks by the president on collateral themes; essay, -“The Establishment of the Athenian Democracy;” speech by the treasurer -upon subjects of his own choice; questions and answers; essay, “The Age -of Pericles;” concluding exercises, which are very entertaining. - - * * * * * - -=New York= (Mount Kisco).—The Mount Kisco C. L. S. C. was organized -in October, 1882. We meet in the rooms of the Lyceum, bi-monthly. The -circle is made up of ten members, all enthusiastic, ardent workers in the -field of science and literature. We recite, in concert, the answers to -the questions in THE CHAUTAUQUAN, the leader reading the questions. The -readings for the last two weeks are then discussed. We try to make our -meetings quite informal, believing that restraint will thus be avoided. -Our officers consist of a president, vice-president and secretary. - - * * * * * - -=New York= (Greenwich).—Our class of ’86 have semi-monthly meetings. -During October and November we used the questions in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. One -of our members gave the geography of Greek History from a large map, and -others read from American Authors, Demosthenes’ Orations, etc. - - * * * * * - -=New York= (Newark Valley).—On October 17 we organized a local circle of -the C. L. S. C., and though our regular members number but twelve, yet -we have some very interesting and instructive meetings; upon the whole -a very enthusiastic club. Our plan is briefly this: We meet once in two -weeks, and after a Chautauqua song, and prayer, have two or three essays -and recitations; then general class exercises in Greek History, or the -current subject, a question box, and free criticisms. - - * * * * * - -=Pennsylvania= (Canonsburg).—Although Canonsburg had what we would call -a flourishing circle last year, we gave it no christening. We had a -membership of twenty-five. We purchased the Geological Charts, which were -a great help to the imagination in filling up the incredible proportions -of those monsters of past ages. While we were studying astronomy we had -the pleasure and profit of hearing a lecture on “The planet Jupiter,” by -Professor McAdam, of Washington College. After the lecture the Professor -kindly joined the class in the yard, and spent an hour in tracing the -constellations. The examination papers were promptly answered. The year -closed with an ice cream supper, when we spent the evening socially, and -sang many of the Chautauqua songs. September 19 we organized for another -year’s work with fifteen members. One of our members on going to Alabama -organized a circle there. Others who have left us are still reading. We -open our meetings with Scripture readings and roll call, at which each -member responds by a motto. We use the questions in THE CHAUTAUQUAN, and -recite the Required Reading by topic. We play the Chautauqua Games, and -we would say to all circles, “Get games.” At the close of each meeting a -few minutes are allowed for criticisms, in which all take part. - - * * * * * - -=Pennsylvania= (Ridley Park).—At the call of a few of our literary loving -people last spring, a preliminary meeting relative to the establishment -of a local circle was held at the Ridley Park Seminary, and at least -forty people assembled to hear the explanation of the principles embodied -in the Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle, as given by Mr. Wm. -Curtis Taylor, a gentleman to whom our people are much indebted for -their present literary inspiration. At a second meeting held a week -or two following, a permanent organization was effected and officers -elected. This circle, while it centers at Ridley Park, is not exclusively -confined to this place, but extends a halo as it were around a circuit -of probably ten miles. We are even represented in Philadelphia and -Wilmington, Delaware. Holding our meetings but once a month, and having -our membership so thoroughly scattered, we have found it a good plan to -establish what we term sub-circles, which hold their meetings about once -a week. These are presided over by chairmen appointed by our president, -and comprise at this time three sub-circles—Ridley Park, Sharon Hill, -and Philadelphia. At our last meeting, November 6, to each of these -was assigned some question for consideration, upon which one of their -members is expected to write an essay, and the sub-circle itself be -prepared to answer any questions propounded by the other sub-circles on -its particular subject. For example, the Ridley Park sub-circle which has -been assigned the subjects of History and Art, will be prepared to answer -whatever questions may be asked by the members of the other circles. - - * * * * * - -=New Jersey= (Newark).—At a meeting held October 8, a local circle was -organized, called the “Central,” composed of about thirty members. The -meetings are held fortnightly, the exercises being varied from time -to time. In part they consist of essays and reading of short extracts -from the best authors, varied by discussions as to the best methods of -pursuing the appointed studies. An executive committee of five, appointed -by the president, holding the office for one year, determine the nature -of the exercises and make the necessary appointments. There are at least -four local circles in the city. - - * * * * * - -=District of Columbia= (Washington).—At the earliest moment “Union” -C. L. S. C. reorganized for their third year of study. Nearly every -member was present, and there were a number of new recruits. One of -the circle gave a graphic description of a visit to Chautauqua, of -its surroundings and methods of work, thus creating an enthusiasm and -a determination among the members to do thorough work and win their -diplomas by honest endeavor. When they come to Chautauqua, as they will -in 1885, they wish to feel that they can justly and proudly march through -the Arches—true Chautauquans. The circle meets every Thursday evening -at the residence of one of the members, and the exercises are opened by -singing the Chautauqua songs as found in the _Assembly Herald_, with -organ accompaniment, after which the subject of the lesson is discussed -in a conversational way, by questions and answers and by essays by the -members. As all are working members and realize that application is -profitable, our meetings seldom lack in interest. - - * * * * * - -=Maryland= (Baltimore).—The “Eutaw” branch of the C. L. S. C. held its -November meeting in the cheerful parlors of the church parsonage, Rev. H. -R. Naylor, D.D., and family as hosts. The exercises opened with singing -and prayer. The president of the branch, after a few explanatory remarks, -stated that the occasion was especially significant and interesting -in that Miss Bessie G. Thomson, a member of our circle, had completed -the required course of Reading, and had received her diploma to that -effect, and would deliver before the Circle a valedictory address. After -the address our president favored the circle with a conversazione upon -the value of an education, abounding in apt quotations and valuable -suggestions. This was followed by Bryant memorial readings. The very -pleasant entertainment closed by a display of pictures of travel by one -of our number who has recently returned from Europe. - - * * * * * - -=Ohio= (Athens).—Our local circle held its first meeting this year, on -October 1, with twenty members present. The leaven is working gradually, -and each year we are able to record a number of new members, as well as -an increased enthusiasm among the older ones. “The Irrepressibles” are -well represented, but this term might, with propriety, be applied to -all our members, as they have fairly won it by indefatigable zeal and -industry. We have lost two of our members during the last year; one has -removed to another part of the state, the other has gone to join the -school above. Mrs. Alice S. Sloane was a member of the class of ’84, and, -although an invalid at the time of taking the course, never ceased to -keep up her reading until within a few months of her death. Her interest -in the work was remarkable in one so afflicted, and whenever opportunity -offered itself, she urged upon others the importance of accepting the -advantages offered in this course. - - * * * * * - -=Ohio= (St. Mary’s).—Our C. L. S. C. was organized the first week in -October, 1882. We commenced with seven members, but one of whom had been -at Chautauqua during the summer. One was a graduate of the class that -year. At the close of the year we numbered fourteen. Attendance good. -In alphabetical order each one takes charge of the exercises for the -afternoon, asks the questions in THE CHAUTAUQUAN, and calls upon each -member for a view of the topic assigned them in the Required Reading, -these topics having been given out at the previous meeting. We keep the -Memorial Days, and must say our members are quite enthusiastic in the -work. We have had no lectures, etc., as yet, but hope to some time in the -future. - - * * * * * - -=Indiana= (Brazil).—We have organized a C. L. S. C. at this place with -about twenty members, and the prospect is that several more will unite -with us. There is an unusual degree of interest manifested. We call our -circle the “Philomathean.” This is the first circle ever organized here, -though a few of the members have been reading for two and three years. - - * * * * * - -=Illinois= (Carlinville).—We have an enthusiastic local C. L. S. Circle -at this place of fifteen members, five of whom belong to the general -Circle, and to the class of ’84. We elect president, vice-president and -secretary every two months; critic and question committees serve for one -month. The latter furnish questions requiring verbal answers, or papers, -as case may be. At roll call each responds with items of news quotations, -or something of interest, short. Bryant’s Day roll call was responded to -by a quotation from his writings by each. On Luther’s memorial day each -one had something to say of him. We derive much profit and pleasure from -every part of the course, and think it most admirably arranged. - - * * * * * - -=Illinois= (Rushville).—The “Vincent” branch of the C. L. S. C. meets -semi-monthly, and we are happy to say that our interest is unabated. This -is our second year, and although we have lost several members by removal, -and two have taken up a collegiate course, we still have an enthusiastic -membership of fifteen. We have a president, vice-president, secretary -and treasurer. Our order of exercises varies. At our last meeting we had -read Dr. Talmage’s lecture on “Happy Homes,” delivered at Chautauqua. -Some of our members took the _Daily Herald_ during the Assembly, and we -have laid in store many good lectures which will be read at the circle -during the winter. We advise all members to take the _Herald_ another -year if they want to enjoy what is next best to going to Chautauqua—that -is, hearing all about it. The items from other local circles are read -with great interest. - - * * * * * - -=Illinois= (Yorkville).—The local circle of our town was reorganized -this year with thirty members. The officers consist of a president and -secretary, both of whom hold office for a period of one month. The -president appoints a teacher for each branch of study, and critics on -language and pronunciation are appointed for each meeting. Every one -feels a deep interest in the work. - - * * * * * - -=Michigan= (Decatur).—For two winters some ladies of our town have had -a class for the study of history, the members thinking they could not -take the time necessary for the Chautauqua course. The meetings were -pleasant and instructive, but during the past summer one and another of -the class, and some not belonging to it, determined to take the C. L. -S. C. readings. Accordingly a “Pansy” circle was organized October 1. -Various reasons prevented our meeting again for nearly three weeks, but -since that time we have had regular weekly meetings. They are not weakly, -however, for with most of the circle the readings have been studies. -Our president, who by the way is a member of the class of ’84, and has -studied alone for three years, tells us that we do more studying than any -circle she has known. We have ten members and two “local members,” and -hope for additions to our number. We think the “Chautauqua Idea” a grand -one. May it run the wide world through. - - * * * * * - -=Wisconsin= (Milwaukee).—The “Delta” circle, of this city, reorganized -October 2. Last year we numbered but sixteen, and this year we have -enrolled over thirty, of whom twenty-five are regular members of the -C. L. S. C. Our officers consist of a president, vice-president and -secretary, elected annually; also a referee, elected monthly, who -is expected to be able to settle doubtful questions in regard to -pronunciation, etc. Meetings are held once a week at the homes of the -members. We follow the outline of studies published in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. -Our exercises consist generally of a review of the week’s reading, -conducted by a leader who is appointed two weeks in advance, and who -assigns topics, allowing one week for preparation. We try to make our -meetings as informal and conversational as possible. It is at the -pleasure of the leader to vary the exercises as much as he chooses. Our -last evening was devoted to political economy, the leader having arranged -for a discussion on “Free Trade versus Protection,” in which six members -participated. The interest in the circle is constantly increasing. - - * * * * * - -=Wisconsin= (Elkhorn).—At the close of last June the local circle at -Elkhorn seemed at its lowest ebb. Owing to removals, sickness, and other -reasons, only two remained out of the six who started in January, 1882, -who were able to attend the regular meetings, and when one of them -removed in September to Milwaukee, the remaining member almost forgot -our class motto, “Never be discouraged,” for among her acquaintances -there was apparently but little interest in the C. L. S. C., and she -seemed doomed to plod on alone. In October, without any _great_ effort -on the part of any one, there sprang into being a full-fledged local -circle of nine members. This circle had been in existence under the name -of the “Elkhorn Mutual Improvement Society,” for two years, and some -good work had been done in English History and Literature, but now an -inspiration seized the members to take up the C. L. S. C. studies, and -the society was reorganized without a change of name, and retaining the -old constitution nearly intact, into a C. L. S. C. local circle. Some of -the members entered upon the studies with misgivings, lest they should -not be able to do the work, but so far the work has been easier than was -anticipated, and the circle, as a whole, is doing it enthusiastically -and thoroughly. The main cause of this renewal of interest in the C. -L. S. C. may be fairly traced, I think, to the influence of the Monona -Lake Sunday-school Assembly, whose sessions at Madison last August were -attended by two members of the “Mutual Improvement Society.” - - * * * * * - -=Wisconsin= (Milwaukee).—The C. L. S. C. is booming here. The “Bay View” -local circle recently organized by Rev. B. F. Sanford has thirty members, -and has live meetings. This one and one on the south side are part of the -result of Dr. Vincent’s late visit. - - * * * * * - -=Iowa= (Muscatine).—The local paper of Muscatine says: There is probably -no town of its size where so much genuine literary taste abounds in -society, as in Muscatine. Last evening, the third Chautauqua circle -was organized with a membership of twenty-five, and the other two are -flourishing like green bay trees. It will be said by the cynic that these -organizations lack true _cultus_ and real literary taste, the cultivated -man and woman having little occasion to put themselves under an arbitrary -discipline to compel the prosecution of their reading or study, and -feeling little sympathy for a movement that violates the sacred privacy -between author and reader, and refusing to submit their literary tastes -to the procrustean exercise of any man’s dictation. We have heard these -things said against the Chautauqua system, but if a tree is to be known -by its fruits, there can be but one opinion of an organization that is -rearing so many youth of our land of both sexes in the cultivation of -their mental powers and graces, informing them in history, philosophy -and art, bringing them betimes to the streams of pure literature, and -accomplishing them so thoroughly in their wide range of study as to make -them authorities everywhere by reason of the universality and accuracy of -their attainments. It is thus that we find the advanced Chautauquans whom -we have the honor to meet, and so are they impressing themselves upon the -whole country. - - * * * * * - -=Dakota= (Yankton).—Our circle of ten or twelve members has had an -existence of something more than a year. Our meetings, held once in two -weeks, are intensely interesting and instructive, and each member seems -enthusiastic in appreciation of the work. The interest has been such -that one of our most difficult problems has been how to condense the -discussion of the various points of interest in our studies, in order to -close at a reasonable hour. - - * * * * * - -=Dakota= (Faulkton).—The former president of the C. L. S. C. work in -Muscatine (Iowa) has removed to Dakota. The following notice from the -Faulkton (Dakota) _Herald_ proves that Chautauqua has not been forgotten: -Last Friday evening a goodly number assembled at the residence of Major -J. A. Pickler to discuss the advisability of forming a Chautauqua circle -in Faulkton, and all appeared to be highly interested in having a society -here. After some few remarks the Chautauqua circle was organized with -Mrs. J. A. Pickler, president. - - * * * * * - -=Kansas= (Leavenworth).—This is our second year. We organized in March, -and although five months behind, we succeeded in completing the first -year’s work; but were thereby compelled to double the lessons and omit -the observance of the Memorial Days, and the following of the admirable -plan laid down in THE CHAUTAUQUAN; but are now marching ahead with the -class of ’86, and find the enthusiasm somewhat increased. Our meetings -are conducted on the conversational plan, being led by one of the best -instructors, a former Professor in our public schools. We find it -more interesting to assign portions of the lesson to each member for -discussion. We appoint a critic at each meeting, and at the close of -the lesson he brings his criticisms before the circle. On Memorial Days -we briefly discuss the life of our character, and give our individual -opinions in regard to his characteristics, and each member gives a -selection or quotation from one of his works. This is the fourth year for -one of our members, who, before the organization of the circle, pursued -the course alone. - - * * * * * - -=Nebraska= (Omaha).—Early in September a temporary organization of the -C. L. S. C. was effected in our city, and the objects and requirements -of the course were explained by an old Chautauquan. Shortly after, -Dr. Vincent visited us, and by special request addressed the would-be -Chautauquans, arousing the intelligent enthusiasm of a large number -of listeners. A meeting was called at an early date, at which time -the circle was permanently organized, officers elected, constitution -and by-laws adopted, books ordered, and the “Omaha” C. L. S. C. was -ready for work. By the help of several old Chautauquans the ’87s are -greatly encouraged. The entire membership are highly pleased with -the course of study, and are determined to complete the course. The -program committee is appointed monthly, thereby affording great variety -in the order of exercises. Thus far in our work we have profitably -used individual recitations, concert drills, essays, conversations, -round-tables, readings, addresses, spelling matches, etc. So great has -been the interest shown, that notwithstanding regular meetings are held -semi-monthly, extra meetings have been demanded. The committee aims to -secure thorough and systematic reviews at each meeting of all subjects -studied, and are meeting with admirable success in this attempt. The -Chautauqua University is gaining power and popularity in the “Gate City,” -and other circles are being organized in our midst. - - * * * * * - -=California= (Vallejo).—The circle of the Chautauqua University formed -in this town is progressing finely. Meetings are held regularly, and the -studies of the previous week are profitably and thoroughly discussed. -From the nature of the work, and the interest manifested in the same, -there is every assurance that our circle, which now numbers seven, will -increase. Did the people but know the advantages, the real, genuine -benefits to be derived through the C. L. S. C., I have no hesitancy in -saying that we would not only have the above number of members, but that -number of circles in the town. - - - - -THE C. L. S. C. IN THE SOUTH. - - -The local circle reports from the south are so encouraging that we can -not refrain from devoting an extra corner to them alone. Most zealously -must the friends of the movement have worked to have produced such -abundant results. Circles have been reported this year from:— - -Hardinsburgh, Kentucky; president, Miss Anna L. Gardiner; secretary, Miss -Anna R. Bassett. - -Jackson, Tennessee; president, Rev. F. P. Flanniker; vice-president, B. -S. McClaren; secretary, T. J. Porter. - -Murfreesboro, Tennessee; secretary, H. H. Clayton, Jr. - -Richmond, Virginia; chairman, Wm. M. Coulling. - -Memphis, Tennessee; secretary, E. M. Schwalmeyer. - -Oxford, Mississippi; secretary, Miss Mattie E. Dennis. - -Also from the following places, though officers are not given: Fort Worth -and Bonham, Texas; Petersburgh, Virginia; Slaughterville, Kentucky; -Spartansburg, South Carolina. - -Two circles from Washington, D. C.; secretary of one is Frank P. Reeside, -1219 D. Street, S. W.; of the other, Miss Nettie Love. Making _seven_ -circles now reported as at work in Washington, D. C. - - * * * * * - -In Independence, Missouri, there is a circle of forty-seven members. - - * * * * * - -From Nashville a lady writes: “The ‘Nashville’ local circle of the C. -L. S. C. was organized at the rooms of the Y. M. C. A. the latter part -of September, with a membership of about twenty. We have had three very -interesting meetings, consisting of essays, lectures, questions on the -lessons, etc. We meet every two weeks at the Y. M. C. A. rooms. We intend -to give all the time we can to the work. All the members are deeply -interested.” - - * * * * * - -The secretary of a new circle in Salem, North Carolina, says: “We -organized a circle in Salem on November 3, consisting of twenty-eight -members, which has since increased to thirty-two. A president, -vice-president and secretary were appointed. These officers, with -a committee of two on instruction, are to arrange programs for -entertainment at the monthly meetings of the circle. For the first -meeting of the circle the program consists of reviews, in the form of -questions given to each member, readings and recitations, also music. We -began the readings in October, and have divided ourselves into a number -of small circles for the more careful study of the weekly readings. So -far we greatly enjoy the readings, and hope to derive profit from them, -both in the increase of knowledge and improvement of literary taste.” - - * * * * * - -A gentleman who writes to Dr. Vincent from Richmond, Virginia, says in -regard to the C. L. S. C.: “I believe there is a great field here, and -that one with time to devote to it could do a great deal of good. I -have every reason to believe that the leading paper here would do all -in its power to help forward such a work, and I think that some of the -Professors at the Richmond College would be willing to deliver a course -of lectures. My idea is that by having numbers of little circles—or -rather segments—formed in different parts of the city, a large, general -circle could be formed, such general circle to meet once in two weeks -for the purpose of hearing lectures, etc. The smaller societies could of -course meet every week in their own localities, for discussion of the -course being read. I think there is a desire for something of this kind -in the minds of a great many people here, and I have very ambitious ideas -as to the future of such a society. I would like quite a large number of -C. L. S. C. circulars for distribution here as soon as possible.” - - * * * * * - -A circle of ’87s was organized in September at Jackson, Tennessee. -Thirty-five members, two ministers, two lawyers, two editors, eleven -teachers, merchants, etc. The circle has about as many ladies as -gentlemen, and holds a meeting every Monday evening from 7:30 to 10 -o’clock, at a private residence. The studies for the week are taken up -in order. Essays, discussions, lectures, query box, music, declamations, -etc., constitute the program. Each exercise is limited to fifteen -minutes, and every member prepares his exercise as he desires. Some have -drawn maps of Greece at its different historical stages. One evening -each month is devoted especially to some study which has been completed. -American Literature was first Monday in December. Mark Twain, Hawthorne, -Longfellow, Holmes and Whittier were treated by lectures and discussions. - - - - -C. L. S. C. ROUND-TABLE. - -Held in the Hall of Philosophy August 9, 1883. - - -REPORTS AND QUESTIONS. - -DR. VINCENT: There are persons in this world who unite in purely literary -and intellectual enterprises. The union creates a sort of literary -friendship. There are people who unite in sympathy, loving a common -object, sharing in sorrow, sharing in joy, creating a friendship full of -sentiment. There are people in this world who are united in practical -efforts. They have a common aim. They agree upon a method; they coöperate -for the result, and this is practical friendship. - -The charm of the C. L. S. C. is found in this, that it is a union in -intellectual and literary activity, a union in affection, a union in -practical aim and service. It aims to do three things:—To cultivate the -intellect, to cultivate the heart, and to develop the executive forces of -our natures. By this three-fold bond we are united as members of the C. -L. S. C. We meet this glad day in this beautiful grove, under the play -of this charming sunshine; we meet to remember, we meet to rejoice, we -meet to resolve. And as the years go by may our memories grow sweeter, -our rejoicing more intense, and our resolves stronger. And as we meet -from year to year “to study the words and the works of God,” let us try -“to keep our Heavenly Father in the midst.” The blending of the mottoes, -felicitous only as a blending of mottoes, does not express the whole -theological truth I would convey. - -Mr. Robertson said, in writing one of his charming letters to his -brother, “I have through all these years been seeking God, and I am just -awakening to the fact that all these years it is God who has been seeking -me.” We need not try to keep our Heavenly Father in the midst. In the -boundlessness of his grace, he is glad to come into the midst and here -to abide, and if we have any longing of heart after him, however feeble -it may be, it is because he is already there, breathing into us his own -life, and giving to us a measure of his own joy. Let us pray to him. - -We thank thee, our Father, that through the year thou hast been with -us, and that thou hast guided us; that in hours of prosperity thou hast -held us, and in hours of sorrow thou hast given us comfort. And on this -beautiful afternoon, in this sacred place, we meet and make mention of -thy name and of thy love. We thank thee for thy great kindness to us. We -confess our great sinfulness against thee, and our utter unworthiness -before thee. We ask for the gifts of grace which thou art ready to -bestow, and we open our hearts by the leadings of thy spirit, that thy -spirit may enter in and abide with us. - -Bless the homes we represent; bless the circles of which we are members; -bless the vast sweep of the circle with which we are connected, and may -all the members of our fraternity have thy presence and thy grace. And -with all their seeking, may they seek spiritual power, and seeking, may -they find. Enlighten our understanding with thy wisdom, inspire our -hearts with thy love; strengthen our wills with all holy purposes. Bring -us after these reunions, and after the separations, after all the joys -and sorrows, the gains and the losses of human life, into thine own -immediate presence, and we shall praise thee, the only God, Father, Son -and Holy Ghost. Amen. - -After a song Dr. Vincent said: - -Is any body here from Monteagle? Are any here who were present this year -at Lakeside, Monona Lake, Lake Bluff, Ocean Grove? Have we any one here -who could make us a brief report of the C. L. S. C. work at any of these -assemblies? Where is Dr. Hurlbut? Kansas Assembly—Dr. Hurlbut presided -there. - -DR. HURLBUT: I would state that we recognized the C. L. S. C. at Kansas, -and we had a very pleasant time. When we called for the members of the C. -L. S. C. to have a meeting I found but five, but we had a Round-Table. -And the next day we had twenty present, and when we came to the day for -the recognition of the members of ’83, we found three members of the -class. We marched the three members of ’83 in procession, and took them -down to the tabernacle and made a speech to them. We had a number of -Round-Tables, and distributed the circulars, and a great many people said -that they were going to join. This was in Ottawa, Kansas. - -On the afternoon of graduation an address was delivered by Dr. G. P. -Hays, an old Chautauquan, who delivered an admirable address. In the -evening we had a camp fire, and though there were only about twenty -members present, we had a fine camp fire. We had a good place to hold it, -and we gave notice that we would admit no one but members of the C. L. S. -C., but we made an exception that any who wished to join, or if they had -any friends whom they wished to represent, or if there were any members -of the C. L. S. C. in the towns where they lived, they might come. We -made a procession three hundred strong by actual count, all interested -in the C. L. S. C., to a greater or less degree. We had some interesting -addresses. Mr. Hatch, a member of the C. L. S. C. of that city, made a -very interesting address, and Dr. Hays spoke, and one or two others from -the places around, and we had a few solemn words from Prof. Sherwin, and -a few more solemn words from Prof. Beard. At the close of the camp fire -we found that the C. L. S. C. stock had gone up above par. People wanted -to know all about it. One old gentleman from the country came up to the -president and said that he did not know any thing about this C. L. S. C. -that we were talking about, but he was going to join if it did not cost -more than a dollar, and he joined that night. You will find that the next -year there will be over two hundred members of the C. L. S. C. present. - -DR. VINCENT: That is a very refreshing report in every sense. - -DR. HURLBUT: I could tell you all about Island Park. - -DR. VINCENT: Let us hear from that. - -A GENTLEMAN: I could tell you about Monteagle. - -DR. VINCENT: Let us hear it. - -A GENTLEMAN: There were some sixteen or eighteen of the C. L. S. C. -present. We did not have very many meetings, but we met once or twice and -agreed to form a procession and give Dr. Vincent a welcome when he came. -This we did. We met in a body and called on him, and had a very pleasant -talk from him. - -DR. VINCENT: That was not all that was done by the C. L. S. C. at -Monteagle. I was greeted very warmly by the C. L. S. C. members at -Monteagle. I found Monteagle literally a very high place, something over -2000 feet above the sea. To my surprise there were more than twenty -members of the C. L. S. C. at our Round-Table. Going up the mountain on -the railway a young gentleman came to me and introduced himself. He said, -“I am a member of the C. L. S. C., and my sister is a member. She is on -the train, and very anxious to see you.” I saw her, and found her to be -an enthusiastic C. L. S. C. She knew all about the Memorial Days, and -knew all about everything in connection with the C. L. S. C. work, the C. -L. S. C. column, the news from the various states, the mottoes, and all -the special directions that had been given. She had read all the reading -for the year and much on the Seal Course. I think she had completed the -White Crystal Seal. She said she was all alone in the town where she -lived. She had done everything that was required, even to the buying a -badge, and wearing it, and observing the five o’clock hour. She said that -next year there would be a large number from her town. - -I am always afraid of obtruding Chautauqua on these other centers, lest -they suggest that Chautauqua be a little more modest. I therefore do not -allow the name to be used too much. - -DR. HURLBUT: In Kansas, I know that one person wrote to a newspaper -and said that there was one evil that ought to be nipped in the bud. -He said that this evil was the peddling around of Chautauqua ideas by -professionals through the country. - -DR. VINCENT: I am always sensitive about speaking too much of Chautauqua. -At Lakeside I made my first speech without naming Chautauqua, and I did -the same at Framingham, until others came to me and said that I need not -be so particular, that they considered themselves in some degree a part -of Chautauqua. I found the same spirit at Monteagle. I did not see a -thing, or hear a syllable at Monteagle, that did not indicate a hearty -sympathy with the Chautauqua work. I never was more royally treated. - -At one Round-Table on errors of speech they criticised several of -my mispronunciations, and what was the worst of it, when I sent for -Webster, Webster sustained those southerners. They got an idea that I -rather enjoyed the pointing out of my errors. We had a good time in the -correction of errors in speech. We had also a recognition speech. We -formed in procession, one graduate of ’83, and I had the satisfaction of -extending the right hand of fellowship to the one in the procession at -that service. - -Mr. Van Lennep told me that they kept up their Round-Tables every day -until the close of the Assembly, and that they numbered seventy strong -and raised a fund of $500 toward building a hall of philosophy at -Monteagle. (Applause.) - -This is a sort of reunion meeting; for songs, for questions, for -statements of difficulties, and for reports. Are there any large local -circles represented here? Is there a local circle of one hundred members -represented here to-day? Let the leader of that circle stand up and raise -the hand. Are there any? Mr. Martin, of Pittsburgh, has such a circle. - -MR. MARTIN: I would say that we have a circle in Pittsburgh that has -enrolled something like seven or eight hundred members altogether. -Occasionally one or two hundred of them will drop out, so we do not claim -that we have a circle quite up to that number all the time. We have -fifty-four graduates enrolled as a sort of executive committee to keep -up our Local Circle movement. We have monthly meetings, and also have -numerous weekly meetings in different parts of the city. These weekly -meetings are usually reported to the central circle, and the members -attend more or less at our monthly meetings. - -As an alumni association, we have got up on a little higher plane, and -during the past year we held three meetings. Our first meeting was a -reunion and banquet at one of the leading hotels. Our second meeting -was a very enthusiastic one, conducted by the members of the alumni -association in the eastern part of our city. At our last and final -meeting we had Bishop Warren to address us. We had one of the largest -churches in the city filled, and charged an admission fee as well. We -felt rich. We have a fund of about $60 to start with next year. We expect -to bring a large number of ’83 members into our alumni association. We -are still enthusiastic over the C. L. S. C. We were enthusiastic five -years ago, have been every year since, and propose to continue to be -enthusiastic as long as the C. L. S. C. exists. (Applause.) - -DR. VINCENT: That is good. Is there any one here who can make some -report from Monterey Circle? They had an unusual time last year. Is Miss -Hudson present? Although she has not been at Monterey, she has been -in communication with the Monterey people. Would you object to make a -statement as you have it? - -MISS HUDSON: I can give a few facts. - -DR. VINCENT: Please do so. Miss Myrtie Hudson, of Ann Arbor. - -MISS HUDSON: I have received quite enthusiastic reports from Monterey. -There were present in July twenty-five members to graduate. I do not know -how large the class was through the state, but they had about that number -present. The exercises held were in the hall, which was beautifully -decorated for the occasion. An address was delivered and the diplomas -were given out by Dr. Stratton, our president of the branch of the -Pacific coast. He was one of the graduates of ’83. Dr. Wythe, the author -of our book on biology, was also one of the graduates. - -I have received this message from there to-day, that the book, “The Hall -in the Grove,” has been of very great value in their work, and they want -to make the suggestion, that it would be a good idea to have this book -read by members in the first year, instead of the fourth year. - -DR. VINCENT: The suggestion of having “The Hall in the Grove” read in the -first year instead of the fourth year is a very good one. - -MRS. BARLOW, of Detroit: I would like to speak in behalf of “The Hall in -the Grove.” I was a graduate of ’82. We have a large circle in Detroit, -but I do not know the membership, because I have not been able to attend -very frequently. Our president of that circle, Mrs. A. L. Clark, who -has been president for five years, died this summer. I suppose that she -intended to come to Chautauqua this year. I waited here some minutes, -thinking some one else from Detroit would speak of her. I wish you could -know what a work she did in Detroit, what an influence she had in the -community of young people, not always among the wealthy, but among those -in the stores, and those who had no other way of cultivation. No one -knows how much they owe to Mrs. Clark. - -About “The Hall in the Grove.” I have tried in our neighborhood for four -years to organize a local circle, but have failed. But this last summer -I had two copies of “The Hall in the Grove” which I have circulated very -industriously, and I hope to organize a circle in October. - -DR. VINCENT: I intended to speak at the proper time, concerning Mrs. -Clark, this devoted worker. There is no woman in connection with our -Circle who has done more hearty work. I have received from many members -of the Circle tributes to her worth and work. - -MRS. BARLOW: Mrs. Clark had a very large class of colored adult people -that she taught every Sabbath in the Y. M. C. A. room. They would have -filled almost any house. A great many of them have been converted, I have -no doubt, from her work. - -DR. HURLBUT: I had the privilege last winter in Washington City of -visiting a circle composed entirely of colored people, and I thought I -should like to make a little mention of that circle. It was a circle of -between thirty and forty people of color. They met at a private house, a -handsome residence, with every thing about it in the finest taste. The -exercises that night in that circle impressed me wonderfully. From the -conversation that I had with the members I learned that some of them -were teachers in the city of Washington, and one was a member of the -Washington Board of Education. Another had read five times as much as -we required on geology last year. One of the city teachers read a paper -of great interest. Every person connected with the circle belonged to -what we call the African race. I never in my life was impressed with the -earnestness, thoroughness, efficiency and downright energy in the C. L. -S. C. work of any class of people more than I was on that occasion with -that of these members in Washington City. - -MR. BRIDGE: You have not spoken about New England. - -DR. VINCENT: At Framingham, Mass., we have an Assembly which opens -immediately after the close of Chautauqua Assembly, and this year a -little before the close. Last year we had four hundred and forty recorded -members present at that Assembly, and the sales of the books are reported -as being double what they were the year before. And I believe the -prospects for this year are much more brilliant. - -After various announcements Dr. Vincent said: Turn to the nineteenth -number. We must sing “Day is Dying in the West,” or it would not seem -natural. The other evening we omitted it, and a few of us came back and -sang it. - -After the song, the Round-Table was dismissed with the benediction by -Rev. Mr. Alden. - - - - -QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. - -1. FIFTY QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “PHILOSOPHY OF THE PLAN OF -SALVATION”—FROM CHAPTER 15 TO THE END OF THE BOOK.—2. FIFTY QUESTIONS AND -ANSWERS ON “HOW TO GET STRONG AND HOW TO STAY SO.” - -By A. M. MARTIN, GENERAL SECRETARY C. L. S. C. - - -I. - -1. Q. What was the difference between the dispensation under the Old -Testament and the one under the New? A. The first was a preparatory -dispensation, its manifestations, for the most part, being seen and -temporal; the second was a perfect system of truth, spiritual in its -character and in the methods of its communication. - -2. Q. What difference would there be in the methods adapted to move men’s -nature under different dispensations? A. The same methods under all -dispensations would be necessary, varied only to suit the advancement -of the mind in knowledge, the difference existing in the habits and -circumstances of men, and the character of the dispensation to be -introduced. - -3. Q. What would be an essential requisite under any dispensation, after -the way for its introduction was prepared? A. Such manifestations of God -to men as would produce love in the human heart for the object of worship -and obedience. - -4. Q. According to the constitution which God has given the soul, what -must it feel before it can feel love for the giver of spiritual mercies? -A. It must feel the want of spiritual mercies; and just in proportion -as the soul feels its lost, guilty and dangerous condition, in the same -proportion will it exercise love to the being who grants spiritual favor -and salvation. - -5. Q. What is the only possible way by which man could be made to hope -for and appreciate spiritual mercies, and to love a spiritual deliverer? -A. To produce a conviction in the soul itself of its evil condition, its -danger as a spiritual being, and its inability, unaided, to satisfy the -requirements of the spiritual law, or to escape its just and spiritual -penalty. - -6. Q. What does the degree of kindness and self-denial in a benefactor, -temporal or spiritual, create? A. The degree of affection and gratitude -that will be awakened for him. - -7. Q. At the advent of Jesus how was the moral law generally applied -by him? A. It was applied to the external conduct of men, not to the -internal life. If there was conformity to the letter of the law in -external manners, there was a fulfillment, in the eyes of the Jew and the -Gentile, of the highest claims that God or man held upon the spirit. - -8. Q. How did Jesus apply the divine law? A. He taught that all wrong -thoughts and feelings were acts of transgression against God, and as such -would be visited with the penalty of the divine law. Thus he made the law -spiritual and its penalty spiritual. - -9. Q. What does Jesus declare to be the consequence of these spiritual -acts of transgression against God? A. Exclusion from the kingdom and -presence of God, a penalty which involves either endless spiritual -suffering, or destruction of the soul itself. - -10. Q. What was then necessary in order that man’s affections might be -fixed upon the proper object of love and obedience? A. That a spiritual -God should, by self-denying kindness, manifest spiritual mercy to those -who felt their spiritual wants, and thus draw to himself the love and -worship of mankind. - -11. Q. In order to the accomplishment of this end, without violating the -moral constitution of the universe, what would be essentially necessary? -A. That the holiness of God’s law should be maintained. - -12. Q. What does Jesus uniformly speak of as being necessary previous -to accepting him as a Savior? A. That the soul should feel the need of -salvation. - -13. Q. What is the testimony of the Scriptures as to God manifesting -himself in self-denying kindness for mankind? A. The testimony of the -Scriptures is that God did thus manifest himself in Christ as suffering -and making self-denials for the spiritual good of men. - -14. Q. What would be impossible for a human soul, exercising full faith -in the testimony of the Scriptures as to his needs and his ransom by -Christ, not to do? A. Not to love the Savior. - -15. Q. Previous to the introduction of Christianity, in what efforts had -all the resources of human wisdom been exhausted? A. To confer upon man -true knowledge and true happiness. - -16. Q. What are two insuperable difficulties which would forever hinder -the restoration of mankind to truth and happiness from being accomplished -by human means? A. First, human instruction, as such, has no power to -bind the conscience; and, second, truth, whether sanctified by conscience -or not, has no power to produce love in the heart. - -17. Q. To what are the laws which govern physical nature analogous? A. To -those which the Gospel introduces into the spiritual world. - -18. Q. Men can not love God for what he truly is, unless they love him -as manifested how? A. As manifested in the suffering and death of Christ -Jesus. - -19. Q. To deny the divine and meritorious character of the atonement is -to shut out what from the soul? A. Both the evidence and the effect of -God’s mercy. - -20. Q. What is the influence of faith in Christ upon the moral -disposition of the soul? A. It assimilates the moral feelings of man to -God, and produces an aversion to sin. - -21. Q. What is the influence of faith in Christ upon the moral sense, -or conscience of believers? A. By faith in Jesus Christ the conscience -is not only guided by a perfect rule, but it is likewise quickened and -empowered by a perfect sense of obligation. - -22. Q. What is the influence of faith in Christ upon the imagination? A. -It controls and purifies the imagination of believers. - -23. Q. What would a religion from heaven be designed ultimately to bless? -A. The whole world. - -24. Q. What does the best good of mankind as a family require? A. That -they should be the instruments of disseminating this religion among -themselves. - -25. Q. What is the great principle by which the operation of spreading -this religion would be carried on? A. The principle of self-denial, -or denying ourselves the ease and pleasure of selfishness in order to -perform acts of benevolence. - -26. Q. How does the Gospel of Christ possess all the characteristics -of a universal religion? A. It is adapted to human nature; not to any -particular country or class of men, but to the nature of the race. - -27. Q. In the instructions of Christ to regulate the conduct of men, how -were their lives to be spent? A. In efforts to impart those blessings -which they possessed to their brethren of the human family who possessed -them not. - -28. Q. In what did Christ teach the principle of self-denial? A. By his -precepts, by his example, and especially by his identifying himself with -those in need. - -29. Q. What is faith in Jesus Christ therefore directly designed -and adapted to do and to produce? A. To strengthen men’s benevolent -affections, and to produce in believers that active desire and effort for -the good of others which will necessarily produce a dissemination of the -light and love of the Gospel throughout the whole habitable world. - -30. Q. What are three of the most important means of grace? A. Prayer, -praise and preaching. - -31. Q. In order that men may receive the greatest benefit from prayer, -what is essential? A. That there should be strong desire and importunity -in prayer. - -32. Q. In order to offer acceptable prayer, what should men possess? A. A -spirit of faith and dependence upon Christ. - -33. Q. What are two important means to impress the mind with religious -truth? A. Music and poetry. - -34. Q. Among the means which God appointed to disseminate his truth -throughout the world, what holds a first and important place? A. The -living preacher. - -35. Q. What is the agency of God in carrying on the work of redemption -and giving efficiency to its operations? A. The Holy Spirit. - -36. Q. What is evidence to the world of the divine efficacy and power of -the doctrines of the gospel system? A. Its effects in restoring the soul -to moral health. - -37. Q. The discussion of religious subjects for the past few years, -both in Europe and America, has been mainly between what two classes? -A. Between those who believe in the divine authority of the Christian -religion as a rule of duty, and those who believe in the authority of -conscience and reason as the highest guides of man. - -38. Q. How does each class receive the Messiah and his teachings? A. One -as of God, and the other as of man. - -39. Q. In what light and as what means does one view consider a written -revelation? A. In the light of the moral wants of man, and as adapted and -necessary means in order to human development. - -40. Q. What proposition is attempted to be proven in this connection? -A. That a written revelation is a demand of man’s moral constitution, -without which his moral culture is impossible. - -41. Q. What is a first fact connected with this inquiry? A. Man is a -cultivating and a cultivable being, and he is the only being created that -possesses the double capability to receive and to impart culture. - -42. Q. What are three endowments by which men are particularly -distinguished from irrational beings? A. Written language, faith and -conscience. - -43. Q. What fact is fairly settled in reference to man aiding himself by -a written language? A. That without aiding himself by a written language -man can not ascend even to the first stages of civilization. - -44. Q. In what way only can the character of God be known? A. Only by -faith; and it is the character of God that is the element of moral -culture. - -45. Q. Upon what does the character of conscience in all religious duties -depend? A. Upon faith. - -46. Q. What is said of reason, faith and conscience without revealed -truth? A. Without revealed truth reason has no data, faith is false, and -conscience is corrupt. - -47. Q. As there can be no moral culture with a false faith and a corrupt -or dead conscience, what is a moral necessity in order to the culture of -the human soul? A. Revelation of objective truth, rendered efficient by -the perceived presence and authority of God. - -48. Q. What is the conclusion reached as to how the moral culture of the -soul must be accomplished? A. By a system of truth, revealed objectively -in written language, by divine authority; and that the Christian -Scriptures contain that system of truth. - -49. Q. In view of the reasonings and facts presented by the author, to -what conclusion is it his opinion unprejudiced readers should come? A. -That the religion of the Bible is from God, and divinely adapted to -produce the greatest present and eternal spiritual good of the human -family. - -50. Q. Of what does he consider the demonstration conclusive? A. That -the Gospel is the only religion possible for man in order to perfect his -nature and restore his lapsed powers to harmony and holiness. - - -II. - -1. Q. What proportion of men either erect or thoroughly well-built will -be seen among those usually passing a given point on Broadway, in New -York? A. Scarcely one in ten. - -2. Q. What is said of the training ordinarily had by farmers, merchants, -mechanics and laborers, who constitute a very great majority of -Americans? A. No one of the four classes has ordinarily had any training -at all aimed to make him equally strong all over. - -3. Q. What is said of regular exercise among the great majority of the -women of this country? A. No regular exercise is common among the great -majority of the women of this country which makes them use both their -hands alike, and is yet vigorous enough to add to the size and strength -of their shoulders, chests and arms. - -4. Q. What is the character of the popular sports and pastimes of -boyhood and youth to supply the lack of inherited development? A. Good as -these sports are, as far as they go, they are not in themselves vigorous -enough, or well enough chosen to remedy the lack. - -5. Q. What does a leading metropolitan journal say an inquirer will -see by standing at the door of almost any public or private school or -academy at the hour of dismissal? A. He will see a crowd of under-sized, -listless, thin-faced children, with scarcely any promise of manhood to -them. - -6. Q. What is stated in reference to the play-grounds of our cities -and towns? A. It is not a good sign, or one that bodes well for the -future, to see them so much neglected; and many of our large cities are -wretchedly off for play-grounds. - -7. Q. What description is given of the physical appearance of the -majority of the girls in any of our cities or towns, as seen passing to -and from school? A. Instead of high chests, plump arms, comely figures, -and a graceful and handsome mien, you constantly see flat chests, angular -shoulders, often round and warped forward, with scrawny necks, pipe-stem -arms, narrow backs, and a weak walk. - -8. Q. What does a distinguished surgeon say as to the ability to endure -protracted brain-work without ill result? A. It is not brain-work that -kills, but brain-worry. - -9. Q. What does our author state there ought to be in every girls’ school -in our land, for pupils of every age? A. A system of physical culture -which should first eradicate special weaknesses and defects, and then -create and maintain the symmetry of the pupils, increasing their bodily -vigor and strength up to maturity. - -10. Q. What is the first thing most women should do in order to get -health and strength and the bloom of perfect physical development? A. The -first thing is to bring up the weaker muscles by special effort, calling -them at once into vigorous action, and to restore to its proper position -the shoulder, back, or chest which has been so long allowed to remain out -of place. - -11. Q. What is the next step after the symmetry is once secured? A. Then -equal work for all the muscles, taken daily, and in such quantities as -are found to suit best. - -12. Q. In our Christian lands what do we find in regard to the fathers -and mothers of the great men? A. We find that the great men have almost -invariably had remarkable mothers, while their fathers were as often -nothing unusual. - -13. Q. What does our author say as to the means of getting a vigorous and -healthy body kept toned up by rational, systematic, daily exercise, by -every girl and woman? A. The means of getting it are so easily within the -reach of all who are not already broken by disease, that it is never too -late to begin, and that one hour a day, properly spent, is all that is -needed to secure it. - -14. Q. Had the lungs and also the muscles of the man had vigorous daily -action to the extent that frequent trial had shown best suited to that -man’s wants, of what is there very little doubt? A. That a large majority -of the ailments would be removed, or rather would never have come at all. - -15. Q. What is well nigh essential to attain success and length of -service in any of the learned professions, including that of teaching? A. -A vigorous body. - -16. Q. To win lasting distinction in sedentary, in-door occupations -which tax the brain and the nervous system, what does all professional -biography teach? A. Extraordinary toughness of body must accompany -extraordinary mental powers. - -17. Q. What are all that people need for their daily in-door exercises? -A. A few pieces of apparatus which are fortunately so simple and -inexpensive as to be within the reach of most persons. - -18. Q. What appliances can be readily fitted up for the home gymnasium? -A. A horizontal bar, a pair of parallel bars, or their equivalent for -certain purposes, a pair of pulling-weights, and a rowing-weight, to -which may be added a pair of dumb-bells. - -19. Q. What may be accomplished with these few bits of apparatus? A. -Every muscle of the trunk, nearly all those of the legs, and all those of -the arms, can, by a few exercises so simple that they can be learned at a -single trying, be brought into active play. - -20. Q. To what extent should these articles of the home gymnasium be -used? A. Every member of the family, both old and young, should use them -daily, enough to keep both the home gymnasium and its users in good -working order. - -21. Q. What is said of the shaping power of teachers with children in -school? A. When children are with their teacher in school is almost the -best time in their whole lives to shape them as the teacher chooses, not -morally or mentally only, but physically as well. - -22. Q. With what should prompt and vigorous steps be taken to acquaint -every school teacher in this country? A. With such exercises as would -quickly restore the misshapen, insure an erect carriage, encourage habits -of full breathing, and strengthen the entire trunk and every limb. - -23. Q. What did President Eliot of Harvard say a few years ago of -a majority of those coming into that university? A. That they had -undeveloped muscles, a bad carriage, and an impaired digestion, without -skill in any out-of-door games, and unable to ride, row, swim or shoot. - -24. Q. What do both the physician and experience tell us rest the tired -brain? A. Nothing rests a tired brain like sensible physical exercise, -except, of course, sleep. - -25. Q. When exposure to out-of-door air is associated with a fair share -of physical exertion, what does Dr. Mitchell say it is an immense -safeguard against? A. The ills of anxiety and too much brain work. - -26. Q. In a country like ours, where the masses are so intelligent, -concerning what does our author consider the ignorance of the people as -marvelous? A. As to what can be done to the body by a little systematic -physical education. - -27. Q. Of what do few people seem to be aware on this subject? A. That -any limb, or any part of it, can be developed from a state of weakness -and deficiency to one of fullness, strength, and beauty, and that equal -attention to all the limbs, and to the body as well, will work like -results throughout. - -28. Q. What course of exercise with many has resulted in largely reducing -superfluous flesh with fleshy people? A. Vigorous muscular exercise, -taken daily and assiduously. - -29. Q. What contributes to keeping some people thin? A. Most thin people -do not keep still enough, do not take matters leisurely, and do not rest -enough; while, if their work is muscular, they do too much daily in -proportion to their strength. - -30. Q. What is the character of the physical exercises the late William -Cullen Bryant continued up to the last year of his life? A. Immediately -after rising he began a series of exercises performed with dumb-bells, -a pole, a horizontal bar, and a light chair swung around his head, -continued for a full hour and sometimes longer. - -31. Q. What does a former business associate of Mr. Bryant, who knew him -intimately, say of his health? A. “During the forty years that I have -known him, Mr. Bryant has never been ill—never been confined to his bed -except on the occasion of his last accident. His health has always been -good.” - -32. Q. What two classes of men are there in our cities and larger towns -that more than almost any others need daily and systematic bodily -exercise in order to make them efficient for their duties, and something -like what men in their line ought to be? A. The police and firemen. - -33. Q. What are some of the ways of developing the muscles of the leg -below the knee? A. Walking, and at the same time pressing hard with the -toes and the soles; running on the soles and toes; hopping on one foot; -jumping. - -34. Q. What are some of the methods of developing the muscles of the -front thigh? A. Holding one foot out, either in front or back, and then -stooping down wholly on the other; jumping, fast walking and running. - -35. Q. What exercise is especially recommended for strengthening the -sides of the waist? A. Hopping straight ahead on one foot, and then on -the other. - -36. Q. What kind of a walk does a man usually have who is not strong in -the abdominal muscles? A. A feeble walk. - -37. Q. What is said of the development of men generally above the waist? -A. It is not an uncommon thing, especially among Englishmen, to find a -man of very strong legs and waist, yet with but an indifferent chest and -shoulders, and positively poor arms. - -38. Q. With the use of what can the muscles above the belt be nearly all -thoroughly developed? A. With the use of dumb-bells. - -39. Q. What is a simple method for improving the ordinary grip of -the hand? A. Take a rubber ball in the hand, or a wad of any elastic -material, even of paper, and repeatedly squeeze it. - -40. Q. What will expand the chest? A. Anything which causes one to -frequently fill his lungs to their utmost capacity, and then hold them -full as long as he can. - -41. Q. What practice of breathing is a great auxiliary to enlarging the -lung room? A. The practice of drawing air slowly in at the nostrils until -every air-cell of the lungs is absolutely full, holding it long, and then -expelling it slowly. - -42. Q. Beside light gymnastic exercises in school, what should a teacher -insist upon with his pupils? A. He should insist upon the value of an -erect position in school hours, whether the pupils be standing or sitting. - -43. Q. What care should be taken in regard to school chairs? A. That they -should have broad and comfortable seats, and that the pupil never sits on -a half of the seat or on the edge of it, but far back on the whole of it. - -44. Q. What weight of dumb-bells should be used in ordinary exercises -with them by pupils? A. Dumb-bells of a pound each would be fit for -pupils under ten years of age. For older pupils the same work with two -pound bells will prove generally vigorous enough. - -45. Q. What are some of the daily exercises recommended for girls and -women? A. The use of dumb-bells, walking, riding, and, with girls, -running. - -46. Q. Beside these things, what ought a girl or woman to determine to do -while sitting? A. To sit with the head and neck up, trunk erect, and with -the shoulders low. - -47. Q. How ought every man in this country whose life is in-door to -divide his time? A. So that come what may he will make sure of his hour -of out-of-doors in the late afternoon, when the day’s work is nearly or -quite done. - -48. Q. What two things ought consumptives to determine to do when -sitting? A. To sit far back on the chair, and to sit at all times upright. - -49. Q. To what does a great German anatomist attribute the principal -cause of pulmonary diseases? A. To the breathing of foul air. - -50. Q. What is it far from uncommon for delicate persons to do who take -good care of the small stock of vigor they have? A. To outlive sturdier -ones who are more prodigal and careless. - - - - -CHAUTAUQUA NORMAL COURSE. - -Season of 1884. - - -LESSON V.—BIBLE SECTION. - -_The World of The Bible._ - -By REV. J. L. HURLBUT, D.D., AND R. S. HOLMES, A.M. - -Upon a map of the world mark out a section between 42° and 27° north -latitude, and 54° and 12° east longitude (Greenwich). This will include a -rectangle having the Black Sea on the north; the Caspian and Persian Gulf -on the east, the Sinaitic peninsula on the south, and Rome on the west; a -section of 1050 miles north and south, by 2400 east and west; an area of -2,520,000 square miles, about two-thirds the size of the United States. -Within these limits were transacted all the events of Bible history. This -area should be considered in connection with two maps, overlapping each -other in the center, those of the Old Testament, and the New Testament -world. - -I. The Old Testament world will embrace the lands between 54° and 31° -east longitude, or from the Nile to the Persian Gulf; and between 42° and -27° north latitude, or from the Black Sea to the Red Sea. - -1. Observe the location of the following _Seas_, and draw such portions -of them as are included in the map. 1. The Caspian, in the northeast -corner. 2. The Persian Gulf, southeast corner. 3. The Red Sea, on the -south. 4. The Mediterranean Sea, on the west. 5. The Black Sea on the -north. 6. The Dead Sea, due north of the eastern arm of the Red Sea. - -2. Locate the following _Mountain Ranges_: 1. Mount Ararat, the nucleus -of the mountain system, situated between the Caspian, Black, and -Mediterranean. 2. The Caspian range, branching from Ararat eastward, and -following the border of the Caspian Sea. 3. Mount Zagras, running from -Ararat southeasterly, toward the Persian Gulf. 4. Mount Lebanon, from -Ararat southwesterly, toward the Red Sea. (Anti-Lebanon, the mountains -of Palestine, Mount Seir and Mount Sinai, are all parts of this great -range.) 5. Mount Taurus, from Ararat westward, following the northern -shore of the Mediterranean. - -3. Next draw the important _Rivers_, nearly all following the line of -the mountain ranges. 1. The Araxes, from eastward into the Caspian Sea. -2. The Tigris, called in the Bible Hiddekel, from Ararat, following the -Zagras Mountain, into the Persian Gulf. 3. The Euphrates, from Ararat -westward to Mount Taurus, then southward, following the course of -Lebanon, then southeasterly through the great plain, until it unites with -the Tigris. 4. The Orontes, between two parallel chains of the Lebanon -range northward into the Mediterranean. 5. The Jordan, between the same -chains of Lebanon southward into the Dead Sea. 6. The Nile, in Africa, -northward into the Mediterranean. - -4. This world has its great Natural Divisions, somewhat like those of the -United States. 1. The eastern slope, from Mount Zagras eastward to the -great desert. 2. The central plain, between Zagras and Lebanon. 3. The -Mediterranean Slope, between Lebanon and the great sea. - -5. These natural divisions suggest the arrangement of the _Lands_. -1. Locate the lands of the eastern slope; Armenia, Media, Persia. 2. -The lands of the central plain, as follows: Between Mount Zagras and -the river Tigris. Assyria and Elam; between the Tigris and Euphrates. -Mesopotamia and Chaldea; the great desert. Arabia; between the desert and -Lebanon, Syria. 3. The lands of the Mediterranean; Egypt, the wilderness, -Palestine, Phœnicia, Asia Minor, though the last does not appear in Old -Testament history. - -6. Locate the following cities, and name the Bible events associated -with them. 1. Eden, the original home of the human race, probably at the -junction of the Tigris and Euphrates. 2. Babylon, the capital of Chaldea, -on the Euphrates. 3. Shushan, or Suza, the capital of Persia, and the -place of Esther’s deliverance. 4. Nineveh, on the Tigris, the capital of -Assyria. 5. Haran, in Mesopotamia, a home of Abraham. 6. Damascus, the -capital of Syria. 7. Jerusalem, in Palestine. 8. Tyre, in Phœnicia. 9. -Memphis, on the Nile, in Egypt. - -II. _The New Testament World._ This extends from Asia Minor to Italy, and -from the Black Sea to Mount Sinai, between the same parallels as the last -map, and from 12° to 42° east longitude; and represents the lands of the -eastern Mediterranean. - -1. Upon this map locate five _Seas_. The Mediterranean; Dead Sea; Black -Sea; Ægean Sea (between Asia Minor and Europe); Adriatic Sea, between -Greece and Italy. - -2. Locate also five _Islands_. Cyprus, in the northeastern corner of the -Mediterranean; Crete, south of the Ægean; Patmos, in the Ægean; Sicily, -southwest of Italy, and Melita, now Malta, south of Sicily. - -3. Arrange and bound the lands by their continents. 1. African lands. -Egypt, Libya, and Africa proper. 2. Asiatic lands. Palestine, Phœnicia, -Syria, Asia Minor. 3. European lands. Macedonia, Greece, Illyricum, Italy. - -4. Locate definitely the provinces of Asia Minor, which may be -arranged thus: Three on the north, bordering on the Black Sea. Pontus, -Paphlagonia, Bithynia; three on the west, bordering on the Ægean Sea. -Mysia, Lydia, Caria; three on the south, bordering on the Mediterranean; -Lycia, Pamphylia, Cilicia; four in the interior; north, Galatia; east, -Cappadocia; south, Pisidia; west, Phrygia; central, Lycaonia. - -5. Notice the location of several important _Cities_. Alexandria, in -Egypt; Jerusalem, in Palestine; Damascus and Antioch, in Syria; Tyre, -in Phœnicia; Tarsus, in Cilicia; Ephesus, in Lydia; Philippi and -Thessalonica, in Macedonia; Athens and Corinth, in Greece; and Rome, in -Italy. - -6. Notice with regard to the New Testament world. 1. There were many -lands, yet but one government, the Roman Empire. 2. There were many -tongues, yet one language everywhere spoken, the Greek. 3. There were -many races, but one people found everywhere, the Jews. 4. There were many -religions, yet no deep-seated belief, and consequently, everywhere a -hunger for the Gospel. - - -SUNDAY-SCHOOL SECTION. - -LESSON IV.—THE TEACHER’S WEEK-DAY WORK. - -I. _Its Necessity._—The teacher’s purpose is the conversion and spiritual -education of the scholar; a purpose too great to be compassed in the -session of the Sunday-school. Consider the following facts: - -1. _The brief time which the Sunday-school affords; a half hour_ to the -lesson; fifty-two half hours in a year; less than one school week of the -secular school. What progress could be expected from a year’s study, in -which the school time is only a week? - -2. _The difficult subjects of Sunday-school teaching_; upon themes which -are the loftiest contemplated by the human mind; worthy of the ablest -intellects; yet to be simplified to the understanding of childhood and -youth by the teacher. - -3. _The lack of preparation on the part of the pupil._—The teacher -can not take for granted _any_ study at home by the class, but must -supplement their absolute neglect by his own increased diligence and -skill. - -4. _The natural aversion of the scholar’s heart to the teacher’s -efforts._—The pupil does not desire to be saved and to learn about -salvation; all his unregenerate nature is hostile to the subject, and the -teacher has dull hearts as well as unprepared minds to contend against. - -5. _The intervening time of a week between the sessions of the school_ is -sufficient to efface even what impression is produced by the lesson. - -With all these hindrances it is plain that the teacher who is to succeed, -must supplement his Sunday with week-day work. - -II. The next question is, _What shall the week-day work of the teacher -be?_ Our space forbids more than a mere outline. - -1. _A daily study by the teacher of teaching methods_, in order to best -employ the brief time at command for actual work. It is said Napoleon’s -battles were fought in detail in his own mind before even the enemy were -in sight, and his force, will and genius were sufficient to carry out the -details. A study of the methods employed by the best secular teachers -would furnish means for planning all the details of any Sunday half hour. - -2. _A daily study of the lesson itself._—The teacher’s preparation will -occupy another lesson in this series; but when once that art has been -learned, a part of the teacher’s week-day work should be to practice it -daily. - -3. _A daily watching the methods of life of the class of society from -which one’s pupils come._—If they are children or youth or adults, if -from the lower, middle or higher walks of society, the teacher should -know the influences which surround the life and the methods which govern -it, in order to rightly fit the teaching to the life. - -4. _A sedulous scrutiny of the face of every child met in daily -life._—Such care will prevent ever passing a scholar of the class without -notice, and will reveal the workings of the child heart, and give an -insight into child nature that will be of great value. - -5. _A careful listening to the conversation of children, and entering -into conversation with them whenever practicable._ - -6. _Earnestly seeking an interest in the things which are of interest to -the pupil._—It will furnish a common ground of meeting in the class on -Sunday. _Community of interest will result._ - -7. _Daily seeking contact with the pupil, either personal or by some -means which will recall the teacher to the pupil’s mind._—If the teacher -is daily present with the pupil there is hope that the teacher’s -influence and teachings will be also. - -8. _Daily endeavoring by all means in the teacher’s power to render the -pupil’s daily life pleasanter._ - -III. But how can all these things be accomplished? - -1. By a regular attendance on the weekly teachers’ meeting. That is an -essential part of a teacher’s week-day work. - -2. By systematic visiting of pupils in their homes. This will insure an -acquaintance which could in no other way be obtained. - -3. By cultivating the reading habit in the pupil. How? By giving some -good weekly paper or magazine which you have finished; by loaning good -books; by interesting the family in such organizations as the Chautauqua -Literary and Scientific Circle. - -4. By inviting pupils to entertainments, to the teacher’s home in winter, -and to the woods and fields in summer. - -5. By establishing little class Normal classes, and teaching some of the -many interesting things parallel to the general work of the Sunday-school. - -This brief outline may serve as a nucleus for thought by the student, and -may suggest a general plan, of which the details can be wrought out by -the individual teacher. - - -LESSON V.—THE TEACHER’S PREPARATION. - -I. _The Necessity of Preparation._—All that was adduced in the last -lesson to show the importance of the week-day work, might well be -repeated as arguments for the preparation of the lesson. - -1. _It is necessary from the limitation of time._—The teacher must study -his subject thoroughly, in order to employ to the utmost that precious -half hour of the lesson. - -2. _It is necessary from the nature of the subjects._—No one should -venture to instruct upon the all-important, the profound, the difficult -themes of the Gospel, who has not given them special and intense thought. - -3. _It is necessary from the condition of the pupil._—Because the scholar -is unprepared, careless, unthinking, the teacher must be alert, able, -equipped. Any one can teach a genius, but it requires a genius to teach a -dullard. - -II. _The general aims of preparation._—In the teacher’s study of the -Scripture three aims should at all times be kept in view. - -1. _His first aim should be to interpret the meaning of the Word._—We -should study, not to interject into the Scriptures our own views, or the -doctrines of our school of thought, but to ascertain what God meant in -the Book, to learn “the mind of the Spirit.” - -2. _His second aim should be to satisfy the needs of his own spiritual -nature._—No man can feed others unless he has himself been fed. Let the -teacher fill his own heart with the Word of life, and then he will be -able to inspire his class with hunger for the truth. - -3. _His third aim should be to supply the needs of his class._—He is -a teacher as well as a learner, and must ever study with the full -knowledge of his scholar’s needs, seeking in the lesson for that which is -especially fitted for them and can be adapted to them. - -III. _The Departments of Preparation._—(We condense here the outline of -Dr. Vincent, in the “Chautauqua Normal Guide.”) There are five lines -of investigation and preparation to be followed by the teacher; not -necessarily in this order, but embodying these departments. - -1. _The Analysis of the Lesson-Text._—The teacher who seeks to know the -contents of the lesson will find them under the following seven elements. -1. The _time_ to which the lesson belongs, year, period, relation to last -lesson, etc. 2. The _places_ referred to in the lesson, or where its -events occurred; their location, history, associations. 3. The _persons_, -who they were; what is known of them; the characters displayed. 4. The -_facts_ or _thoughts_ of the lesson; facts if historical; thoughts if -ethical or doctrinal, as the Epistles. 5. The _difficulties_ encountered -in the explanation of the lesson, whether in its statements, or their -relation to other parts of Scripture. 6. The _doctrines_ or general -principles taught. 7. The _duties_ inculcated in the lesson or to be -drawn from it. - -2. _The Collation of Parallel Passages._—Every text which will shed light -upon a fact or a thought in the lesson should be searched. Spurgeon says: -“The best commentary on a passage of Scripture is the spirit of God;” and -that it reveals itself in the parallel passages. - -3. _The Exploration of the Lesson-Text_, for its central topic; the -underlying spiritual thought which runs through it and is to be presented -from it. - -4. _The Adaptation of the Lesson to the Class._—This subject receives -more full and suggestive treatment in Lesson vii. The teacher must -prepare his lesson with the condition and characteristics of his pupils -in his mind. - -5. _The Preparation of the Teaching Plan._—The teacher should know not -only what he is to teach, but _how_ he is to teach it; in what order of -thought; with what opening sentences, illustrations, application, and -closing utterances. - -IV. _Hints on Preparation._—1. Begin early in the week, as soon after the -teaching of the last lesson as possible. 2. Read the lesson often; at -least once each day, and thoughtfully. 3. Pray much over the lesson; for -by communion with the Author of the Word we enter into knowledge of the -Word. 4. Use all the helps accessible, in the line of commentaries, Bible -dictionaries, etc. 5. Study independently, using the thoughts of others -to quicken your own thought, and not in place of it. 6. Talk with others -about the lesson, in the family, in the teachers’ meeting, and in social -life. 7. Do not expect to use all your material. All the knowledge gained -will add power to the teaching of that portion of the knowledge imparted. - - * * * * * - -THE ART OF READING.—I used to believe a great deal more in opportunities -and less in application than I do now. Time and health are needed, but -with these there are always opportunities. Rich people have a fancy for -spending money very uselessly on their culture because it seems to them -more valuable when it has been costly; but the truth is, that by the -blessing of good and cheap literature, intellectual light has become -almost as accessible as daylight. I have a rich friend who travels more, -and buys more costly things than I do, but he does not really learn more -or advance farther in the twelvemonth. If my days are fully occupied, -what has he to set against them? only other well occupied days, no more. -If he is getting benefit at St. Petersburg he is missing the benefit I -am getting round my house and in it. The sum of the year’s benefit seems -to be surprisingly alike in both cases. So if you are reading a piece -of thoroughly good literature, Baron Rothschild may possibly be as well -occupied as you—he is certainly not better occupied. When I open a noble -volume I say to myself, “now the only Crœsus that I envy is he who is -reading a better book than this.”—_Philip G. Hamerton._ - - - - -EDITOR’S OUTLOOK. - - -DRESS AND INCOME - -Dress is fast becoming a science. Particularly is this true of the dress -of women. The modern fashion magazine with its suggestions and plans, -shows how nearly dress is a formulated science. All this is right and -necessary. When used rightly there is no weapon in a woman’s hands -more powerful than effective dressing. It makes even a plain woman -attractive, and a fair one doubly so. It gives her a peculiar influence -which every earnest, true-hearted woman should seek rather than avoid. -To be effective, dress must be studied. But the thought which women -give to dress leads them often to give it undue importance, to make it -a paramount object rather than a means to influence. Most especially -is this true among a large class of self-supporting women and wives of -salaried men. The old charge of Polonius: - - “Costly thy habit as thy purse can buy, - But not express’d in fancy; rich, not gaudy” - -is often literally carried out by them, and in many cases this class -dresses in a more costly style and with more taste than any other in the -community. Nor is it mere outside show. They do not wear silk dresses and -coarse boots, nor velvet mantles and no gloves. Their wardrobe is almost -invariably complete and in taste. They are sensibly, neatly and richly -dressed women. They have studied and mastered the science of dressing -well. They live within their incomes, too; but in almost every case their -salaries give them nothing but food and raiment. At the end of a year, -beyond their wardrobes and the amount of rather questionable prestige -which their good clothes have given them in a certain circle—rarely a -circle which is superior to their own—they have nothing, and here lies -the wrong. No matter how small an income may be it ought to be so used -that it will do more. If for a year’s work we have simply the necessaries -of life, we have achieved small success. But few people put their money -where it yields substantial return; few devote a fair portion of their -earnings to increase the value of their work or to multiply implements of -work. We rarely find persons who devote a fair amount of their salaries -to charities, but we do often find salaries of from six hundred to one -thousand dollars yielding seal-skin sacks and velvet gowns. Are such -garments consistent with the steady course of self-culture which every -person should pursue, or with the tithe which every moralist, not to say -Christian, should devote to the world of woe about us? Common sense tells -us that we can not live like the wealthy unless we are wealthy. - -It is among the salaried class particularly that this evil exists. -Perhaps the cause springs from the way in which they earn their -livelihood. Money comes to them regularly and surely; they see no reason -why it should cease, and so give less attention to strict economy than -the man whose success depends upon the care and thrift with which he -lives. Their future promotion depends upon their faithfulness, not upon -their economy, so that often a man of moderate salary keeps a more -expensive establishment than a man of moderate wealth. In the latter -case future business advancement depends upon the amount he can save to -invest, in the former simply upon his sticking to his work. Salaried -people too often live like school boys upon their annual allowance. -Whatever the cause, there is a large class of people among us much -inferior to what they might be, both in usefulness and ability, simply -from the wholly selfish expenditures of their incomes. - - -STEAM IS NOT AN ARISTOCRAT. - -One of the careless outcries of dissatisfied persons is that the “rich -are growing richer and the poor poorer.” This is half true. The rich -are growing richer—and so, too, are the poor. The wealth of the world -has been enormously increased, and all classes have profited by it. -Even paupers fare better at public expense than they did fifty years -ago. Steam has multiplied the world’s wealth. The increase is most -conspicuous in the bank accounts of the rich. But the poor live in -better houses, have better food and clothing, and get a good many things -once considered luxuries. Doubtless some who cry “the poor are growing -poorer,” have an honest fear that the tendency of things is to crush down -into bitter poverty all but the few rich. They see the growth of large -fortunes, but they fail to see the greater growth of general wealth, nor -do they stop to figure out the problem. For example: Suppose Vanderbilt -has $150,000,000. Then suppose it divided among 50,000,000 of people. -We should get just _three dollars apiece_! Suppose that the very rich -of the country are equal in wealth to twenty Vanderbilts—a very large -estimate. Then, their united wealth, if distributed, would give us only -_sixty dollars apiece_! That is the most we could get out of dividing up -the big piles of wealth. Any one sees that it would not pay to divide. -The rich have not a great deal of our money in their pockets—if they -have any. For, an honest inquiry will show that the general average of -wealth, and of all that wealth brings to us, is higher by a much larger -proportion than that sixty dollars apiece represents. The worst view we -can possibly take of it is that we have paid sixty dollars apiece, out of -a vast increase in wealth, to men who have managed great enterprises that -have enriched us all. _Perhaps_ these men have taken it all for nothing. -Nobody believes it; but suppose they have. Then we have still obtained -a great gain at small cost. We get, on the average, twice as much for -our labor as people did fifty years ago. We live in more comfort than -people used to do. We are not growing poorer. We raise here no question -of monopolies. Our point now is that the poor are not growing poorer, but -richer—that there is no such tendency at work in modern society as the -one honestly feared by many—this piling up of all wealth in few hands. -Steam is not an aristocrat, but a plain Republican who impartially helps -us all when we help ourselves. - - -THE PRESENT POLITICAL OUTLOOK. - -In a very few months we shall know the names of the presidential -candidates, one of whom, in all probability, will be the next chief -executive of the nation. The Republican National Convention has been -called to meet in Chicago June 3, next. The calling of other conventions -will soon follow. In a short time we shall have the candidates, and -then will ensue a contest of which it is safe to predict that it will -be close, exciting, and warmly fought. In contemplating the present -political situation, we see it is little different from that of 1880. -Less change has come in the quadrennium than might have been anticipated. -The same two great parties confront each other, and their apparent -relative strength is much the same as it was when last in the national -arena they measured swords; it can hardly be said that there is greater -likelihood of the success of either than there was four years ago. For -years there has been no little talk about the old parties having done -their work, and the time having come for them to die and new parties to -succeed them; and yet, we enter the presidential campaign of 1884 with -the two old parties in the field as influential as ever. Small progress, -if any, has been made during the past four years in the work of bringing -new parties to strength and prominence. The supersession of the parties -which for so many years have been competitors for the reins of government -is a thing of the future still, and seems a thing not of the near future. -Of the new political organizations which from time to time have arisen, -it is to be said that, generally, their strength is evidently waning -rather than increasing. Some of them, in state elections, have held the -balance of power and been important factors, but there is no probability -that such will be the case in the approaching presidential contest. -The influential parties of the past are the influential parties of the -present. One of them is to win in November next, and both now appear -with about the same chances of success as in 1880. - -The fall elections of 1882 gave great confidence to the Democratic party. -Their ticket in New York received 192,000 majority, in Pennsylvania -40,000, and in Massachusetts 14,000. They had some grounds certainly for -the assurance that in the next presidential fight they would wrest from -their opponents the power which had been theirs for more than a score -of years. But the situation has taken on a decidedly changed aspect. -From the state elections of October last, indeed, Democrats might still -derive courage and hope. They carried Ohio, and showed much greater -strength in Iowa than in former years; though, to be sure, causes for -these results of a local and temporary character were not wanting. But -the November elections served to render the prospects more dubious. -In New York the Republicans elected their candidate for Secretary -of State by 17,000 majority; in Pennsylvania their state ticket was -carried by a majority of 16,000; and in Massachusetts Mr. Robinson was -elected Governor over General Butler by a majority of 10,000. Virginia -was carried by the Democrats; but this Democratic victory, it is well -argued by a keen political writer, is to prove a real blessing to the -Republicans by breaking the complications of their party with “Mahoneism” -and repudiation. All things considered, then, neither party can be seen -to have gained since the last presidential election, and to stand a -better chance of success than four years ago. The “Solid South” is still -solid. Not an electoral vote from the states once in rebellion will be -given to the Republican candidates. Among many doubtful things, this at -least is certain. The solid vote of the South is secure in the hands of -the Democrats. In addition to this, they will need, to win, forty-five -electoral votes from the North. If they are successful in securing these, -the next incumbent of the presidential office will be a Democrat. The -result of the approaching contest, since party issues of account are now -notably wanting, must turn very much upon the character of the party -candidates and the personal and official conduct of the representatives -of the two parties at Washington in the intervening time. From what has -been seen in New York, Pennsylvania, and other states, it is evident -that there is a very large and growing body of voters in the land who -will not be fettered to party, whether right or wrong. They claim the -right to turn their backs upon their party when its action becomes -offensive, and take an independent position. These “independents” hold -the balance of power at the present time. They can give New York and -Pennsylvania to either party; they can fix the result of the presidential -election. If good behavior on the part of party leaders and the choice of -unexceptionable candidates will secure their votes, it will certainly be -good policy to make use of the measures. - - -SPANISH BULL FIGHTS. - -There are found, even where we have the best civilization, some degraded -classes who delight in cruel, bloody sports, in witnessing scenes -most revolting to persons of humane feelings and better culture. But -desperadoes, pugilists, and other fighting men, with those who have a -fiendish satisfaction in the sufferings and blood of the dumb animals -they torture, are counted alien from our Christian civilization. Their -characters and their crimes are detested by all good citizens. But when -deeds of cruelty and blood are not only endured and condoned, but raised -to the dignity of national sports, it shows a state of society that can -hardly be called civilized. Ancient Rome had her gladiatorial shows for -the gratification of those eager to witness the bloody spectacle. The -tournaments of chivalrous knights in the mediæval times, who slew each -other as an exhibition of their strength and skill, were of the same -character. In Spain and Portugal even to the present day bull fights are -a national amusement, in which nearly all classes find pleasure. Our -attention is just now called to this. A suggestive note from a gentleman -of culture and refined sensibilities, says: “A king of Spain brought home -a young wife, whose first duty was to give the signal for the beginning -of a bull fight. The same monarch is visited by a German prince, in whose -honor these brutalities are perpetrated on a more magnificent scale than -usual.” And so it is. Alas for European civilization in the nineteenth -century! - -The preparation for these sports is extensive. The ring is of vast -dimensions, in the center of which is a pit, or wide area, sunk in -terraced granite, with galleries rising on all sides, sufficient to seat -at least ten thousand people who usually crowd the place on Sabbath -afternoon. The fighters and their assistants are trained to their -business, and handle their weapons skillfully. Some are mounted on horses -with long slender spears, used simply to torture and exasperate, but to -inflict no deadly wound. The “killer” is a swordsman on foot, who baffles -and confuses the bull, drawing his attention this way and that, playing -his red cloak before his eyes, and watching his opportunity to plunge -the sword to the hilt into the neck of the animal. They are well paid, -and often amass large fortunes. But no verbal account of a bull tourney -can present the rapid changes, the dangers and escapes, the skill, the -picturesqueness, and the horror of the actual thing. The acts, brilliant -or repulsive, occur in rapid succession, presenting only glimpses of -dramatic, ghastly pictures, which fade out instantly to re-form in new -phases. The poor, gaunt, dilapidated horses used are a cheap contribution -to the occasion, and forced into position to be killed by the horns of -the bull, as he, in turn, is doomed to die by the sword of the killer, -with not the slightest chance to survive the bloody fray. A fierce, -powerful bull has been known to kill five horses in ten minutes. The -first rush against a horse is a sight horrible to witness. You hear the -horns tearing the tough hide, crashing the ribs, dragging the entrails -from the quivering body. When two or more of the poor animals are -struggling on the earth in the ring, now reeking with blood, others, with -bandaged eyes, and hideously gashed sides, are spurred and goaded on to a -similar fate. A witness tells of seeing “a horse and rider lifted bodily -on the horns, and so tossed that the horseman was flung from his saddle, -hurtled over the bull, and landed solidly on his back, senseless.” The -grooms bore him off white and rigid, but the eager spectators heeded -him not. They were wildly cheering the bull’s strength and prowess. -Occasionally a man is horribly mangled, killed in the ring, or maimed for -life; so a surgeon attends in the ante-room, and (alas! the mockery,) a -priest is at hand, with his holy wafer for the last sacrament in case of -any accident to a good bull-fighting Catholic. Yet things so unutterably -repulsive are witnessed with apparent delight by richly dressed Spanish -gentlemen and ladies of the highest rank. - -The performance, as at present maintained, is far below that of -other days, when the nation had more vigor. The dumb animals are, by -arrangements in the ring, put to a much greater disadvantage, and the -necessity for great dexterity and courage no longer existing, the class -of fighting men do not, in these respects, compare well with their -predecessors. - -Spain, once a powerful nation, having a class—not numerous—of highly -cultivated citizens, and a literature by no means despicable, has -fallen into a sad condition, neither respected nor feared as formerly. -The brutal sports in which she delights could never be introduced or -tolerated in really refined society, or by cultured people, but when -retained as a relic of earlier barbarism they have an educating force, -and nurture to still greater strength the evil passions that made -them possible. Some things among us may have a dissipating, if not -demoralizing, tendency, and should be abandoned. Our voice is not against -all amusements. Innocent recreations are healthy. Our minds and bodies -need them. Only let them be suitable, and of an elevating tendency. - - - - -EDITOR’S NOTE-BOOK. - - -The list of C. L. S. C. graduates of the class of ’83 is published in -this number of THE CHAUTAUQUAN—1300 strong. The states represented -are California, Maine, Virginia, Florida, Tennessee, Pennsylvania, -Massachusetts, New York, Ohio, Minnesota, Maryland, Iowa, Illinois, -Georgia, Indiana, Michigan, Kansas, Rhode Island, Wisconsin, New -Jersey, Texas, Vermont, West Virginia, Connecticut, Missouri, District -of Columbia, New Hampshire, Colorado, Dakota, Kentucky. Canada is also -represented, and in far-away China there is one graduate. The members -are from thirteen different denominations: Methodist, Presbyterian, -Congregational, Episcopal, Baptist, Christian, United Presbyterian, -Reformed, Unitarian, Universalist, Friends, Roman Catholics, Seven Day -Baptists. In its ranks are teachers, housekeepers, ministers, lawyers, -clerks, students, mechanics, farmers, merchants, dressmakers, milliners, -music teachers and stenographers. - - * * * * * - -The presidential campaign for 1884 was opened in December by the -Republican National Committee fixing June as the time, and Chicago as the -place for holding the National Convention. Chautauqua was discussed as -a proper place for this convention to meet. The _Graphic_, of New York, -furnished a number of good illustrations of the hotels, steamboats, and -lines of railroads with which the Lake is favored, but these attractions -were not strong enough—the atmosphere of the place is not the kind -political conventions breathe. To be sure, President Grant and President -Garfield both honored themselves and Chautauqua by visiting the Assembly, -but a national political convention, even of the Republican type, -would find “water, water, everywhere,” and nothing stronger to drink. -Chautauqua is dead as a place for holding a national political convention. - - * * * * * - -James Russell Lowell, our Minister to England, enjoys so excellent a -reputation in that country, that people who ought to know better, are -beginning to talk about his “Un-Americanism.” It is a foolish business. -Mr. Lowell is an American of the Americans. But Americanism does not -consist in a capacity for getting the ill-will of foreigners, or in -abusing them when one lives abroad. Mr. Lowell worthily represents the -people of the United States among the English people, and the honors paid -to him in choosing him to unveil the statue of Fielding, and electing -him Rector of the University of Glasgow, are honors paid to this nation. -There is no place for the petty jealousy of his growing popularity in -England. It is a thing to be proud of. The author of the “Biglow Papers” -will always be known on both sides of the ocean as a Yankee of the -Yankees. - - * * * * * - -Somebody has said of the “House of Representatives,” “it is too big for -business, too big for harmony, too big for economy, too big for any -practical purpose whatever,” and the prospect is that it will be larger, -rather than smaller. Speaker Carlisle found it almost unwieldy when he -organized the four hundred and one members into committees. We venture -the assertion that no officer in the United States Government in his -official capacity passes through a more trying ordeal than the Speaker -of the House. He must face his work every day of the session, in the -hall where he presides; and as for ambition and jealousy, tact and skill -in manipulation, the representatives of the people are so well along in -all these things that to ask one man to appoint this company to places -on committees, and then to legislate for the people, is too much. A new -method of appointing committees ought to be adopted. - - * * * * * - -Mr George Ticknor Curtis has rendered the American public a valuable -service in his two volumes on the life of James Buchanan, published by -the Harper Brothers. If this material had been precipitated upon the -public mind in the dark days of the civil war, it would have been as -fuel to the flame of public passion, or if it had come to light even -during the years immediately after the war, the result would have -been much the same. Mr. Buchanan’s task during the last days of his -administration was a hard one. He was expected to both _wait_ and to be -in a _hurry_ in discharging his duties as President; besides, it required -more than human sagacity to determine what would be the wisest course -for his administration to pursue. The time when he vacated the White -House, and Mr. Lincoln went into it, makes a joint in American history -which must be studied as with a microscope, if the student would reach a -correct judgment of the men who acted and the events that transpired. The -correspondence which passed between Mr. Buchanan and several members of -his old cabinet, after he retired to private life is like the glare of an -electric light turned on those turbulent times. By these letters one can -read his way out of the heretofore inexplicable darkness of those caverns -of history. - - * * * * * - -John Brown, of Ossawatomie fame, has been glorified in poetry and song. -There has been a bewitching charm about his name to a multitude of -people, and the events of the past decade have contributed largely to -this spell. As we settle back into our normal condition and study the -naked facts of his history, we are led to wonder how the man exerted such -a tremendous influence over his countrymen. If it be true that Sherman, -Doyles and Wilkinson, with others, whom Brown and his men murdered, had -entered into a conspiracy to destroy the Browns, this did not justify -John Brown and his men for murdering them in cold blood. Not even in -warfare would such heartless butchery be defensible. It may yet appear -that the endorsement which the American people gave to John Brown, and -the glory they have attached to his memory were unworthily bestowed, and -that the people were misled. The close study of American history as made -between 1858 and 1865 may put a new face on many of our biographical and -national stories of men and events. - - * * * * * - -John Pender, a member of the English Parliament, compliments the Western -Union Telegraph Company, in a speech on the government assuming control -of telegraph lines, in these words: “I have thought it desirable to -refer to my visit to America, and say something about the Western Union -system, because it is a system which is, probably, in its efficiency, -only to be compared with our own system in England, which is worked by -the Government, with this difference, that being worked as a private -enterprise, and being stimulated more or less by competition, I think -the Western Union has shown greater results during the last ten years -than our system has under government management. I think the science of -electricity has received more encouragement and been more developed, -and the reduction of rates has, during that time, also been greater in -America than in England; and, altogether, I think it would be well if our -Government took a leaf out of the book of the Western Union Company.” - - * * * * * - -December the sixteenth was John G. Whittier’s birthday. He is now -seventy-six years old. In Haverhill, Massachusetts, a thrifty -manufacturing town, Mr. Whittier spent his boyhood, in a lonely farm -house half hidden by oak woods, with no other house in sight of it. He -says, on stormy nights - - “We heard the loosened clapboards tost, - The board-nails snapping in the frost; - And on us, through the unplastered wall, - Felt the light-sifted snow-flakes fall.” - - * * * * * - -The London (England) _Chronicle_ speaks the following sensible words -concerning the new honor conferred on Tennyson: “It will seem very -strange for us to have to think of Alfred Tennyson as Lord Tennyson, -and he is too aged, and his life-impression too decidedly fixed, for -the changed name to get established. Just as we speak of Shakspere, and -Wordsworth, and Bulwer Lytton, and Browning, so we shall think and speak -of Tennyson. A poet’s proper crown is not a peerage, but a nation’s -admiration and love, and the world’s uplifting by his words of trust and -hope, his visions of the perfect, the beautiful, and the true, his subtle -readings of human hearts and motives. England, and the English speaking -races of the world, crowned Tennyson long ago, and the peerage crown -seems but a little thing, only needing a passing word.” - - * * * * * - -Among the many “happy ideas” hit upon in connection with the C. L. S. -C., that of Memorial Days deserves prominent place and mention. Several -of these days are named for men whose genius and literary greatness have -received the world’s recognition. These days are not memorials to the -cold letters that spell the names of Milton, Addison, and Shakspere, -but to genius and greatness in literature as represented by them. And -the design is not to keep in memory a mere literal sign, a name, but to -pay our homage to the literary or other merit with which the name is -associated. And this with the ulterior view of kindling aspirations and -inspirations in our own minds and hearts. - - * * * * * - -Seventy-five million dollars are invested in the rubber business of this -country, of which $30,000,000 are in the boot and shoe manufacture. -The annual products are $250,000,000, made by 15,000 persons at 120 -factories. Thirty thousand tons of raw rubber are used each year. The -forests along the equator, which Humboldt declared inexhaustible, are -dwindling, and the rapid increase of cost of rubber (from 50 cents to -$1.25 per lb. in six years) is leading to search for cheaper substitutes. - - * * * * * - -The Rev. Dr. John Hall says: “The churches of New York cost $3,000,000 -per year; the amusements $7,000,000; the city government $13,000,000. It -is not an extravagant demand that the churches should have more money.” - - * * * * * - -Ella A. Giles, in _The Nation_, furnishes a description of a seminary -for colored girls in Atlanta, Ga., under the auspices of the Baptist -Home Missionary Society. Here is a testimony she jotted down in one of -their meetings: “Dis chile didn’t do no teachin’ in vacation,” said a -big mulatto woman, with great pomposity. “’Twan’t ’cos she didn’t know -’nuff, ’xactly, nor ’cos there wasn’t heaps dat needed to be teached. On -every side ignorant niggers is as thick as flies. But my _preferment_ was -doin’ suthin’ else fur my blessed Savior. Needn’t think I didn’t work for -Jesus, my young sisters. I tell ye I worked mighty hard! I visited heaps -o’ sick niggers, an’ I ’low I wan’t lazy. Don’t win ye no crown jes to -go an’ _look_ at sick folks, unless ye _do_ suthin’ fur um. I feel like -as if my stomach was light and freed from bile, ’cos I nussed the sick, -an’ puttin my shoulder to the wheel, didn’t look back like Lot’s wife -and turn unto a pillow of salt, but minded my blessed Lord an’ Savior -an’ visited the sick—fur to please Jesus. I likes dis yeah school. Laws! -I’s mo’n fifty years ole or thar-’bouts, an’ till I kum yeah I nebber -know’d dat workin’ fur Christ meant nussin’ sick folks an’ goin’ to see -the widowers an’ childless in affliction, an’ keepin’ unspotted from de -world.” - - * * * * * - -One cold day in December, from the City Hall steps in New York City, -the Rev. Henry Kimball gave away two cheeses, cut in pound chunks, two -barrels of crackers, a barrel of turnips, a barrel of hominy done up in -brown paper pound packages, and five bags of Indian meal. One hundred and -twenty women, seventy little girls, and a colored man came to get their -baskets filled. “It is more blessed to give than to receive.” - - * * * * * - -At a meeting of naturalists held recently in New York, Prof. D. Cope, of -Philadelphia, alluded to the small provision that is made for original -research in this country, and the stress that is on almost all original -investigators to throw themselves away as teachers in order to gain -a livelihood. It is important that we have original investigation in -science, but capitalists must furnish the money to defray the expenses. -But because a man or woman turns to teaching rather than investigation, -they do not throw themselves away. Teaching is as high and honorable a -calling as investigating nature’s laws. - - * * * * * - -A new feature lately introduced in the public schools of New Haven is -called “newspaper geography.” The pupils are in turn required to find on -the map places referred to in the paper. - - * * * * * - -The South Carolina Legislature has passed a bill declaring unlawful all -contracts for the sale of articles for future delivery. Speculation -in cotton never received a harder blow than this. If some of our -legislatures in northern states, say New York, Pennsylvania and Illinois, -should adopt such a law, and then enforce it, what a torpedo it would be -among speculators in oil and grain, and stocks of all kinds. - - * * * * * - -One of the students in the University of Berlin, Germany, is 69 years of -age. The aged members of the C. L. S. C. find themselves in the fashion. -Our motto is a good one: “Never be discouraged,” not even in old age. - - * * * * * - -The Woman’s Christian Temperance Union celebrated its tenth anniversary -on December 23. We are told that this organization numbers 100,000 -members, and that they are scattered all over the land. Here we find the -cause of the stir and hubbub in the country on the temperance question. -It began in the Ohio crusade, among the women. They used prayer and -religious songs and earnest entreaties, flavored with the spirit of -Christianity, and they have won; yes, they have won the grandest victory -of which mention is made in history for temperance and our unfortunate -fellow men. Celebrate the return of the anniversary of the crusade. Do it -with songs and shouts of joy, and continue to work till the end. - - * * * * * - -We find the following summary of an interview with Whittier in the -_Sun_: “Whittier said that Hawthorne, Emerson, Longfellow, and himself -had always been friends. There were no jealousies, and each took a pride -in the work and successes of the others. They would exchange notes upon -their productions, and if one saw a kindly notice of the other it was -always cut out and sent to him. Hawthorne was by the others regarded -as the greatest master of the English language. Whittier describes -himself as unlike any of the rest, for he never had any method. When -he felt like it he wrote, and neither had the health nor the patience -to revise his work afterward. It usually went as it was originally -completed. Emerson wrote with great care, and would not only revise -his manuscript carefully, but frequently reword the whole on the proof -sheets. Longfellow, too, was a very careful writer. He would lay his -work by and then revise it. He would often consult with his friends -about his productions before they were given to the world. ‘I was not so -fortunate,’ says the Quaker poet. ‘I have lived mostly a secluded life, -with little patience to draw upon, and only a few friends for associates. -What writing I have done has been for the love of it. I have ever been -timid of what I have penned. It is really a marvel to me that I have -gathered any literary reputation from my productions.’” - - * * * * * - -So large a number of the complete sets of THE CHAUTAUQUAN for 1880-1881 -have been received by us that we withdraw the offer made in the January -issue of the magazine. - - * * * * * - -The prospect is good that we shall have erected at Chautauqua in the -spring about six new cottages, to be used by the School of Languages. -They will be located on the new land recently purchased by the -Association. This will introduce public buildings on that part of the -grounds, and make the lots for private cottages more desirable. The -outlook on the Lake from this point is one of the finest to be found -between Jamestown and Mayville. - - - - -C. L. S. C. NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS FOR FEBRUARY. - - -PHILOSOPHY OF THE PLAN OF SALVATION. - -P. 177.—“Diomedes,” diˈo-meˌdes. A legendary hero of the Trojan -war—second in bravery to Achilles. Much space is devoted by Homer in -the _Iliad_ to his exploits. He was a favorite of Minerva, and from her -received the gift of immortality. In his combats with the Trojans he -spared neither gods nor men, if Minerva assisted him. For this reason -Minerva speaks to him: - - “War boldly with the Trojans, Diomed; - For even now I breathe into thy frame,— - … - Lo! I remove the darkness from thine eyes, - That thou mayst well discern the gods from men; - And if a god should tempt thee to the fight, - Beware to combat with the immortal race.” - -P. 179.—“Clemens of Alexandria.” One of the early Christian fathers, who -lived at the close of the second and beginning of the third centuries. -Educated in the heathen philosophy, he was converted to Christianity, -and became a presbyter in the church. Clemens wrote much, using the -scientific methods of the philosophers in his exposition of the doctrines -of Christianity. His principal themes were exhortations to the heathen to -abandon idolatry, and treatises on Christian and Greek literature. - -“Minucius Felix,” Marcus. A native of Africa, but he came to Rome, where -he successfully practiced law until he was converted. He is said to have -been renowned for his eloquence. His most important work for Christianity -was _Octavius_, a dialogue between a Christian and a heathen upon the -merits of their respective religions. - -P. 187.—“Reductio ad absurdum.” Reducing to an absurdity. - -P. 189.—“Petrifaction,” pĕtˌri-făcˈtion. Turning into stone of an animal -or vegetable substance. - -P. 199.—“Zeleucus,” ze-leuˈcus. A law-giver among the Locrians (see -Grecian History), who lived about 660 B. C. His laws were eminently -severe, but were observed by his people for a long time. Zeleucus is said -to have come to his death because a transgressor of one of his own laws. -He had decreed that no one should enter the senate house armed, on a -penalty of death. In a time of great excitement in war Zeleucus broke the -decree. It was remarked to him, and immediately he fell on his sword, in -vindication of the law. - -P. 222.—“Daguerreotype,” da-gĕrˈo-tīp. So called from Daguerre, the -discoverer of this method of taking pictures. - -P. 230.—“Permit me to write the ballads of a nation, and I care not -who makes her laws.” The idea is said to have originated with Andrew -Fletcher, of Saltoun, who wrote: “I knew a very wise man that believed -that if a man were permitted to make all the ballads, he need not care -who made the laws of a nation.” - -P. 241.—“Modus operandi.” Manner of operation. - -“Die.” The piece of metal on which is cut a device to impress on coins, -medals, etc. - -P. 254. “Socinian.” Lælius Socinus was an Italian theologian (1525-1562). -His study led him to doubt certain doctrines, among them that of the -Trinity. His nephew, Faustus, who by his skeptical spirit had made -himself very obnoxious to the church, decided in 1574 to become a -religious reformer, and from the manuscripts of his uncle he elaborated -what was called the Socinian system. The negations of the system include: -The Trinity, the deity of Christ, the personality of the devil, the -native and total depravity of man, the atonement and eternal punishment. -It affirms that Christ was a divinely appointed man, and that in the -imitation of his virtues we find our salvation. The American Cyclopædia -says of the former use of this term: “The name Socinian, which is so -often given to those who hold Unitarian opinions as a term of reproach, -was for a century the honorable designation of a powerful and numerous -religious body in Poland, Hungary and Transylvania.… The Racovian -catechism, so called from its place of publication (Raków, in Poland), -compiled mainly from the writings of Socinus, is still the text-book -of faith and worship in many Hungarian and Transylvanian churches.” -Unitarianism is now the term applied to the doctrines of Socinianism. - -P. 258.—Translation of Latin in foot-note: The constant presence of -Christ in the heart brings pleasant communion, gracious consolation, much -peace. - -P. 260.—“Subjectively.” By “moral light revealed subjectively” is meant -the light or truth which is natural, or in the mind of every subject or -thinker, and opposed to the light which comes _objectively_, or through -an object, as, in this case, the light which comes from the Bible. -Subjective and objective are terms of mental philosophy, of common use, -and applied generally to certainty or truth. “Objective certainty,” says -Watts, “is when the thing is true in itself; subjective when we are -certain of the truth of it. The one is in things, the other in our minds.” - -P. 266.—“Logos,” loˈgos. The _word_, literally. In ancient thought it -had two significations, one philosophical, where it meant the reason, -or that principle which regulates the affairs of the world; the other -theological, referring, as in the Gospel of St. John, to a distinct -person which both creates and redeems; here it is applied to man’s reason. - -P. 273.—“Lacon.” The author of Lacon was Caleb Colton, an English writer, -born in 1780. He was educated at Cambridge and received a vicarage in -1818, but soon became so dissipated as to utterly ruin his prospects. He -was obliged to flee to America on account of debts incurred in gambling, -but afterward went to France, where in 1832 he committed suicide. “Lacon, -or Many Things in Few Words,” is a collection of maxims, and is best -known of his writings. - - -HOW TO GET STRONG. - -P. 19.—“Navvy.” Short for navigator, formerly slang, but now a recognized -term applied to those employed in excavating canals, making dykes and -like work. - -“Longshoremen.” Said to be abbreviated from _along shore men_. “The Slang -Dictionary” says that all people who get their livings by the side of the -Thames below bridges are called Long Shore folk. The particular class to -which Mr. Blaikie refers is that of laborers employed about wharves. - -P. 25.—“Tom Brown of Rugby.” The hero of the story, “Tom Brown’s School -Days,” by Thomas Hughes. - -“Hares and Hounds.” A game sometimes called “paper hunt.” A team of any -number of players is formed, from which one is chosen as the hare. To him -is given a start of a few minutes called “law.” He starts off with a bag -of cut paper called “scent,” which he scatters as he runs. When “law” -is up the hounds or remainder of the team start in pursuit, following -“scent” as closely as possible. The game continues until the hare is run -to the ground or the players baffled. - -P. 27.—“Turners.” During the time that Napoleon controlled Prussia -Friedrich Jahn, a German patriot, conceived the idea of forming schools -in which the young men should be trained in gymnastic exercises and in -patriotic sentiments, in order that eventually they might drive the -French from the country. These schools were called _Turnvereine_. The -first one was established in 1811, and when in 1813 the country was -called to arms, the Turners rendered signal service. Though for a time -prohibited in Germany, they were afterward reorganized and have been -introduced into various countries. - -P. 41.—“Tantalus.” A character of Greek mythology, who, having given -offense to the gods, was punished in the lower world by confinement in a -river where the water always recedes from his lips, and the branches over -his head, laden with fruit, withdraw from his hand. - - “So bends tormented Tantalus to drink, - While from his lips the refluent waters shrink. - Again the rising stream his bosom laves, - And thirst consumes him ’mid circumfluent waves.”—_Darwin._ - -P. 50.—“La Ligne.” The line. - -“Dumas,” düˌmäˈ. French novelist and dramatist. (1803-1870.) - -P. 53.—“Sebastian Fenzi,” se-băsˈtian fentˈse. - -P. 62.—“Nathalie,” nâ-ta-lēˈ; “Farini,” fâ-rēˈnē. - -P. 81.—“Periauger,” pĕrˈi-auˌger. One of several forms of the word -pirogue. A kind of canoe formed out of a tree trunk. - -P. 85.—“Choate,” chote. (1799-1859.) Choate was sixty years of age when -he died, instead of fifty-five. - -P. 86.—“O’Connell.” (1775-1847.) The Irish statesman. - -P. 87.—“Brougham.” See THE CHAUTAUQUAN for November. - -“Canning.” (1770-1827.) A British statesman. - -P. 135.—“Double-first.” In the English universities one who wins the -highest honors in both the classics and mathematics is said to win “a -double-first.” - -P. 136.—“Mazzini,” mät-seeˈnee. (1805-1872.) An Italian patriot and -revolutionist. He early devoted himself to bringing about the unity of -Italy, then divided and oppressed by Austria. In 1831 he was banished, -thereupon he formed a political organization to secure the liberty of -Italy and union of the states. In every way he worked to gain his ends. -In 1849 he assisted Garibaldi in his struggles for Italy’s freedom, and -later directed an insurrection in northern Italy. Mazzini was the author -of several works. Carlyle says of him: “I have had the honor to know M. -Mazzini for a series of years, and I can, with great freedom, testify to -all men that he, if I have ever seen one such, is a man of genius and -virtue—a man of sterling veracity, humanity and nobleness of mind.” - -P. 147.—“Bowdoin,” boˈdwin. - -P. 156.—“Thwart.” A nautical term applied to the bench of a boat, on -which the rowers sit. - -P. 176.—“Palmerston,” pāmˈer-ston. (1784-1865.) Prime minister of England. - -“Thiers,” te-erˈ. (1797-1877.) French statesman and historian. - -P. 193.—“Adipose tissue,” adˈi-pōse. The fatty matter distributed through -the cellular tissues of the body. - - - - -NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS IN “THE CHAUTAUQUAN.” - - -GERMAN HISTORY. - -P. 251, c. 1.—“Lutzen,” lŭtˈsen. A small town of Prussian Saxony, near -Leipsic. The battle between Gustavus Adolphus and Wallenstein took place -November 16, 1632. Napoleon defeated the allied Prussians and Russians -here in 1813. - -“Treaty of Passau,” pâsˈsow. A town of Bavaria, at the confluence of the -Inn and Danube. This treaty was concluded in 1552 between Charles V., -of Germany, and Maurice, of Saxony. It guaranteed religious freedom to -the German Protestants until a diet should be summoned to arrive at a -new settlement. In 1555 this diet was summoned at Augsburg, where peace -was made and the princes left free to establish the Lutheran or Catholic -faith. - -“Pusillanimity,” pū-sil-la-nĭmˈi-ty. Weakness; cowardice. - -P. 251, c. 2.—“Brabant,” brâ-bântˈ. One of the ancient divisions of the -Netherlands, lying south of Holland. - -“Aix-la-Chapelle,” aiks-lă-shă-pel. Called in German, Aachen; situated in -Rhenish Prussia. This treaty was made in 1668. Louis gained by the war -several strong towns in the Netherlands. - -“Stahremberg,” stahˈrem-berg. This was the second invasion of Vienna by -the Turks. It occurred in 1683. - -“Sobieski,” sō-bi-ĕsˈki. (1629?-1696.) A Pole, educated in Paris. The -Cossacks having risen against the Polish government he joined the army -and so distinguished himself that he was given the chief command. The -Turks invading the country, Sobieski made a record which caused him to -be elected king upon the death of the monarch then ruling. His victory -at Vienna freed all Europe from the fear of the Turks, and Sobieski was -called the savior of christendom. His last years were embittered by civil -and domestic troubles. - -“Ryswick,” rizeˈwik. - -“Spanish Succession.” By the death of Charles II., of Spain, the house -then on the throne became extinct. His two brothers in-law, Louis XIV., -of France, and Leopold I., of Austria, both claimed the throne for -princes of their families. Charles in a second will had appointed Philip, -the grandson of Louis XIV., as his successor, but Germany, England and -Holland contested the will. The war lasted thirteen years. The allies -gained several victories, but Philip secured the throne, although obliged -to give up several provinces. - -“Blenheim,” blĕnˈheīm. A village of Bavaria on the Danube. This battle -took place August 13, 1704. - -“Duke of Marlborough.” He commanded the English forces, while Prince -Eugene led the Austrians. - -“Frederick the Great.” (1712-1786.) During the forty-six years of his -reign Frederick waged three important wars—the first and second Silesian -wars and the Seven Years’ war. The cause of each was his claim to the -province of Silesia. After the close of the third, in 1763, Frederick -devoted himself to the restoration and improvement of his country. It is -said that at his death he left to his nephew and successor, “a surplus -of $50,000,000, an army of 220,000 men, a territory increased by nearly -30,000 square miles, and an industrious, intelligent and happy population -of 6,000,000.” - -P. 252, c. 1.—“Jena,” jēˈna, or yāˈnä; “Auerstädt,” öuˈer-stät. - -“Rhine-Bund.” The confederation of the Rhine. - -“Deutscher-Bund.” The German Confederation. - -P. 252, c. 2.—“Zollverein,” zŏllˈver-eīn. A commercial league formed in -Germany for the purpose of establishing a uniform rate of customs. - -“Versailles,” ver-sailzˈ. - -“Wallenstein,” vâlˈlen-stine. (1583-1634.) An Austrian general. - -“Cuirassier,” kwē-ras-sērˈ. - -P. 253, c. 1.—“Croats.” Inhabitants of Croatia, a province of -Austro-Hungary. - -“Gefreyter,” ga-friˈter. Corporal. - -“Saxe-Lauenberg,” sax lowˈen-boorg. A German duchy. - -“Saxe Weimar,” sax vīˈmar. - - -SELECTIONS FROM GERMAN LITERATURE. - -P. 253, c. 1.—“Humboldt.” (1769-1859.) Humboldt has been one of the most -expert and far reaching scientists of modern times. His love for research -led him to explorations early in life. In 1790 he travelled through the -principal countries of Europe, afterward publishing the discoveries made -by him on this journey. After this, for some years he was employed in -mining enterprises. In 1829 he joined an expedition to the Ural and Altai -mountains. In 1799 Humboldt went to South America; on this journey he -made extensive observations in various departments of science. The latter -part of his life was spent at the Prussian court. - -P. 253, c. 2.—“Orinoco,” Oˌrĭ-noˈco. Said to mean coiling snakes. - -“Heine.” (1799-1856.) Heine was of Jewish parentage, but abandoned his -religion and adopted the Lutheran. His first book on his travels in -Italy was very successful. After this followed his first book of songs, -which contained many pieces of rare beauty. It filled all Germany with -enthusiasm. Heine spent his last years in great suffering, a victim to -spinal disease. - -P. 254, c. 1.—“Candide,” kŏnˈdēd. The hero of a novel bearing the same -name, by Voltaire. - -“Eldorado,” ĕl-do-rāˈdō. The gilded land. A name given to a land -abounding in gold and other rich products. The Spanish conquerors of -South America first applied the name to a region in South America which -they reported to be filled with riches of every variety. - -P. 254, c. 2.—“Dight,” dīt. To deck; to dress. - - Storied windows richly _dight_, - Casting a dim, religious light.—_Milton._ - -“Schleiermacher,” schleīˈer-mä-ker. (1768-1834.) One of the most -influential theologians of modern times. His first published work, -“Discourses on Religion,” startled all Germany. After this followed many -volumes of sermons and religious writings which won him favor. In 1802 he -became court preacher, and two years later went into the university at -Halle as a preacher and professor; afterward he became a pastor at Berlin. - -“Dialectician,” dī-a-lek-tĭshˈan. One who is versed in logic. - -“Romanticism,” ro-mănˈti-cĭsm. Romantic, fantastic, or unnatural ideas or -feelings. - -P. 255, c. 1.—“Schopenhauer,” shoˈpen-howˌer. (1788-1860.) He studied in -the German universities, and afterward devoted himself to philosophical -studies. His works on the will are the best known. - -“Zoöphytes,” zōˈo-fit. “Mollusca,” mol-lŭsˈca. “Annelida,” an-nĕlˈi-da; -“Arachnida,” a-răchˈni-da. “Crustacea,” krus-tāˈshe-a; “Pisces,” pīsˈsēz; -“Reptilia,” rep-tilˈi-a; “Aves,” āˈvēs; “Mammalia,” mam-māˈli-a. - -P. 255, c. 2.—“Bellum omnium contra omnes.” War of all against all. - - -READINGS IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE. - -P. 255, c. 2.—“Foraminifera,” fo-rămˌi-nĭfˈe-ra. - -P. 257, c. 1.—“Hot Springs.” These are in reality Artesian wells, -the water rising from great depths. In some places the warm water is -utilized, as in Würtemberg, where manufactories are warmed by the water -sent through them in pipes. The water is usually pure and the temperature -quite uniform. Among the most famous examples of hot springs are those -of Arkansas—fifty-seven in number—those of Virginia, and the geysers of -Iceland. - -“Wells of Bath.” Bath is the chief town of Somersetshire, England, and -takes its name from its baths. The springs which furnish these are four -in number, and discharge nearly 200,000 gallons of water a day. - -Many interesting examples of changes in level might be noted. Scotland -in less than an hundred years has been raised from 15 to 20 feet. -As distinctly have the coast lines been traced, says Hugh Miller, -as “between two contiguous steps of a stair, covered the one by a -patch of brown, the other by a patch of green, in the pattern of the -stair-carpet.” In Norway and Sweden a rising has been proven to be going -on in the northern part, and a sinking in the southern part. - - -SUNDAY READINGS. - -P. 259, c. 2.—“Cervantes,” cer-vânˈtēs, sä-a-veˈdrä. (1547-1616.) A -Spanish author. The work referred to is “Don Quixote.” Of it a writer -in the _American Cyclopædia_ says: “In this work Cervantes hit the -vulnerable point of his age. The common sense of the world had long -rebelled against the mummeries of knight errantry, and the foolish books -that still spoke of chivalry of which not a vestige remained. People -who had smiled when the idea presented itself to their minds, burst out -in laughter when Cervantes gave it the finishing stroke.” Beside “Don -Quixote,” Cervantes wrote several satires, dramas and stories. - -“Knight-errantry,” nītˈ ĕr-rant-re. The character, manners and adventures -of wandering knights. - -“Butler,” Samuel. (1612-1680.) An English poet. He led an uneventful -life, being employed at different times as amanuensis or secretary to -men of high standing. When fifty-one years of age he wrote _Hudibras_, -his “fine satire.” The hero, Sir Hudibras, is said to have been drawn -from Sir Samuel Luke, a Puritan officer. The poem ridicules by satire and -exaggeration the actions, severity, morals and dress of the Puritans. It -was never entirely finished. Butler was very popular with Charles II., -and his court for a time, but finally died in poverty. - - -COMMERCIAL LAW. - -P. 260, c. 1.—“Inhibition,” ĭn-he-bĭshˈun. Restraint, hinderance. - -“Judicature,” jūˈdi-ca-tūre. The administration of justice. - -P. 260, c. 2.—“Common-law.” According to the _American Cyclopædia_, -common-law in the United States means the entire English law, including -even the foreign elements intermingled with it, in distinction from the -civil law generally received among European nations, and from the canon -law, except so far as adopted in the ecclesiastical courts of England. -Burrill defines it as “the unwritten law, or that body of customs, rules -and maxims which have acquired their binding power and the force of law, -in consequence of long usage, recognized by judicial decisions, and not -by reason of statutes now extant.” Of its origin, Sir Matthew Hale says -it is as “undiscoverable as the head of the Nile.” - -“Norman-French.” The language of Normandy, a former northwestern province -of France. By the Norman conquest (1066) Norman French became the -language of the court and of equity in England. - - -READINGS IN ART. - -The “Readings in Art” are compiled and condensed from “Architecture, -Classic and Early Christian,” by T. R. Smith and G. Slater. - -P. 262, c. 1.—“Archaic.” Old; ancient; characterized by antiquity or -obsoleteness. - -“Mausoleums,” mau-so-lēˈums. A tomb or monument. From Mausoleus, king of -Caria, to whom Artemisia, his widow, erected a stately monument. - -“Votive offerings.” From Latin _votum_—a vow. A tablet, picture, -or anything dedicated by the vow of the worshipers. “Additional -embellishments of flowers and _votive_ garlands.”—_Motley._ - -“Doric.” There are several different accounts of the origin of the Doric -order. It is stated that Dorus, a king of Achaia, built a temple in -Argos, and this was found by chance to be in that manner which we call -Doric. Some say the arrangement of the order was that of a primitive -log hut. It is so called from Doris. Beside the Doric temples mentioned -here there are fragments of this style of architecture to be seen in the -temple of Theseus at Athens, in the Propylæa on the Acropolis, in the -temple of Zeus at Olympia, and in various other localities in Greece and -southern Italy. The form of the Doric building was the same as in the -Ionic and Corinthian. - -“Ictinus,” ic-tiˈnus. He was the architect of several Doric temples; the -Parthenon, the temple of Apollo at Phigalia, and the one at Eleusis. No -details of his life are known. - -“Rock.” This rock is the Acropolis. - -“Entablature,” “cella,” “pediment.” See notes in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for -November. - -“Flat pitch.” A roof that has less than the usual elevation in the center. - -P. 262, c. 2.—“Stylobate,” styˈlo-bāte. Literally a basement to a column. -It is synonymous with pedestal, but is applied to an uninterrupted and -unbroken base, while pedestal is an insulated support. - -“Entasis,” ĕnˈta-sĭs. A gentle, almost imperceptible swelling of the -shaft of a column. - -“Ionic.” This style of architecture was so called from Ionia, where it -took its rise. Its origin is not certain. A writer says: “The explanation -of Vitruvius is that the Ionian colonists, on building a temple to -Diana, wished to find some new manner that was beautiful. Following the -method which they had pursued with the Doric (proportioning the column -according to the dimensions of a man), they imparted to this the delicacy -of the female figure.” The distinctive feature in the three orders is -the capital of the column. In the Doric this is very simple; a curved -moulding, round like the shaft, is surmounted by a large square block -or _abacus_. In the Ionic the capital has two scroll-like ornaments, -called volutes. There are more mouldings used, and the proportions are -more slender. Asia Minor contains numerous remains of Ionic architecture. -The Erectheium at Athens is the best known. The temple of Diana was -included among the seven wonders of the world, as was the Mausoleum of -Halicarnassus, another Ionic temple recently discovered. - -“Vestiges.” Latin, Vestigium. Marks of the foot on the earth. Tracks, -traces, signs. “What vestiges of liberty or propriety have they -left.”—_Burke._ - -“Corinthian.” Vitruvius says of this order that it was arranged “to -represent the delicacy of a young girl whose age renders her figure -more pleasing and more susceptible of ornaments which may enhance her -natural beauty.” The Corinthian capital is the most ornamented of the -three orders. It is generally formed of various arrangements of acanthus -leaves, and is much larger and more showy than the others. The monument -of Lysicrates at Athens is the best example of this style. - -“Cyclopean,” cy-clo-pēˈan. Pertaining to a class of giants, who had but -one eye in the middle of the forehead. They were said to inhabit Sicily, -and to be assistants in the workshops of Vulcan, fabled to be under Mt. -Etna. - -P. 263, c. 1.—“Jupiter Capitolinus.” This temple was built in the early -days of Rome, and is said to have derived its name from the builders -discovering, during the excavation, a freshly bleeding head (_caput_). -According to the interpretation of the sages this sign indicated that the -place should become the head of the world. The temple was dedicated to -Jupiter as king of the gods. From it the hill on which it was situated -took its name of the Capitoline. - -“Appian Way.” The way or road from Rome to Brundusium, constructed partly -by Appius Claudius, B. C. 313. - -“Q. Metellus Macedonicus,” me-telˈlus măc-e-dŏnˈi-cus. - -“Roman.” In the ground plan of Roman architecture there is a great -difference from the Egyptian and Greek styles. The first employed the -ellipse, the circle, the octagon, and combinations of these various forms -in their plan, while the rectangle was the almost inevitable form in the -two latter. Instead of the massive blocks of stone of former buildings, -the Romans used small stones cemented with a cement of extraordinary -power. They could build anywhere and of anything. The roofs were arched -and in domes; the openings almost invariably arches; the columns and -ornaments were generally varieties of Greek styles. - -“Tetra style.” Having a portico of four columns in front. Tetra is the -Greek word for four. - -“Vitruvius,” vi-trūˈvi-us. See notes in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for October. - -“Pseudo peripteral,” sūˈdō pe-rĭpˈte-ral. A peripteral temple had a -single row of columns all around it. The variation of the style which -existed in this temple led to its being called _pseudo_, or falsely -peripteral. - -“Maison Carrée,” mā-zong kăr-rā. The _Square House_, as the name -signifies, is a beautiful Corinthian temple, of rectangular form. The -temple was built when all France was under the rule of Rome. Although -the Square House was injured in the wars of the middle ages, it has been -restored, and is now used as a museum. - -“Nimes,” neem. A city of France, about sixty miles northwest of -Marseilles. - -“Baalbec,” bâlˈbek. - -P. 263, c. 2.—“Flavian.” The emperor Vespasian, who began the Colosseum, -belonged to the house of Flavius, hence the name. - -“Esquiline,” esˈqui-line; “Cœlian,” cœˈli-an. - -“Pantheon,” pan-theˈon. Meaning _all the gods_. “In the year B. C. 27, on -the occasion of the victory of Actium, when universal peace was declared, -the great edifice was dedicated to all the gods, and figures of these in -gold, in silver, in bronze, and in precious marbles were placed in niches -within it, and hence the name Pantheon.” It is now a Christian church -dedicated to the Virgin and All Saints, and is called the Rotunda. - -P. 264, c. 1.—“Santa Sophia.” The church was not dedicated to a saint, -but to the spirit of wisdom (_sophia_ is the Greek for wisdom), the -second person in the Trinity. - -“Procopius.” See notes on “Greek History” in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for November. - -“San Vitale,” san ve-tâˈlā. - - -SELECTIONS FROM AMERICAN LITERATURE. - -P. 264, c. 2.—“Vaudois,” vō-dwâ. A religious denomination called -sometimes the Waldenses, founded in the twelfth century, in Italy. - -P. 265, c. 1.—“Nautilus,” nâuˈti-lŭs. A mollusk having a coiled univalve -shell of many chambers. As the animal grows new chambers are continually -formed, and the parts vacated are partitioned off into air-tight chambers -by thin, smooth plates. - -P. 265, c. 2.—“Triton,” trīˈton. A marine deity in Greek mythology, -having the form of a man above, and of a fish below, and bearing a -conch-shell trumpet. - -P. 266, c. 1.—“Antennæ,” an-tĕnˈnæ. A projection on the head of an -insect; a feeler. - -“Vernier,” vërˈni-er. A small movable scale, sliding along the fixed -scale of an instrument, and subdividing its divisions into more minute -parts. - - -UNITED STATES HISTORY. - -P. 267, c. 2.—“Esquimaux,” ĕsˈke-mō; “Algonquins,” al-gonˈkins; -“Iroquois,” ĭr-o-kwoizˈ; “Mobillians,” mo-beelˈli-ans; “Dacotas,” -da-koˈtas. - -P. 268, c. 1.—“Erickson,” ĕrˈik-son; “Terra incognita,” unknown land. - -P. 268, c. 2.—“Amerigo Vespucci,” â-mā-rēˈgo ves-pootˈche; “Ponce -de Leon,” poneˈdā lā-oanˈ; “Fernando Cortes,” fer-nanˈdo kor-tĕsˈ; -“Tabasco,” ta-băsˈco; “Montezumas,” mon-te-zuˈma. - - - - -BANQUET TO CHAUTAUQUA TRUSTEES. - -GIVEN BY THE CITIZENS OF JAMESTOWN, N. Y. - - -In the parlors and dining hall of the Sherman House in Jamestown, N. Y., -on Wednesday evening, January 9th, the Chautauqua Trustees assembled for -a banquet, preparatory to their annual meeting. - -After an hour or more of social personal greeting the company, about -fifty in number, filed into the dining hall and took the places indicated -on their cards of invitation at the tables beautifully adorned with -fruits and flowers. - -Ex-Governor R. E. Fenton, of New York, acting as presiding officer of the -evening, took his place at the head of the table, having on his right -President Lewis Miller, Vice President F. H. Root, Esq., and others, and -on his left Prof. J. H. Worman and other members of the Chautauqua Board -of Trustees. At the other end of the main table were Robert N. Marvin, -Esq., Dr. J. H. Vincent, Dr. J. T. Edwards, Rev. W. G. Williams, of -Jamestown, Mr. Clem Studebaker, of Indiana, and distinguished residents -of several other states. - -After more than two hours spent at a most sumptuous repast (eleven -courses were on the bill of fare), the rarest delicacies of Southern -climes being lavishly provided, as well as the more common edibles -of our colder northern soil and streams, Ex-Governor Fenton, rising -in his place, gave the guests of the hour words of warmest greeting. -[We give a condensed report of remarks offered.] He said: “We welcome -you, gentlemen, not so much because of what you are at your homes, -although that is, no doubt, a matter of congratulation from neighbors -and friends, not so much as representatives of a great religious -denomination whose membership is numbered by the millions—I speak of the -various branches of Methodism, whose institutions are confessedly based -upon religious intelligence and conviction, and therefore a subject -of congratulation. We welcome you, gentlemen, mainly because you have -come to the shores of our beautiful lake and founded an institution -elevating in its influence, purifying in its character; which has found -its way through the sunny South, along the shores of the lakes, around -and over the plains, and over the mountains, even to the Pacific Coast. -Stopping not there, you have found your way to the islands of the seas, -and to the peoples in the countries beyond the seas. If I should say -less than this, Mr. Flood, who speaks through more than thirty-five -thousand monthly CHAUTAUQUANS, would spring to his feet. I might say -more, but, gentlemen, this enterprise is carried forward not alone by -Methodists, for, in a catholic spirit, you have opened the doors to all -denominations and all people and invited them to join you, and those who -aspire to or desire to witness genuine moral and intellectual progress. -And, gentlemen, we welcome you to our town. We should be glad, had it not -been for the inclemency of the weather, to have shown you the social and -public progress of our people. I might speak of our nine churches always -well-filled on the Sabbath day and at other seasons when opened, and of -one denomination about to build another church with a capacity three -times as large as the old one. - -“We should be glad to have you look at our manufacturing interests, to -see how extensive they are, to visit our grand Union School building. We -should be glad to introduce you to our merchants, and have you see all -that we are doing—these things, the result of the enterprise and industry -of our people. We have no princely fortunes here, but we are prospering, -and though we have had but little time to go abroad, yet we promise you, -gentlemen of Chautauqua, that a portion of our leisure days, increasing -as the years go by, shall be devoted to visiting you in the summer season -at Chautauqua. [Applause.] And now I ask you all to drink (water) to the -health of Dr. Vincent, who, by his great devotion, great abilities and -organizing power, with the calm judgment and wise counsels of President -Miller, have done so much to make Chautauqua a success.” [Long continued -applause.] - -Dr. Vincent said substantially: - -“Gentlemen of Jamestown:—You have listened, as have we, the -representatives of the Chautauqua movement, to the kind words of your -fellow-townsman, and it is a source of very great regret to me that I -was not apprised in advance, of the fact that I was expected to deliver -a speech on this occasion; otherwise I should have talked less to my -fascinating friend, Mr. Marvin, beside me, and eaten less, so that I -might be in better shape to speak. - -“Governor Fenton has said something about the Chautauqua Idea. It is an -‘enterprise’ which has a future, a destiny which I think will transcend -all the attainments and achievements of the past. And those of us who are -engaged in this movement, and have watched it from its very beginning, -and who know something of the dreams of those who look out into the -future, are more likely to promise large things than those who simply -watch it from the outside. We may be disappointed. Chautauqua may stand -still one of these days and become a plain little village on the lake. -It will never be what Jamestown is, but it depends upon Jamestown, as a -representative city, for much of the support, and of the sympathy which -all such enterprises demand. We have been tempted to think that from -Jamestown we have had comparatively little sympathy. I say _tempted_, -for the temptation has never had the slightest effect upon my mind; but -once in awhile it has been said: ‘Jamestown, at the other end of the -lake, fancies that you may build up an organization at the northern -end of the lake that will interfere with interests at the south end.’ -Frivolous indeed as these suggestions were, they were strong enough to -secure utterance and cause trifling annoyance. As I recall the history -of Chautauqua, I remember that we have had pretty much the whole of -Jamestown present again and again at our great Assembly gatherings. So -far as the citizens of Jamestown are concerned, we have never had for a -moment any serious doubt of their confidence in the enterprise, and their -willingness to aid us as far as they can, and there is not the slightest -reason for misunderstanding or rivalry, but every reason for mutual faith -and coöperation. [Applause.] And I should not be surprised, gentlemen, -if, in years to come, the boys of Jamestown would go up to Chautauqua to -the best boys’ school on the continent [applause], and meet there the -best teachers from the best institutions, both of America and Europe, -teachers qualified not only to communicate knowledge to the boys there -assembled, but qualified to develop manhood and high ideals of character -and true intellectual strength and physical culture. A gentleman said -to me in the East the other day, ‘What we need in America to-day is a -first-class school for boys, a school of the very highest order, in -which intellect, manners, body, heart, social faculties, and all, shall -be symmetrically developed,’ and I have confidence that, within a very -few years, just such a school will be planted at Chautauqua; and when I -think of the larger institution, for which we now have a charter from the -state legislature, an institution which will bring its students from all -parts of the United States, I see a number of colleges constituting a -university crowning those heights, and commanding large sections of land -on both sides of this lake, and awakening a new and increased enthusiasm, -not only about the lake of Chautauqua, but all over the land, in the -great cause of popular education. [Applause.] - -“Now, I do not betray any great plans which have already been devised, -but I give utterance to dreams and hopes which I know exist in the minds -of a great many Chautauqua workers, when I say that the Chautauqua -Literary and Scientific Circle, reaching as it does fifty thousand -families in all parts of this land, is silently gaining a constituency -which will be increased in less than five years to one hundred thousand, -and which, in the course of ten years, will number two hundred thousand -men and women, the most of them parents, who will be looking about for a -place in which to educate their children; and if this city, increasing -in wealth, increasing in culture, increasing in enthusiasm in the -great educational work, will only lay hold of the largest conceptions -concerning the Chautauqua of the future, the sums of money which in -the future you may be induced to contribute to the founding of this -enterprise will receive response from one hundred thousand homes all over -the land, and the grandest endowments possessed by any institution on the -continent in the near future for the Chautauqua University. [Applause.] -For here is a little fact, of which you need but to be reminded for a -moment, that to-day in the houses of the C. L. S. C. are growing up boys -and girls, coming from the farms and from the villages, who are to handle -the millions in the next twenty-five years. And when Tom comes from the -field and goes into business and makes his money, and remembers the new -interest awakened in him by his father and mother, he is inspired by a -public spirit, he looks at the half million, more or less, which he is -disposed to contribute, and the institution which he will help will be -his father’s and mother’s _Alma Mater_, and his own _Alma Mater_, and -we may expect in this way the largest and grandest endowments of any -institution on the continent. I have been drinking strongly of this cold -water, and it always makes me feel like talking, and I thank you for the -privilege given me of expressing the dreams which come to my mind of the -institution which you have so greatly honored, and whose annual meeting -brings us together so pleasantly to-night.” [Long continued applause.] - -Governor Fenton:—“I want to introduce to you one of our citizens -representing the great manufacturing industries of our city, a gentleman -who can talk well about them. I call upon Mr. William Hall.” - -Mr. Hall said: “Mr. Chairman, I am afraid that you have raised the -expectations of our friends in this announcement. I never made any -pretensions to an ability to talk, never made any pretensions to -eloquence, and, really, if I ever had, the speech to which you have -just listened would have completely blotted out anything that I might -have been tempted to say; but this much I can say, I can make a plain -statement, that I have always felt the greatest sympathy myself for the -enterprise which has been founded upon our lake. Yet it is true, that, -busied by the cares of the new enterprises, I may at times have forgotten -to express those feelings and show that sympathy—but it has always -been present in my heart. I dare not step out into the world, to speak -concerning Chautauqua, but I can speak of its effect upon the people in -my factories, with whom I daily associate, and in whose interests I feel -the liveliest interest. Many have come from foreign shores to make their -homes here. They have vague ideas of the efforts and blessings which they -are to strike in this American soil, and everything influences and turns -their thoughts, views, feelings and aspirations. Some of them have never -owned a bit of land in the world. They are now inspired with self-respect -in finding themselves in possession of a better home, and I am looking -to see what this influence coming from Chautauqua will be upon them. -They can not attend Chautauqua as much as I would like to have them. The -Chautauqua meetings come in a busy season. But they do go up there as -often as they can, and they are influenced. They do judge of the American -character. They get large aspirations by listening to those speakers. -They come home, and it is amusing and instructive to hear them talk -over what takes place up there. They speak very largely of Dr. Vincent. -There is no man in my factory who attends there but thinks Dr. Vincent -is the greatest man. They say: Dr. Vincent was as great a man as any he -introduced. I am glad he is becoming popular on account of the influence -he can exert upon them and their children who are to be the future -inhabitants of this town. They are to hold in their hands the destinies -of wide reaches of this country, and it is important that they should -come under good influences. I do not know of better influences than those -coming down to us from Chautauqua, and though we cannot be at Chautauqua, -our hearts are there, and our sympathies are there with you, and, Doctor, -when you throw the pebble in the pool, I may not follow the pebble in its -fall, but I hear the waves ripple by my door.” [Applause.] - -Governor Fenton: “The people of Jamestown all recognize and admire the -devotion of President Miller of Chautauqua. Only one thing we cannot -fully understand why he should live in Akron instead of Jamestown.” -[Laughter and applause.] - -Lewis Miller, Esq., spoke briefly: “Akron is in Ohio. [Applause.] It is -the place of my birth.” He gracefully acknowledged the good will of the -citizens of Jamestown in honoring the Chautauqua Board by this banquet -and reception. The management hopes ever to conduct the affairs for which -they are associated to the advantage of the local interests about the -lake, and, while Chautauqua was not organized for the purpose of merely -benefiting this local circle about the lake, yet we expect its influence -will extend until it reaches the uttermost parts of this country and -possibly of others. [Applause.] - -Governor Fenton called upon Rev. W. G. Williams, of Jamestown, to speak. - -Mr. Williams said: “I certainly had not the remotest idea that Governor -Fenton would ask me to say a word. I can bring a very competent -witness here at my side who will testify that at nine o’clock the last -possibility of a speech in me vanished; and yet it gives me great -pleasure to corroborate the words of others representing Jamestown, as to -the excellent character of this city of which we are residents. I suppose -I ought to call myself a resident now, though I have only been here about -a year. I have been greatly pleased with all the evidences of prosperity -commented on by the speakers before me, and I want to say just a word -in reference to one point mentioned by Dr. Vincent in his remarks—the -lack of sympathy on the part of this town with Chautauqua. I had seen -the situation as an outsider, being a resident of another town, and had -heard the remark made quite frequently, and now residing nearly a year -in Jamestown, and having carefully observed the facts, I want to bear -testimony to the strongest sympathy of the people in Jamestown with the -work in Chautauqua, and also to the fact that this sympathy is growing. I -believe that Dr. Vincent in looking forward to that future of achievement -will find that Jamestown will not lack, but will always be ready with -appreciation of the work.” - -Referring to his religious and ecclesiastical connections in Jamestown, -Mr. Williams said: “We are enlisted as Methodists with our Baptist, -Presbyterian, and Congregational brethren. We are orthodox in Jamestown, -I believe, trying to do an orthodox work, and in this we are working in -sympathy and in coöperation with Chautauqua, and I join with others in -extending a hearty welcome, representing, if I may, the churches of the -town to these gentlemen, who come to represent a great institution at -Chautauqua.” [Applause.] - -Gov. Fenton told a story about Dr. Flood’s failing to obtain an original -story from a notable writer, at the other end of the lake, and about his -own recommendation of a novel which was substituted therefor. - -Dr. Flood said:—“Gov. Fenton takes proper credit for ‘Lavengro’ appearing -in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. There is a gentleman who makes his home, during the -summer season, at the head of the lake, and there was a time when the -lower end came to the rescue of the upper end. A gentleman had guaranteed -to furnish an original story, but when the time came for the work to -begin, he failed, and I failed to pay the thousand dollars. Governor -Fenton, anxious, doubtless, for the reputation of the upper end of the -lake, did suggest that I ought to examine ‘Lavengro.’ I went to George -Borrow and borrowed. I borrowed generously, and I do not doubt in the -least but the one hundred and seventy-five thousand readers of THE -CHAUTAUQUAN were quite as well pleased with ‘Lavengro’ as they would have -been with the original story, unless our friend, President Miller, would -have been better pleased with the other story, because it was to be on -the greenback line and opposed to monopolies. - -“THE CHAUTAUQUAN was born in two cities; in Jamestown and Meadville. It -is a little remarkable, but nevertheless a fact, the three states that -furnish the most subscribers to THE CHAUTAUQUAN, New York, Pennsylvania -and Ohio, are the three states associated with the birth of the magazine. -It got its name in Ohio. The name was given when Doctor Vincent and -I were riding in the cars in Ohio. The magazine was printed first in -Meadville, Pa., and it was shipped to Jamestown, from which point the -first number was mailed to subscribers, after which the offices were -removed to Meadville. I am gratified that the citizens of Jamestown -have at last been awakened from a sort of Rip Van Winkle sleep on this -question of Chautauqua, and have, with a sort of exclamation point at -this banquet, met the Board of Trustees and the management of Chautauqua -with a very hearty and cordial reception. - -“This is the line where we cross from the first decade into the second -decade of Chautauqua history.” Here the speaker told a laughable incident -connected with a dissolute fellow who disturbed a Free Methodist -watch-meeting by an untimely blowing of a horn and the exclamation, “My -name is Gabriel, and I come once in a hundred years.” [Laughter.] “Now, -Mr. President, our name is Chautauquans, and to Jamestown we come for the -first time in ten years. We hope to come more frequently in the future.” -[Applause.] - -Governor Fenton introduced Mr. Marvin, who, after a little pleasantry, -spoke concerning the idea broached by Dr. Vincent. “It has been said -that the citizens of Jamestown have not manifested quite as much warmth -of feeling toward the Chautauqua association which you have founded upon -this lake, and which is in such a prosperous condition. This is not true. -We have been in sympathy with you. Our heart’s feelings have been with -you, though I am free to say, perhaps we have not sufficiently manifested -it. We are glad to have you present on this occasion, and we hope in the -future that we may make ourselves known to you more strongly than in the -past. [Applause.] But I should say that, strictly from a business point -of view, there is not that wealth in Jamestown that many of you think. -But few of our citizens are wealthy. Many are well-to-do, but what they -have is so invested in their various enterprises that they have not -that ready money to invest in outside operations. Perhaps this fact has -controlled to some extent the monied interests which otherwise would have -gone to assist you at Chautauqua. - -“Now gentlemen, we rejoice that you have come to the shores of the lake. -We rejoice that you have founded that city in the woods, and we hope to -bear stronger proofs of our sympathy hereafter.” - -Dr. J. T. Edwards, of Randolph, being introduced humorously referred to -the royal furnishings of the banquet, the superabundance of which might -make, as Dr. Holmes has wittily said, many families happy. Looking upon -the delicious oysters he had been reminded of two speakers at a feast in -Egg Harbor—one was classic and made references to Brutus and Cassius and -other men unknown to the lowly oystermen—the other by one who swinging -his arms and with loud voice exclaimed: “Fellow-citizens, the last time -I had the pleasure of visiting your town, I came to the conclusion that -the Egg Harbor oysters were superior to those of Saddle Rock.” [Laughter -and applause.] This was saying the right thing in the right place, and at -once took hold of the Egg Harbor oystermen. We can not always do it. - -Becoming more serious, the speaker said he believed this to be the best -age of the world, and Chautauqua a grand achievement resting on this -beautiful lake, more like the beautiful Windermere than any he had -elsewhere seen, made classic by the writings of Coleridge and Wilson, -and others. I extend my congratulations also on this occasion, and feel -myself to be present with these citizens of Jamestown. - -Dr. J. H. Worman being introduced by ex-Governor Fenton, said: “In a -large place in the city of Berlin, among the many paintings in the -gallery of the king there is one that attracted my attention when I was -a boy. It is a coronation scene of King William IV. He is in the act -of taking from the people their promise of being faithful to him. And -to-night as Dr. Vincent spoke to you of the promise that had come to -him from this side, I was reminded of that picture, and I see now in -place of the king coming to ask his subjects their faith, this leader of -Chautauqua standing before me asking your fealty for the good work begun -upon this lake; and, as was written under the picture in letters that are -never to be effaced, crowned by many a jewel: ‘This yes is mine’—so I see -written upon your hearts in undying language, the promise to Chautauqua -and its honored leader, a YES for the support of that enterprise, that -it may never die so long as civilization has a home on this lake.” [Long -continued applause.] - -At a late hour the company separated for their homes and places of -entertainment, all being impressed with the genuine friendship of the -citizens of Jamestown for the Chautauqua Assembly. - - -CHAUTAUQUA TRUSTEES. - -The annual meeting of the Trustees of the Chautauqua Assembly was held in -the gentlemen’s parlors of the Sherman House, Jamestown, N. Y., January -9th and 10th, Lewis Miller, Esq., President of the Board, in the chair. -There were present Vice President F. H. Root, of Buffalo, Dr. J. H. -Vincent, Mr. Clem Studebaker, of Indiana, Dr. J. T. Edwards, Revs. J. -Leslie, H. H. Moore, and a number of others. The old board of officers -was reëlected with this exception: Mr. W. A. Duncan, of Syracuse, was -elected trustee and secretary of the Assembly and superintendent of the -grounds. Mr. Duncan is a leading Congregationalist of Syracuse, N. Y. He -is a man of fine business tact, of indefatigable industry, of executive -force, and a thorough Christian gentleman. Mr. Duncan has had large -experience in the management of Chautauqua matters, having been Dr. -Vincent’s right hand man for several years, and will enter upon his work -under the most auspicious circumstances. Dr. Vincent outlined his work -for the summer of 1884, but the details of his plans were not arranged so -that he could inform the board who the lecturers would be on any given -days in August next. The finances of the Assembly were found to be in -a more satisfactory condition than some trustees had expected. Taken -all in all the business of the Assembly is in a healthy condition, and -the program for the coming season promises to be an unusually brilliant -one. A number of new cottages will be erected when the spring opens, -the facilities for reaching the grounds will be improved, and the hotel -accommodations will be excellent and at prices to suit the purses of all -visitors. The business transacted was of a routine character, but the -results will be apparent the coming summer in the improved condition of -the grounds and public buildings at Chautauqua. - - - - -C. L. S. C. GRADUATES. - - -The following list of graduates of the Class of 1883 appears according -to states. It has been prepared with great care by the office secretary, -Miss Kate F. Kimball. - - -_Maine._ - - Anderson, Nancy Elizabeth - Bartlett, Mrs H B - Deering, Mary E - Gammon, Josie E - Haight, Mrs Emma C - Littlefield, Pauline D - Munger, Annie R - Palmer, Annie L - Plummer, Mary Eliza - Poole, John William - Shapleigh, Miss Annie E - St. Clair, Ashley Orbun - Stetson, Josiah Walter - Russell, Maria J - - -_New Hampshire._ - - Abbot, Emily H - Abbot, Charles W - Adams, Frank E - Adams, Mary T - Bales, Miss Mary Louise - Barclay, Belle C - Bishop, Channing - Bishop, James M - Bishop, Margaret A - Bragdon, Frederick Augustus - Brook, Jennie B - Bryant, Jenny A - Buttrick, Mrs Laura A - Byam, Mrs Rosette M - Center, Marion E - Everett, Charles Fitch - Hitchcock, Mrs Hiram - Sanborn, Ella F - Sanborn, Lizzie E - Thompson, Henry S - Thompson, Mary C - Tibbets, Mrs Jane N - Tibbets, Lucy W - - -_Vermont._ - - Anderson, Fayette S - Carleton, Nellie R - Cobb, Mrs Lymna H - Collins, Mrs Carrie F - Macomber, Candace Worth - Rood, Eliza Nears - Todd, Helen M - Woodard, Mary Sophia - - -_Massachusetts._ - - Adams, Mrs Rebecca J - Allbe, Edward Payson - Allen, W Isadore - Balch, Julia Norris - Ballou, Sarah H - Barber, Sara J - Barlow, Maria A - Barlow, Susie Gordon - Barrett, Clifford M - Beard, Mrs Augusta M - Bigelow, Lettie Selma - Blancher, Mary Adams - Bosworth, Mrs Luthera E - Brainard, M Llewellyn - Butters, M Belle - Campbell, Eliza F - Carr, Geneva E - Clark, Alice M - Coates, Arthur B - Comey, M Emma - Conant, Mrs Charlotte J - Coolidge, Mrs Sarah Isabella - Cutler, Mrs Leonard - Day, Edward - Deane, Anna L - Dight, Alexander - Dight, Mrs Georgia J Ingalls - Dodge, Fred Howard - Downe, Mrs Mary A - Drew, Miss Mary Eliza - Eberle, Lydia Eaton - Ellis, Miss Clara M - Fairfield, Lizzie W - Farnham, Clara Charlotte - Fisk, Ella W - Fisk, Sarah E - Fletcher, Mrs Agnes B - Fraser, John Crane - French, Addie E M - Full, William - Gardner, Annie Hazeltine - Gates, Miss Lauretta Maria - Hagen, Hattie S - Hale, Helen S - Haskell, Mrs Ella L - Haskins, Mrs Leander M - Hayes, Cordelia W - Hills, Miss Helen M - Ingraham, H A - Jewett, Annie R - Jones, Anna Maria - Josselyn, Abbie P - Kendall, Ina C - Knight, Annie Adams - Lane, Rosie A - Le Baron, Mrs Sara E - Lee, Laura Ella - Little, Eliza A - Longhead, Mary E - Macy, Ida - Mason, Myra C (Mrs E B) - Matthews, Maria - Maynard, Sarah M - Mitchell, Emma Josephine - Morey, Miss Kate - Morrell, Susan A - Morse, Miss Hattie F - Noon, Alfred - Oakman, Fannie W - Oaks, Fred Leslie - Orne, Mary E C - Plummer, Sarah C - Poole, Benj Franklin - Porter, Mrs Angeline M - Pratt, Ellen M - Prior, Clara T - Ray, Harlan E - Root, Amelia N - Ryder, Cecelia N - Sadler, Carra Virginia - Sears, Mrs C W - Snow, Alice Marcella - Spilsted, Ellena S - Smith, Anna Willis - Stanley, John W - Stewart, Caroline W - Swett, Mrs M Angie - Thayer, Mrs Louise S - Tilden, Miss Chestina - Tilden, Cora B - Tilden, Elizabeth T - Tobey, Martha - Warner, Miss Isabel - Warner, Mrs Isabelle A - Whitaker, Mrs Helen S - Whiting, Jennie M - Whiting, Mary A - Whiting, Waldo B - Winslow, Arthur Francis - Wight, Mary F - Woodman, Emma N - - -_Rhode Island._ - - Abbott, Emma L - Barrows, Miss Ann M - Fish, Jennie Oliver - Manchester, Emma L - Olney, Lizzie Elzina - Owen, Celia W - Phillips, Mary A - Potter, Amelia - - -_Connecticut._ - - Adams, Henry M - Bond, Sara Moody - Botsford, Mrs Carrie A - Clark, Agnes L - Danforth, Sarah A - Gibbs, Sarah L - Goddard, Katherine A - Greene, Miss M Wilhemene - Griswold, Nellie P - Holmes, Harriet E - Hotchkiss, Henry E - Johnson, Mrs Truman - Jones, Mrs Emma F - Kerr, Ella Esther - Kerr, M Agnes - Lockwood, M Emma - Mead, Hannah H - Mead, Mrs Whitman L - Minor, Katie E - Morgan, Hattie J - Rice, Fannie L - Roberts, Emily - Shekleton, Joseph Wilson - Stoddard, Sarah Gilbert - Towne, Luella Frances - Treat, Clarence Bell - Williamson, Mrs H L - Wood, Rev Melvin C - - -_New York._ - - Abell, Mary L - Abbott, G Elliott - Agard, Eaton J - Avery, Mary S - Babcock, Anna W - Bain, Arvilla E Morse - Bannister, Miss Alice G - Barnhart, Jeremiah - Bartlett, Miss Clara A - Beal, Letta M - Bean, Clarence H - Bedell, Ada M - Bell, Richard E - Benedict, Clara J - Bennett, Mrs Hattie C - Blowers, Mrs De Ann J - Blythe, Adell - Boardman, Stella - Boomhour, Clara A - Botsford, Mary H - Bowen, Kate C - Bowers, Abraham H - Bradley, Mary E - Brady, Edwin C - Bramley, Mary E - Brower, Mrs Carrie L - Brown, Ellen S - Burnett, Frederick J - Burnett, Lida - Burns, Mary A - Burnell, Miss Sarah - Bush, Arthine A - Carter, Bella C - Chase, Satie L - Chriswell, Emma J - Clark, Edwin H - Clark, Mary E - Clawson, E Augusta - Clawson, E Gertrude - Common, Lizzie - Conger, Mrs Charlotte - Cooper, Charles J - Corbett, Mary T - Corbett, Sophia C - Crane, Elizabeth W - Cronise, Mrs Dora A - Cross, Phebe A - Curtis, Jennie Norton - Curtis, Miner - Curtiss, Clara E - Davis, Miss Sarah J - Day, Franklin - Deane, Harriet Eliza - De Lano, Mary - Dennison, Mrs Elizabeth A - Dennison, Minnie E - Derby, Orville P - Donnan, Mrs Wm A (Matilda) - Drake, Miss E E - Dransfield, Lizzie B - Dunning, Anna G - Dunning, Floyd M - Ecker, Miss Rose E - Eddy, Elmora E - Elmore, Arthur B - Emigh, Annie - English, Mrs Frank P - Evarts, Martha J - Ewell, Mrs Carrie F - Farrar, Rev Hubbard C - Farrar, Mrs Rev H C - Fenton, Ellen - Field, Mrs M B - Flint, Mrs Chas A - Foster, Mary Celinda - Frederick, Anna B - Freeman, Nettie B - Frisbee, Ettie H - Frost, James S - Galbraith, Martha J - Geer, Louise E - Genung, Adriana B - Gese, Mary E - Gifford, Joseph C - Gillett, Edward C - Goodell, Mrs Ella C - Goodwin, Eliza Steele - Gould, Julia N - Gould, Louis Agassiz - Gould, Lydia E Wakeman - Grant, Emeline N - Grant, Maria L - Griffiths, John D - Halbert, Susan Frances - Hadley, Mrs A Irene - Hale, Emily J - Hall, Mrs E G W - Hall, J Duane - Hallock, Henry Tuthill, M D - Hamilton, Mrs J Lucelia - Hammond, E Eleonora - Hancock, Emily S - Hart, Miss A M - Hart, Miss Hattie A - Haviland, M Alice - Hawkins, Edna - Hawley, Helen A - Haydock, Minnie M - Hayward, Mrs Adele - Healy, Mrs Dorus - Hearn, Mrs Juliet - Hedges, Mrs S C - Heist, Ellen N - Holland, Julia Bryant - Holmes, Richard - Honeywell, J R - Hopkins, Elisha B - Hopkins, Sarah W - Horton, Mary D - Hughes, Emma - Hughes, Mary E - Hull, Miss Rachel J - Hunt, Hester A - Hunt, Mrs Minerva J - Hurn, Mrs John M - Hurst, M Emma - Hutchinson, Mrs Anna Eliza - Hutchinson, Arthur - Jackson, William - Jennings, Carrie F - Johnson, Mary E G - Jones, Celia J - Jones, Delia - Jump, Mrs J B - Kantz, Matie J - Karr, Miss Ella Austie - Karr, Margaretta Ayres - Kennedy, Eva H - Keyes, Harriet H - Kimball, Miss Marie A - King, Maria - Kirk, Anna E - Kirk, Lizzie L - Kirk, Susie A - Lamphier, Miss Anna M - Lamphier, Miss L Jennie - Lathrop, Hattie A - Leffingwell, Jane E - Leonard, Lucy - Lestie, Hannah Gibson - Letterman, Kate - Lewis, Mrs Daniel - Lindsley, Lillian E - Longwell, Elizabeth J - Longwell, Mary - Losee, Jennie A - Lowe, Harriet A P - Luetchford, Carrie C - Luetchford, Marian A - Lyman, Mary A - Lyon, Rosa B - Macadam, Minnie - MacDonald, Josephine - Mapes, Miss Josie - Martin, Mrs Hannah R - Martin, Helen M - Martin, Jennie E - Mathews, Eleanor M - Matthews, Belinda - McCullough, Miss Harriet E - McKenna, John T - McWharf, J Morton, M D - Mead, Amelia J - Mekeel, Margaret Dimon - Mills, Mary - Mellinger, Agnes W - Merriam, Belle A - Merwin, Mary A - Mills, Agnes W - Mills, Louise Payne - Monroe, Josaphine - Montgomery, Isabella C - More, Mary - Morgan, Camelia M - Morse, Elzina - Murphy, Emma Hyall, A M - Murray, Adda Hurd - Newton, R G - Niles, Miss Katie C - Niles, Mary R - Norris, L Alice - Otis, Elizabeth G - Pangborn, Lucia E - Parker, James Wilson - Parsons, Miss Lucy A - Payne, Satie D - Peck, A L - Perrine, Miss M J - Phelps, Julia A - Phillips, Mrs Florrie E - Pierie, Jennie M - Pinneo, M E Bingham - Piper, George John - Platt, Mrs Mary J - Pool, Helen Emma - Powell, Caroline A - Powell, Mary A - Powers, S L - Pratt, Hattie S - Pratt, Mary B - Prentice, Eliza A - Redhouse, Mrs Sarah Petty - Reed, Erminia Kate - Reed, Mary L - Reed, Phebe A - Reeves, Miss Ella D - Robbins, Fannie J - Robertson, Mrs Lizzie M - Robinson, Rena Wiltse - Romeo, Mrs John - Rorrison, Clara M - Roup, Barna C - Savage, Helen C - Sawyer, Mrs Walter W - Scofield, Helen - Scott, Mrs Wm - Seymons, Joseph Lucius - Seymour, Eliza Ann - Shattuck, George Sidney - Shaw, Mrs McKendres - Short, Mrs Belle F - Sibley, Margery J - Simon, Joseph E - Skiff, Mrs Ellen M - Smith, Anna L - Smith, Miss Clarissa - Smith, Edson L - Smith, Frank - Spencer, S Amelia - Spicer, Mary C - Staats, Anna Kellogg - Stebbins, Lulu A - Steelman, Mrs Mary B - Stevens, Mrs Sarah P - Stewart, M Belle - Stickney, Ella M - Stillman, Carrie Elliott - Stoddard, Miss Frances M - Stone, Addie H - Stone, George Bryant - Strong, Julia - Strong, Mrs M Francena B - Sykes, Perlio A - Taylor, Eliza Jeannette - Thornell, Helen M - Thornell, Miss Mary J - Titus, Mary Louisa - Tompkins, Sophia Vanderbilt - Trott, Lois E - Tuttle, Edwin Jr - Twining, Emma A - Twining, Mary E - Upton, Mrs Frank S - Vanderpoel, Mrs Mary E - Vaughan, Jennie A - Villefen, Zilpha - Walker, Charles Eugene, M D - Walter, Ella R - Ward, Miss Jennie L - Ware, Miss Minnie - Ware, William T - Wark, Eleanora - Warren, Miss Juliette - Washburn, Wm H - Webber, Julia D - Webber, Alice L - West, Mrs Emma Case - White, Mrs Mary V W - Whitlock, Betsey A - Whitney, Emma E - Wildman, Fidelia D - Williams, Elizabeth S - Willis, Mary Angell - Wirt, Ella Louise - Wood, Mary L - Wray, Miss Mary H - Wright, Mary Emily - - -_New Jersey._ - - Angle, John Wesley - Ashton, Mary - Baird, Miss Maggie J - Baker, Abram - Baker, Mary Estelle - Baldwin, Annie M - Baldwin, Sarah Marinda - Brackett, Mrs Addie - Canfield, Carrie - Carman, Emily F - Carpenter, Jeannette - Chase, Eliza E - Chevallier, Carrie E - Chevallier, Julia Augusta - Collins, Emma C - Collins, Sarah E - Cook, Miss Anna M - Corwin, Rachael Crary - Davis, Anna Sheppard - Dougall, Mary Agnes - Downes, Adelaide T - Downes, Maria A - Downes, Mary W - Eddy, Harriet E - Ferris, Ella L - Franklin, Mrs C H - Freeman, Miss Minnie C - Fulton, Joseph - Hait, Mary Hasbrouck - Harrison, Miss Mary A - Heazelton, Anna M - Hudson, Emma L - Hunt, Mrs N Adeline - Ingling, Elizabeth C - Ingling, Wm H - Jackson, Sarah Fulton - James, Rettie F - Jones, Stephen H - Kirby, Ida H - Kitchell, Clifford C - Kitchell, Lizzie F - Lippincott, Mary R - Locke, George R - Luckey, Hattie L - McMurtry, Fannie A - Minch, Emma M - Morris, Mrs Lydia H - Morse, Silas Ruttilus - Mulliner, Mary R - Newell, Augusta S - Nichols, Anna Lavinia - Parker, Miss Lizzie - Peck, Mrs S O, Jr - Pudney, Cassie S - Richmond, S Luther - Robertson, Emma J - Rowland, Rachel D - Sayre, Laura B - Schuyler, Erwin H - Schuyler, Isabel V - Scott, Mrs Lucy A - Shipman, Wm H - Smith, Harry G - Stanton, Mrs L Loisanna T - Strong, Rachel H - Thompson, Sallie H - Van Alstyne, J - Wallace, Miss Sarah - White, Mary - White, Edmund C - Wilkins, Anna K - - -_Pennsylvania._ - - Adams, Anna M - Agnew, Mary Jane - Annos, Mrs Fannie B - Askin, Alfred H - Austin, Frank A - Baker, Carrie E - Baker, Mattie A - Barnetson, Edwin - Barrett, Mamie Gertrude - Beach, Hessie Cecil - Beale, Mary Rosalie - Benney, William M - Black, Mrs Emma F - Black, Mrs A M - Bradley, Rev J Wharton - Bradley, Mrs Minnie R - Browning, Miss Laura C - Buchanan, Mattie A - Bunn, Mary R - Burns, Miss Sarah - Byles, Mrs Martha J - Clemens, Henry Sweitzer - Cole, Alice L - Coles, Mary E - Collier, Nettie A - Comly, Elizabeth F - Crawford, H Emma - Crawford, Mrs J Lynn Johnston - Culbertson, Miss J A - Cummings, Mrs E J - Daggett, Ida B - Dale, Anna M - Deens, Anna - Dinsmoor, Alice A - Dorand, Miss A J - Drown, Belle - Drury, Ann Elizabeth - Easterbrooks, Susie G - Easton, Mrs Ida Lois - Edwards, Jonathan - Elliott, Miss Maggie - Emerson, Mrs Carrie B - Emig, Flora A - Emig, Mary J - Esler, Anna P - Fentemaker, Chas D - Frick, Bella R - Fulton, Mrs S C - Galbraith, Margaret E - Gates, Mrs Augusta Hillier - Gehman, Abram E - Gibbon, Mary G - Gilliford, Alice L - Goetz, Rev George - Griffith, Emily M - Hack, Adelia M - Harris, Mrs Abbie E - Haynes, Mrs J T - Haynes, Jennie - Hench, Annie E - Herring, Miss Bella - Hershey, ⸺ - Hines, Thomas Bryson - Holloway, Lida M - Hulburt, Chas A - Hulburt, Mary C - Jewett, Mary E - Jones, Miss H Frances - Jones, Jared Emory - Kennedy, Mary J - Kernick, E M - Kernick, Mrs Lizzie A - Kerr, Miss Ella A - Kingsley, Flora - Kirk, Mercie Ann - Kirker, Mrs F H - Kirkland, Alfred Potter - Landsrath, Mrs Emily B - Laughlin, Rebecca P - Lenhart, Lyde A - Line, Albert Allan - McGeary, Wm S - McKee, Miss Mary - Moorhead, Hattie - Murdough, Lucinda H - Murrmann, Adam - Mushiltz, J H - Nutting, Louisa M - Parker, Esther, M A, N S - Parsons, John W - Patterson, Mrs A C - Patterson, Julia - Payne, Mrs E C - Peiffer, Hattie E - Perkins, Georgie - Philpot, Miss Sallie - Poppino, Anna M - Poppino, Sadie L - Pratt, Mrs A D - Ripley, Ossie L - Searle, K F - Shaffer, William H - Starkweather, Amelia M - Strayer, Emma S - Sherwood, William S - Smith, Julia A - Smith, Mrs Lillie E - Smith, Maggie A - Snyder, Hallie S - Taggart, Mary A - Taylor, Mrs Mary L - Thorpe, Lizzie A - Tull, Hannah - Vail, Anna L - Van Camp, Albert - Vera, J Adams - Wachter, Mrs Flora A - Wallace, Maria J - Warden, Mary E - Warner, Vinnia A - Watkins, Mrs M A - Watts, Edwin L - Weaver, Mattie R - Weiser, William Franklin - West, Clara Cloud - West, Louise - Wharton, Mrs Fanny B - Wheeler, Mrs C S - Wheelock, DeForest A - Wiley, Hallis - Williams, Rev Geo L - Winters, Robert S - Wyckoff, Miss Oriana - Youngs, Sidney M - - -_Delaware._ - - Maloney, Anna - Morris, Wm Thos - - -_Maryland._ - - Belt, William H S - Cargell, John Marcus - Cromwell, Thos Anna Sallers - Kern, Miss Anna - Kern, Miss J Causin - Kerr, Lizzie L - Lemmon, Y Ella S - Thomson, Bessie G - Trump, Lizzie - Trump, Mrs Sarah C - Waite, Mary M - - -_District of Columbia._ - - Brown, Mrs Carrie E C - Brown, Olippard B - Graham, Euphemia E - Graham, Octavia - Hamilton, Frank - Hayes, Annie M - Lacy, Anderson P - Lehman, Harriet P - Longan, Martha C - McLean, Marion J - Olcott, Mindwell Griswold - Porter, Carrie - Robinson, Emily - Walker, Addie Lucy - Walker, Geo Harold - Wise, Huldap J - - -_Virginia._ - - Harrison, Margaret Norwood - Kindred, Mary Tinsley - - -_South Carolina._ - - Hinton, Edmund - Deal, Celia Emma - - -_Georgia._ - - Bunn, Porcia M - Oliver, Mrs Sarah P - Roy, Mrs J E - Sengstacke, Rev J H H - - -_Florida._ - - Harward, Miss Jennie E - Thompson, Jay J - Waterman, Miss Grace G - - -_West Virginia._ - - Atkinson, George Wesley - Fleming, Melissa - Faulkner, Mattie V - Kendall, Mrs Roanna L - Moss, Harry P - Tavennes, Emma B - Watkins, Wm - Wayman, John Francis - Wilding, George Cleaton - Young, Miss Ella - - -_Ohio._ - - Allen, Maria L - Alsdorf, Mrs Allie - Ballard, Florence - Ballard, Laura W - Ballard, Miss Lucy B - Barber, Mrs E L - Barber, Gershon M - Beckwith, Ellen C F - Beecher, Alice M - Beswick, Alexander M - Bethel, John Clemens - Bownocker, Wm A - Brown, Miss Clara J - Brown, Mrs Martha A - Brown, Miss Mary J - Brown, Mrs Vinolia A - Bushnell, Ellen Willes - Camp, Alice Brown - Camp, Hortense - Canfield, Pauline Emerson - Cannon, May T - Casler, Ellen J E R - Chase, Sylvia L - Chesbrough, Isaac M - Christianas, Alice - Cist, Charles M - Clark, Ardelia - Clark, Luetta - Cooke, Mary A - Cottrell, Miss Mattie E - Craine, Maud S - Crawford, Robert Sampson - Curtis, Albert W - Davies, Richard R - Donaldson, Annie - Dunaway, Mary E - Dunlap, Rev Geo W - Dunlap, Henrietta L - Earle, Mary H - Edgar, Maggie B - Etheridge, Annie M - Fleet, Ruth B - Frazer, Orrin F - French, John M - French, Richmon Elroy - Fritz, Benj F - Gee, Susan Scott - Hall, Miss Kate - Hamilton, Lucinda E - Heald, Theodocia C - Henderlick, Miss Kate - Hine, Mary A - Hitchcock, Miss Ann C - Holcomb, J DeLos - Hulburt, Mrs Carrie C - Hulburt, Julia - Hull, Mrs Kate P - Humphrey, Charlotte - Humphrey, Orleia F - Hurley, Miss Florence - Hutchinson, Ophelia Head - Irwin, Elizabeth A - Jeffrey, Mrs Josephine A - Jenning, Alice - Jennings, Juliet Wallace - Jordan, Mrs Lucy - Joyce, Carrie W - Keller, Mrs Lide J - Kemble, Emma J - Kemmerlein, Amelia - Kent, Eugene E - King, Miss Mary M - Knapp, Mrs S G - Knox, Janet - Kolbe, Julia Clara - Lakeman, Clifford F - Laurie, Clara A - Laurie, Fannie S - Lingo, Harry H - Longnecker, Mrs J M - Lyman, Susan Elizabeth - McClelland, Harriet A - McConnell, Anna - McCoy, Lillian - McCreary, Jennie - McGowan, Mary - McVay, Emma C - Mann, Mrs Rosella M P - Matteson, Mrs H E - Mayes, Lucy K - Meeker, Mrs L C - Miller, Emily H - Millikin, Mattie R - Mixer, Chas A - Moore, Miss Carrie M - Moore, Jennie H - Moore, Miss Lizzie - Nordyke, Callie E - Norris, Carrie E - Ober, Reuben H - Parrett, Anna D L - Parrott, Alice Maude - Parsons, Mrs Loverne E - Pennell, William W - Perkins, Mary A - Pixley, Elmira Adaline - Pratt, Harriett S - Pritchard, T C - Ranney, Luther Kelsey - Reed, Emma J - Reid, Mrs Alma - Roath, Katie M - Rogers, Julia A - Rood, Alice Stone - Saxton, Josephine - Scott, Mrs Emma H - Sherwin, Clara N - Sholes, Mrs Adelia J - Simons, Cynthia A - Smellie, Alice A - Smith, Laura Pease - Smith, Mrs Jacob A - Smith, Wm H - Smith, Corinthia M - Snyder, L M - Stone, Clara E - Stone, Harlan M - Taggart, R D - Taneyhill, Charles Wesley - Thayer, Mrs H N - Turpin, Sallie H - Twaddle, Mrs Sabra A - Walker, Frank Baker - Walker, Alma E - Weitzell, Mrs M A - Welty, Rachel - West, Fannie E - West, Mary L - White, Mrs Maria J - Wigton, Mattie M - Williams, Evan A - Wilcox, Jennie E - Wood, Mary E H - Wright, Kate M - Yeagley, Lafayette - Young, Elizabeth J - Ziegler, Mrs R J - - -_Indiana._ - - Allis, Mrs J M - Arnold, Eva - Baker, Mrs D H - Baylor, Adelaide - Beckett, Millard Julian - Birdsell, Emma A - Blair, Jesse Harvey - Bowman, Jennie - Chantler, Mary E - Claypool, Mrs J H - Coulter, Mrs Anna Richards - Curtiss, Geo Lewis - Curtiss, Mary - Donnohue, M Josephine - Elder, Harriet E - Emery, Mrs A W - Forrest, Ruth Angell - Forest, William H - Foulke, Hattie E - Foulke, Lizzie E - Francis, George - Frazer, Harriet D - Furnas, Walton C - Hanna, Rebecca - Harris, Emma Burnett - Holloway, Martha A - Hubbard, Martha O - Hull, Mrs G W - Langsdale, Mary E B - Latham, Mabel - Lemen, Mrs J R - Lemen, Jno R - Liddell, Elizabeth M - Matthews, Sarah A - McHenry, Lula M - McIntosh, Mrs Leon - Merrifield, Kate E - Moore, Jennie A - Palmer, Jessie Dana - Patterson, Florence - Plumer, Jane - Poindexter, Bertha F - Sering, Eliza B - Simmons, Belle - Smith, Elvira A - Spain, M Ella - Stewart, Mrs M E - Stout, Lelia E - Talburt, Carrie B - Taylor, Ida - Thompson, Phebe C - Tingley, Mrs Ellen K - Tompkins, Sabra A - Towers, Josiah M - Treatman, Alice Amelia - Tuttle, Ellen Eunice - Van Slyke, Mrs W M - Van Slyke, Rev W M - Watts, Margaret A - Weeks, Harvey Russell - Williams, Carrie R J - Williams, Drue T - - -_Illinois._ - - Banks, Alma E - Bonnell, Mary L - Bridges, Flora - Brown, Miss Margaret - Calder, Mrs Laura A - Carpenter, Mrs Josie E - Carson, Elizabeth - Cassell, Mrs Mary L - Chamberlain, Isadore - Chase, Emma - Clark, Mrs Mary L - Cook, Florence E - Crane, Mrs Richard T - Dennis, Lucy A - Dike, Julia C - Dungan, George Wesley - Fitch, Georgia - Frazier, Mrs Ennie - Graves, Mrs Mary Brooks - Hall, Lydia A - Haller, Mary A S - Hemenway, Eliza M - Higgins, Mrs Mary E - Hunter, Thomas C - Hurst, Nannie R - Joslyn, Mrs Mary - Kean, Anna Rebecca - Keever, Emily Vernera - Knowles, Wiley - Lewis, Carrie N - McKillop, Katie K - Metcalf, Ella R - Metcalf, Henry K - Miller, Mrs A F - Miller, Ruth Lee - Moore, Charles Saeger - Nelson, Delia J - Neville, Mary E - Nixon, Mrs Ruth P - Oliver, Fanny E - Osburn, Mrs Sarah E - Paddock, Mrs Ella M - Parmenter, Mary A - Payne, Miss Agnes S - Perkins, Martha A Steele - Poore, Anna C - Rexford, Alma Zerniah - Richmond, Bel Garido - Rietmann, Miss Greda S - Sanburn, Althea O - Slack, Rev Charles - Slack, Mary - Spray, Mary A - Stewart, Olivia - Swezey, Ida T - Trott, Mrs Augusta J - Veech, Grace A - Wallace, Wm - Walton, Sarah Isabel - Warren, Benjamin - Waterbury, M Julia - Welty, Mrs Gertrude B - Wessling, Christian - West, Abbie - Wilson, Mrs Josephine M - Yocum, Kate - - -_Kentucky._ - - Bailey, Henry Webster - Bailey, Mrs Lucy - Earle, Mary Jane - Fields, John Clarence - Schaal, John G - Shouse, Mrs Vassie Rucker - Standish, Mary E - - -_Tennessee._ - - Havey, Mrs Delia E - Latting, Bettie B - Latting, Emma L - Milton, Louisa R - Pepper, John R - Rawlings, Miss L - Shumand, Lizzie Allen Frank - - -_Alabama._ - - Silsby, Edwin C - Silsby, Nettie B - - -_Mississippi._ - - Calhoon, Mrs Sallie John - Lamkin, Miss Augusta - - -_Wisconsin._ - - Adair, Alzina M - Alden, Violet M - Bellis, Mrs Adelaide - Bowes, Mary E W - Boynton, Roxanna - Brown, Elizer Adeline - Brown, Frances Lillie - Christie, Jennie M - Cowan, Mrs Alice Ayer - Denniston, Mrs Margaret - Dodson, Mrs Lizzie Abbott - Dodson, Lizzie S - Doney, Sarah J - Drake, Clara Belle - Foss, Nellie - Ford, Edna H - Hillman, Amanda F - Hooley, Samuel H - Jenkins, Mary J - Macnish, Mrs Sarah - Millard, Mrs William - Moe, Miss Amelia A - Morris, Lucy E - Ozame, Ray A - Rhodes, Kittie Clyde - Rogers, Mrs Viola J - Pickard, Emma A - Rounds, Flora C - Sears, Nancie D - Sedgwick, Mrs Estelle J - Skewes, Emma - Smiley, Caroline M - Stair, Caroline M - Talbot, Jane Crandall - Ward, Minerva C - Whittemore, Sarah C - Williston, Clara H - - -_Minnesota._ - - Blakeley, Ellen L - Clary, Anna L - Clary, Smith B - Culver, May E - Downer, A T - Fitz, J Henry - Gould, Rossa Anna - Hanson, Anna Adeline - Houpt, Mrs Charles Henry - Hoy, Mrs Emma C - Lathrop, Charlotte E - McEwan, Janet C Smith - Page, Zena B - Stinchfield, Miss Abbie - Stinchfield, Mattie J - Stone, Ella B - Teitsworth, George Wilson - Tompkins, T G - Trowbridge, Noble A - Van Valkenburgh, Kate M - Wilberton, Mrs Sarah D - - -_Michigan._ - - Bell, Helen M - Campbell, Emma Pengra - Cartwright, Susan M - Cawley, Sarah C - Chambers, Phebe - Cole, Lela - Comstock, Addie A - Cook, Mrs E H - Cooley, Miss Hattie A - Eldridge, Miss Carrie L - Ely, Minnie Owen - Finster, Mrs H C - Firman, Adella Curtis - Floyd, Myrtle Jessie - Giddings, Kate Isabel - Greene, Emma R - Greene, Jas W - Hood, Mrs Cyrus J - Hubbard, Mabel E - Johns, Emma C - Kendrick, Mrs Minnie A - Kesling, Marcia C West - La Fleur, Mrs Fred - La Fleur, Fred C - Laidlow, Mrs T W - Lovell, Miss A - Lyman, Allie R - Major, Libbie L - Mallory, Mrs Rosie E - McIlwain, Mrs Alexander - Metcalf, Joseph W - Metcalf, Miss Lizzie - Millis, Frank - Morgan, Miss Libbie - Morgan, Mary Elizabeth - Murray, Mrs C Adelia - Nash, Mary E - Osborn, Annette J - Potter, Mrs Kate E - Rice, Emma - Robson, Adda Grace - Rollins, Fred E - Rowe, Mary A - Russell, Mrs Abbie M - Schenck, Linna A - Sigler, Mrs H F - Sinclair, Lizzie C - Smith, Mrs H Darsen - Sparling, John G - Sparling, Anna Maria - Steere, Grace E - Stevens, Anna E - Tillson, Minnie Bennett - Toncray, Josephine E - Travis, Clara - Turrell, C W - Van Auken, Mrs M Antoinette - Woodhams, Nettie F - Yale, Mrs Sarah A - - -_Iowa._ - - Alcott, Sarah E - Barclay, Mrs Belle C - Beall, Ennie - Beall, Randolph S - Bean, Samuel M D - Bingham, Mary Upham - Bowman, Mary A - Brooks, Anna B - Brownell, Mrs Julia Emeline - Cheesman, S Madeleine - Cooper, Emma P - Cowles, Mrs Alice S - Davidson, Mrs Jas - Gillespie, Esther L - Grout, Angie B - Hawkinson, Hattie J - Harris, Rachel S - Hetherington, Sue W - Hill, Ellen D A - Hoyt, Mrs S C - Huntoon, Mrs Emma M - Karr, Mrs Anna W - Lawrence, Mrs Abbie Orilla - Lorang, Mrs Wilma - Manwell, Mrs C H - Marvin, Mary M - Maxwell, Edith A - May, Rev Eugene - McCartney, Alice Cary - McIntyre, Mrs Hattie A - McKinley, Rev Russell A - Merriman, Mrs Isa M - Moseley, Ettie D - Neally, Mrs Martha H - Newman, Frank E - Nve, Mrs Ada M - O’Bryan, Amelia C - Pollock, Mrs Mary G L - Price, Theresa M - Rutledge, Cyrus Felton - Schooley, Laura - Smith, Mrs Sarah B - Stever, Juliet H - Tatham, Florence Adelia - Tatham, Cora Louise - Thomas, Annie M - Wallace, Eva - Waterbury, Mary L - Watts, Mrs Eliza A - Weaver, Annie E - Wolfe, Frederick C - Wolfe, Elvira J - - -_Missouri._ - - Bourne, Mrs Anna R D - Bradford, Mrs Geo H - Burrell, Arthur S - Cox, Thomas S - Hayden, Miss Carrie J - Henderson, David Rees - Keach, Mrs Julia M - Kibbey, Francis Marion - Langhoun, Mamie - Martin, Oliver M - Purmort, Mrs Emeline Clark - Stephens, Margaret M - Wohlberg, John - Woods, Mary Agnes - - -_Louisiana._ - - Williams, G B - - -_Dakota Territory._ - - Davis, Rose A - Dresbach, Annie E - Hood, Angie C - Hood, Benjamin F - Hughes, George Thomas - Miller, Mrs Ella V - Small, Abbie M - Smith, Burton W - Stanley, Chas H - Stevens, Mrs C B - Wilder, Frances Durand - - -_Nebraska._ - - Edmundson, Elizabeth - - -_Kansas._ - - Bradbury, Jennie E - Hill, Miss Rebecca - Holmes, Mrs Alice B - Johnson, Mrs Abbie C - Sickner, Mrs A W - Stoddard, Mrs Addie S - Watson, Clara A - - -_Texas._ - - Armstrong, Ramsey C - Bell, A C - Edwards, Thos Geo - Starr, Georgie Mehaffey - Watkins, Georgie Isham - - -_Colorado._ - - Cooper, Mrs Anna M - - -_Washington Territory._ - - Strobach, Placie Howard - - -_California._ - - Allen, Mrs L M - Austin, Almira L - Barrows, Edward C - Bennett, Mrs A G - Burritt, Alice, M D - Carrick, Mary A - Chapin, Mrs Alice E - Chapman, M A - Crane, Mrs E T - Curtis, Wm Tontes - Gafney, Mrs Lucy M - Gardiner, Mrs Anna J - Gosbey, Mrs Sarah F - Greathead, Mrs Estelle H - Hunt, Mrs Jno W L - Huse, Alice Redman - Lacklison, Ellen - Lakin, Mrs Mary E - Lynds, D M - McBride, Miss Mattie - McCowen, Mary E P - McKee, Minnie Hubbard - Merriam, Bessie Broughton - Merritt, Harriet J - Miller, Mrs Mira E - Minard, Clara Cheeney - Muzzy, Miss Sarah - Polhemus, Lucretia E - Pond, N Flotilla Watson - Reynolds, Emily M - Russell, Mrs Caroline B - Stone, Miss Henrietta - Stratton, Dr C C - Summers, Mrs J H - Thompson, Miss Gertrude H - Walker, Cornelia - Wallace, May Frances - Walton, Mrs Sarah E - Warboys, Mrs Jennie - Wells, Alice M - Wood, Emma Alfaretta - Wrench, Mrs Lydia M - Wythe, Dr Joseph H - - -_Province of Ontario._ - - Annand, James - Barnett, Kate H - Chubbuck, Charles Edward D - Donogh, John Ormsby - Ellis, Robert B - Frost, Maria E - Greene, Rev Josius - Hughes, Annie A - Keith, Mary - Langille, Adalena D - Law, Arminda Myrtal - Lawe, John W - McLeay, Jno A - Peake, William Henry - Philp, Rev Joseph - Strachan, Richard - Wilson, Charles James - - -_China._ - - Bainbridge, Miss Lisle - - - - -TALK ABOUT BOOKS. - -Köstlin’s “Life of Luther”[C] is really an important contribution to our -biographical literature. The fourth centennial has just been celebrated -in all Protestant countries, and much valuable information given to the -people from the pulpit and the press. The Reformation and the principal -agent God used to accomplish it are now discussed as they have not been -before for five centuries—yet the subject is by no means exhausted. This -latest book from the pen of a learned German so well qualified, and -thoroughly furnished for his work, will be read with unusual interest -by thousands whose attention has recently been directed to the life and -time of the great reformer. The Professor, whose larger work in two -volumes is a classic, has also wrought well in this, and given us a real -biography that presents its subject fairly. All essential facts are -freely admitted, even when disparaging, and any one by attentive reading -will gain a better knowledge of Luther, of his homes and his friends. The -author, who did his work well, doubtless appears to better advantage in -his own vernacular than in the translation, which, though creditable as -very plain English, might be improved by re-casting some sentences, and -by a little more careful proof reading. - -“The Old Testament Student” is a well filled, ably conducted monthly -magazine, published at Chicago for the “American Institute of Hebrew,” -subscription price, $2.00. It can hardly fail to be useful to all Bible -students, particularly those who desire a more thorough acquaintance with -the original. - -“Mottoes of Methodism”[D] is an unassuming but beautiful little volume, -and would be found a real treasure in any Christian family. It is simply -a selection of brief suggestive passages from the prose writings of John, -and the poetry of Charles Wesley; harmonized with a passage of Scripture -for each day of the year. Some other title, we think, as “Themes -for Daily Meditation,” “Helpful Suggestions from Reliable Sources,” -would better indicate the character of the book, which is intensely -evangelical, but, in no sense, distinctively Methodistic. - -[C] “Life of Luther.” By Julius Köstlin, with illustrations from -Authentic Sources, translated from the German. New York: Charles -Scribner’s Sons. 1883. - -[D] “Mottoes of Methodism.” Selected and arranged by Rev. Jesse T. -Whitley. New York: Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: Walden & Stowe. 1883. - - -BOOKS RECEIVED. - -“Judith; a Chronicle of Old Virginia.” By Marion Harland. Illustrated. -Philadelphia: Our Continent Publishing Co. New York: Fords, Howard and -Hurlburt. 1883. - -“Mexico and The Mexican; or Notes of Travel in the Winter and Spring -of 1883.” By Howard Conkling. With illustrations. New York: Taintor -Brothers, Merril & Co. 1883. - -“Suggestions to China Painters.” By M. Louise McLaughlin. Cincinnati: -Robert Clarke & Co. 1884. - -“Oregon; The Struggle for Possession.” By William Barrows. Boston: -Houghton, Mifflin & Co. 1884. - - * * * * * - - [Illustration: ROYAL BAKING POWDER - - Absolutely Pure.] - - This powder never varies. A marvel of purity, strength and - wholesomeness. More economical than the ordinary kinds, and can - not be sold in competition with the multitude of low test, short - weight, alum or phosphate powders. _Sold only in cans._ ROYAL - BAKING POWDER CO., 106 Wall Street, New York. - - * * * * * - -Transcriber’s Notes: - -Obvious punctuation errors repaired. - -Page 253, “mutally” changed to “mutually” (were mutually exerted) - -Page 272, repeated word “in” removed (given anonymously to the world in -1849) - -Page 273, “carniverous” changed to “carnivorous” (the Lepidosiren was -carnivorous) - -Page 287, “inclosng” changed to “inclosing” (inclosing black, shining -grains) - -Page 293, “pre-presided” changed to “presided” (Dr. Hurlbut presided -there) - -Page 298, “north” changed to “south” (three on the south, bordering on -the Mediterranean) - -Page 298, “Napolean” changed to “Napoleon” (Napoleon’s battles were -fought) - -Page 304, “app led” changed to “applied” (here it is applied to man’s -reason) - -Page 305, “Ornioco” changed to “Orinoco” (P. 253, c. 2.—“Orinoco,”) - -Page 313, “Reid, M lma” changed (as a best guess) to “Reid, Mrs Alma” - -Page 313, “Russell, Mrs Abbie M” moved from end of list to correct place -in alphabetical order - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. 04, February -1884, No. 5., by The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. 04 *** - -***** This file should be named 55132-0.txt or 55132-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/1/3/55132/ - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - |